2013 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual M

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Air Vents ...... 8-6 Vehicle Features ...... 1-14 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Performance and Controls ...... 5-2 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Maintenance ...... 1-18 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Driving Information ...... 9-2 Indicators ...... 5-9 Starting and Operating ...... 9-14 Keys, Doors, and Information Displays ...... 5-26 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-22 Windows ...... 2-1 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-32 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-23 Keys and Locks ...... 2-1 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-41 Drive Systems ...... 9-30 Doors ...... 2-8 Brakes ...... 9-30 Vehicle Security...... 2-11 Lighting ...... 6-1 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-32 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-13 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-34 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-14 Interior Lighting ...... 6-5 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-37 Windows ...... 2-15 Lighting Features ...... 6-7 Fuel ...... 9-42 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Towing...... 9-47 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-58 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Introduction ...... 7-1 Front Seats ...... 3-2 Radio ...... 7-7 Rear Seats ...... 3-5 Audio Players ...... 7-12 Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Phone ...... 7-22 Airbag System ...... 3-17 Child Restraints ...... 3-35 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

2013 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Additional Maintenance OnStar ...... 14-1 General Information ...... 10-2 and Care ...... 11-8 OnStar Overview...... 14-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Recommended Fluids ...... 11-12 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-34 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 OnStar Additional Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Information ...... 14-5 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Electrical System ...... 10-40 Index ...... i-1 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-47 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Jump Starting ...... 10-83 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Towing...... 10-86 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Appearance Care ...... 10-89 Customer Information ...... 13-2 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-18 General Information ...... 11-1 Vehicle Data Recording and Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 Privacy...... 13-20 Special Application Services ...... 11-8 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

Introduction iii

Please refer to the purchase Canadian Vehicle Owners documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm each of Propriétaires Canadiens the features found on your vehicle. A French language manual can be For vehicles first sold in Canada, obtained from your dealer, at substitute the name “General www.helminc.com, or from: Motors of Canada Limited” for The names, logos, emblems, Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, appears in this manual. ce guide en français auprès du and vehicle body designs appearing ® concessionnaire ou à l'adresse in this manual including, but not If the vehicle has the Duramax savant: limited to, GM, the GM logo, Diesel engine, see the Duramax CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET diesel supplement for additional and Helm, Incorporated Emblem, and EXPRESS are specific information on this engine. Attention: Customer Service trademarks and/or service marks 47911 Halyard Drive Keep this manual in the vehicle for Plymouth, MI 48170 of General Motors LLC, its quick reference. subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. This manual describes features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle either because they are options that you did not purchase or due to changes subsequent to the printing of this owner manual.

iv Introduction

Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number where information relating to a specific it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result in Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see the owner manual vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means “Do death. Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart . : Fuel Gauge Here are some additional symbols + : Fuses that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean. For more 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam information on the symbol, refer to Changer the Index. i : Top Tether Anchors for Child 9 : Airbag Readiness Light Restraints * # : Air Conditioning : Malfunction Indicator Lamp ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) : : Oil Pressure } % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls : Power or OnStar® / : Remote Vehicle Start J : Brake System Warning > : Safety Belt Reminders Light 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor " : Charging System _ : Tow/Haul Mode : Cruise Control I d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® B : Engine Coolant Temperature M : Windshield Washer Fluid O : Exterior Lamps Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

vi Introduction

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief 1-1

In Brief Interior Lighting ...... 1-10 Performance and Maintenance Exterior Lighting ...... 1-11 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-18 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-12 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-19 Instrument Panel Climate Controls ...... 1-12 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-19 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Transmission ...... 1-13 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-19 Driving for Better Fuel Initial Drive Information Vehicle Features Economy ...... 1-19 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Radio(s) ...... 1-14 Roadside Assistance Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Satellite Radio ...... 1-15 Program ...... 1-20 System ...... 1-4 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-15 OnStar® ...... 1-20 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-4 Bluetooth® ...... 1-16 Door Locks ...... 1-5 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-16 Windows ...... 1-6 Cruise Control ...... 1-17 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-6 Navigation System ...... 1-17 Safety Belts ...... 1-8 Rear Vision Airbag On-Off Switch ...... 1-8 Camera (RVC) ...... 1-17 Passenger Sensing System . . . 1-8 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-17 Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-9 Power Outlets ...... 1-18 Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 1-10 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

In Brief 1-3

1. Air Vents on page 8‑6. 10. Instrument Panel Illumination 17. Power Outlets on page 5‑7. 2. Driver Information Center (DIC) Control on page 6‑5. 18. StabiliTrak® System on Buttons. See Driver Information Dome Lamp Override. See page 9‑32 (If Equipped). Center (DIC) on page 5‑26. Dome Lamps on page 6‑6. 19. Passenger Airbag On-Off 3. Turn and Lane-Change Lever. 11. Cruise Control on page 9‑34 Switch (If Equipped). See See Turn and Lane-Change (If Equipped). Airbag On-Off Switch on Signals on page 6‑5. Fast Idle System (If Equipped). page 3‑25. Windshield Wiper/Washer on See the Duramax diesel 20. Front Storage on page 4‑1 page 5‑4. supplement. (If Equipped). 4. Hazard Warning Flashers on 12. Steering Wheel Adjustment on 21. Passenger Airbag Status page 6‑4 (Out of View). page 5‑2 (If Equipped). Indicator on page 5‑18 (If Equipped). 5. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑10. 13. Data Link Connector (DLC) ® 6. Shift Lever. See Starting the (Out of View). See Malfunction OnStar System Button Indicator Lamp on page 5 19. (If Equipped). See OnStar Engine on page 9‑17. ‑ 14. Horn on page 5 3. Overview on page 14‑1. Manual Mode on page 9‑28 ‑ (If Equipped). 15. Steering Wheel Controls on 22. Rear Heating System on page 8‑3 (If Equipped). 7. Climate Control Systems on page 5‑2 (If Equipped). 23. USB Port (If Equipped). page 8‑1. 16. Tow/Haul Mode Button. See See Auxiliary Devices on “Tow/Haul Mode” under Towing 8. Infotainment on page 7‑1. page 7 17. Equipment on page 9‑55. ‑ 9. Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6‑1. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

1-4 In Brief

Initial Drive L : Press and release to locate Information the vehicle. Press L and hold for more than two seconds to sound the This section provides a brief panic alarm. Press L again to overview about some of the cancel the panic alarm. important features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle. See Keys on page 2‑1 and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System For more detailed information, refer Operation on page 2‑2. to each of the features which can be found later in this owner manual. Remote Vehicle Start With this feature the engine can be Remote Keyless Entry RKE Transmitter with Remote started from outside of the vehicle. (RKE) System Start Shown If equipped, the RKE transmitter is Q : Press to lock all doors. Starting the Vehicle used to remotely lock and unlock Lock and unlock feedback can 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the the doors from up to 60 m (195 ft) be personalized. See Vehicle vehicle. away from the vehicle. Personalization on page 5‑41. 2. Press and release Q. K : Press to unlock the driver door. K 3. Immediately after completing Press again within five seconds Step 2, press and hold / for to unlock all remaining doors. four seconds or until the turn j : Press to unlock only the cargo signal lamps flash. doors. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

In Brief 1-5

When the vehicle starts, the parking Door Locks Power Door Locks lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running. The Manual Door Locks doors will be locked and the climate control system may come on. The engine will continue to run for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a 10-minute time extension. Remote start can be extended only once. Canceling a Remote Start To cancel a remote start, do one of the following: . Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press and hold / On vehicles with power door locks, the switches are located on the until the parking lamps turn off. Lock and unlock the door from the doors. . Turn on the hazard warning outside using the key or the Remote T : Press to lock and unlock the flashers. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, if available. From the inside, slide doors. . Turn the vehicle on and then the manual lever on the door up See Power Door Locks on page 2 7. back off. ‑ or down. See Remote Vehicle Start on See Door Locks on page 2‑6. page 2‑4. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

1-6 In Brief

Windows Press or pull up on the switch to Seat Adjustment lower or raise the window. Manual Windows Manual Seats Express-Down Operate the manual windows by turning the hand crank on each door The driver window switch also to raise or lower the side door has an express-down feature windows. that allows the window to be lowered without holding the switch. See Manual Windows on page 2‑15. Press fully and release the window Power Windows switch marked AUTO to activate the express-down mode. This mode can be canceled at any time by pulling up on the switch. To open the window part way, lightly tap the switch until the window is at the desired position. See Power Windows on page 2‑15. To adjust a manual seat: 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure the seat is If the vehicle has power windows, locked in place. the controls are on the front doors. See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑2. The driver door also has a control to operate the front passenger window. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (7,1)

In Brief 1-7

Power Seats . Raise and lower the front or rear 2. Move the seatback to the of the seat cushion by moving desired position, and then the right or left lever up or down. release the lever to lock the See Power Seat Adjustment on seatback in place. page 3‑3. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to Reclining Seatbacks make sure it is locked. To return the seatback to the upright position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to To adjust a power seat, if available, make sure it is locked. use the controls on the front of See Reclining Seatbacks on the seat: page 3‑3. . Adjust the seat by moving the center knob up, down, right, or left. To recline the seatback: 1. Lift the lever on the inboard side of the seat. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (8,1)

1-8 In Brief

Safety Belts Airbag On-Off Switch If the instrument panel has one of the switches pictured in the following illustrations, the vehicle has an airbag on-off switch that you can use to manually turn on or off the right front passenger airbag.

Canada and Mexico To operate the airbag on‐off switch, Refer to the following sections for use the vehicle key. important information on how to use See Airbag On-Off Switch on safety belts properly. page 3‑25 for important information. . Safety Belts on page 3‑8. . How to Wear Safety Belts Passenger Sensing Properly on page 3‑10. United States System . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑11. The passenger sensing system, if equipped, will turn off the right . Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. The driver airbag page 3‑43. and roof‐rail airbags, if equipped, are not affected by this. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (9,1)

In Brief 1-9

If the vehicle has a passenger Mirror Adjustment Keep the selector switch in the sensing system, the passenger center position when not adjusting airbag status indicator will be visible Exterior Mirrors either outside mirror. on the instrument panel when the Vehicles with outside manual vehicle is started. mirrors can be adjusted by moving the mirror up and down or left to right so you can see a little of the side of the vehicle, and have a clear view of objects behind you.

United States

Vehicles with towing mirrors can be adjusted manually for a clear view of the objects behind you. Canada and Mexico Manually fold the mirrors inward See Passenger Sensing System on to prevent damage when going page 3‑28 for important information. through an automatic car wash. Select each mirror by turning the To fold, pull the mirror toward the knob clockwise for the passenger vehicle. Push the mirror outward, to side mirror or counterclockwise for return it to the original position. the driver side mirror. Adjust the mirror angle by moving the knob in the desired direction. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (10,1)

1-10 In Brief

Interior Mirror Steering Wheel Interior Lighting To adjust the inside rearview mirror, Adjustment Dome Lamps hold the rearview mirror in the center and move it to view the area The dome lamps come on when any behind the vehicle. door is opened. They turn off after all the doors are closed. For vehicles with a manual rearview mirror, push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use to avoid glare from the headlamps from behind. See Manual Rearview Mirror on page 2‑14.

For vehicles with a tilt steering wheel, the lever is located on the left side of the steering column. To adjust the steering wheel: The instrument panel brightness 1. Pull the lever to move the knob extends when D is pressed. steering wheel up or down into a To manually turn on the dome comfortable position. lamps, press D then turn the knob 2. Release the lever to lock the clockwise to the farthest position. steering wheel in place. In this position, the dome lamps remain on whether a door is opened See Steering Wheel Adjustment on or closed. page 5‑2. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (11,1)

In Brief 1-11

E DOME OFF: This button is Exterior Lighting AUTO: Automatically turns on located above the instrument panel the headlamps, parking lamps, brightness knob. taillamps, instrument panel lights, and license plate lamps. Press the button in and the dome lamps remain off when a door is ; : Turns on the parking lamps, opened. Press the button again so taillamps, instrument panel lights, that the dome lamps come on when and license plate lamps. a door is opened. 2 : Turns on the headlamps, Reading Lamps parking lamps, taillamps, instrument panel lights, and license plate For vehicles with reading lamps, lamps. press the button located next to The exterior lamp control is on the each lamp to turn it on or off. instrument panel to the left of the See: steering wheel. . The vehicle may also have reading Exterior Lamp Controls on lamps in other locations. The lamps O : Briefly turn the control to this page 6‑1 cannot be adjusted. position to turn the automatic . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) headlamps and Daytime Running on page 6‑3 For more information on interior Lamps (DRL) off or back on. lighting, see: . Automatic Headlamp System on For vehicles first sold in Canada, . page 6‑3 Instrument Panel Illumination the off position only works for Control on page 6‑5. vehicles that are shifted into the . Entry/Exit Lighting on page 6‑7. P (Park) position. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (12,1)

1-12 In Brief

Windshield Wiper/Washer Climate Controls The vehicle's heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled with these systems.

The lever is located on the left side of the steering column. 8 : Use for a single wiping cycle. 6 : Use to adjust the delay time between wipes. Turn the band up or down for more frequent wipes or less frequent wipes. d : Slow wipes. Vehicles without Air Conditioning a : Fast wipes. 1. Fan Control 9 : Use to turn the wipers off. 2. Temperature Control L : Push the paddle on top of the 3. Air Delivery Mode Control multifunction lever to spray washer fluid on the windshield. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5‑4. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (13,1)

In Brief 1-13

vehicle's transmission and vehicle speed while driving downhill or towing a trailer by letting you select a desired range of gears. To use this feature: 1. Move the shift lever to M (Manual Mode). 2. Press the +/− buttons on the shift lever, to select the desired range of gears for current driving conditions. Vehicles with Air Conditioning When M (Manual Mode) is selected, a number displays in the DIC next to 1. Fan Control Transmission the M indicating the current gear. 2. Temperature Control Range Selection Mode Grade Braking is not available when 3. Air Delivery Mode Control Range Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑29. 4. Rear Window Defogger While using Range Selection Mode, See Climate Control Systems on Cruise Control and the Tow/Haul page 8‑1. See Rear Heating System Mode can be used. See Manual on page 8‑3 (If Equipped) or Rear Mode on page 9‑28. Climate Control System on page 8‑4 (If Equipped). The vehicle may have a Range Selection Mode. The Range Selection Mode helps control the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (14,1)

1-14 In Brief

Vehicle Features © SEEK or ¨ SEEK: Seek or scan stations. Radio(s) 4 : Press to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time. While the ignition is off, press this button to display the time. Press to display additional text information related to the current FM-RDS station or MP3 song. A choice of additional information such as Channel, Song, Artist, and CAT (category) can display. Continue pressing to highlight the desired tab, or press the softkey located under any one of the tabs and the information about that tab displays. For more information about these and other radio features, see Infotainment on page 7‑1. Radio with CD (MP3) Storing a Favorite Station Depending on which radio the O : Press to turn the system on BAND: Press to choose between vehicle has, radio stations are and off. Turn to increase or FM1, FM2, AM, and SiriusXM®. stored as either favorites or presets. decrease the volume. f : Select radio stations. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (15,1)

In Brief 1-15

For vehicles with a FAV button, a 2. Press the softkey located below For more information, refer to: maximum of 36 stations can be any one of the tabs that you . www.siriusxm.com or call stored as favorites using the six want to change. 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) softkeys below the radio station 3. Increase or decrease the time or . www.xmradio.ca or call frequency tabs and by using the date, depending on the radio, by radio FAV button. Press FAV to go 1-877-209-0079 (Canada) pressing the © SEEK or ¨ SEEK through up to six pages of favorites, See Satellite Radio on page 7‑9. each having six favorite stations buttons, s REV or \ FWD available per page. Each page buttons, or by turning f Portable Audio Devices of favorites can contain any clockwise or counterclockwise. combination of AM and FM stations. This vehicle may have an auxiliary For detailed instructions on setting input on the radio faceplate and a If the radio does not have a FAV the clock for your specific audio USB port on the instrument panel. button, up to 18 stations (six FM1, system, see Clock on page 5‑6. External devices such as an iPod®, six FM2, and six AM), can be laptop computer, MP3 player, CD programmed on the six numbered Satellite Radio changer, or USB storage device can buttons. be connected to the auxiliary port SiriusXM® is a satellite radio For more information on storing a using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input cable service based in the 48 contiguous favorite station, see Operation on or the USB port depending on the United States and 10 Canadian page 7 6. audio system. ‑ provinces. SiriusXM satellite radio Setting the Clock has a wide variety of programming See "Using the Auxiliary Input Jack" and commercial-free music, coast to and "Using the USB Port" in To set the time and date for the coast, and in digital-quality sound. Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑17. Radio with CD (MP3): A fee is required to receive the 1. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM, SiriusXM service. DD, and YYYY (hour, minute, month, day, and year) display. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (16,1)

1-16 In Brief

® Bluetooth Steering Wheel Controls c / x : Press to go to the previous favorite radio station, For vehicles with a Bluetooth track on a CD, or folder on an system, it allows users with a iPod® or USB device. Also press to Bluetooth-enabled cell phone to reject an incoming call, or end a make and receive hands-free calls current call. using the vehicle’s audio system and controls. b / g : Press to silence the vehicle speakers only. Press again to turn The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone the sound on. Press and hold longer must be paired with the Bluetooth than two seconds to interact with system before it can be used in the OnStar® or Bluetooth systems, vehicle. Not all phones will support if equipped. all functions. For more information, see www.gm.com/bluetooth and + e : Press to increase volume. Bluetooth on page 7‑22. For vehicles with audio steering − e : Press to decrease volume. wheel controls, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering SRCE: Press to switch between wheel. the radio and CD, and for equipped vehicles, the front auxiliary. w : Press to go to the next favorite radio station, track on a CD, ¨ : Press to seek the next radio or folder on an iPod® or USB station, the next track while sourced device. to the CD, or to select tracks and folders on an iPod® or USB device. For more information, see Steering Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (17,1)

In Brief 1-17

Cruise Control [ : Press to disengage cruise Rear Vision control without erasing the set Camera (RVC) speed from memory. If available, the RVC displays a See Cruise Control on page 9‑34. view of the area behind the vehicle when the vehicle is shifted into Navigation System R (Reverse). The display will appear If the vehicle has a navigation on either the inside rearview mirror system, there is a separate or navigation screen, if equipped. navigation manual that includes To clean the camera lens, located information on the radio, audio above the license plate, rinse it with players, and navigation system. water and wipe it with a soft cloth. The navigation system provides See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on detailed maps of most major page 9‑38. For vehicles with cruise control, use freeways and roads. After a the following buttons: destination has been set, the Ultrasonic Parking Assist system provides turn-by-turn I : Turns the system on or off. instructions for reaching the If available, this system uses +RES: Press briefly to make the destination. In addition, the system sensors on the rear bumper to vehicle resume to a previously set can help locate a variety of points assist with parking and avoiding speed, or press and hold to of interest (POIs), such as banks, objects while in R (Reverse). accelerate. airports, restaurants, and more. It operates at speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA uses audible SET−: Press to set the speed and See the navigation manual for more beeps to provide distance and activate cruise control or press and information. system information. hold to decelerate. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (18,1)

1-18 In Brief

Keep the sensors on the vehicle's Performance and . To turn off traction control, rear bumper clean to ensure proper press and release the StabiliTrak operation. Maintenance button g. The appropriate DIC See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on message will display. See Ride ® Control System Messages on page 9‑37. StabiliTrak System page 5‑36. The vehicle may have a traction Power Outlets control system that limits wheel spin . To turn off both traction control and StabiliTrak, press and hold The accessory power outlets can be and the StabiliTrak system that used to plug in electrical equipment, assists with directional control of the the StabiliTrak button g until such as a cell phone or an MP3 vehicle in difficult driving conditions. the StabiliTrak Off light Y player. Both systems turn on automatically illuminates and the appropriate every time the vehicle is started. The vehicle may have two DIC messages display. See Ride accessory power outlets on the Control System Messages on instrument panel. page 5‑36. . Remove the cover to access and Press and release the replace when not in use. StabiliTrak button again to turn on both systems. See Power Outlets on page 5‑7. For more information, see StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑32. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (19,1)

In Brief 1-19

Tire Pressure Monitor tire pressures are getting low and See Engine Oil Life System on the tires need to be inflated to the page 10‑10. This vehicle may have a Tire proper pressure. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) monthly tire maintenance. Maintain Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can the correct tire pressures. use either unleaded gasoline or See Tire Pressure Monitor System ethanol fuel containing up to on page 10‑58. 85% ethanol (E85). See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on page 9‑45. For Engine Oil Life System all other vehicles, use only the The low tire pressure warning light unleaded gasoline described under The engine oil life system calculates Recommended Fuel on page 9‑42. alerts to a significant loss in engine oil life based on vehicle use pressure of one of the vehicle's and displays a DIC message when Driving for Better Fuel tires. If the warning light comes on, it is necessary to change the engine stop as soon as possible and inflate oil and filter. The oil life system Economy the tires to the recommended should be reset to 100% only Driving habits can affect fuel pressure shown on the Tire and following an oil change. mileage. Here are some driving tips Loading Information label. See to get the best fuel economy Vehicle Load Limits on page 9 10. Resetting the Oil Life System ‑ possible. The warning light will remain on until 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, . the tire pressure is corrected. with the engine off. Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. The low tire pressure warning light 2. Fully press and release the . Brake gradually and avoid may come on in cool weather when accelerator pedal three times abrupt stops. the vehicle is first started, and then within five seconds. turn off as the vehicle is driven. This . Avoid idling the engine for long 3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. may be an early indicator that the periods of time. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (20,1)

1-20 In Brief

. When road and weather Roadside Assistance OnStar® conditions are appropriate, use cruise control. Program If equipped, this vehicle has a comprehensive, in-vehicle system . Always follow posted speed U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 that can connect to a live Advisor limits or drive more slowly when TTY Users (U.S. Only): for Emergency, Security, Navigation, conditions require. 1-888-889-2438 Connection, and Diagnostic . Keep vehicle tires properly Canada: 1-800-268-6800 Services. See OnStar Overview on inflated. page 14‑1. Mexico: 01-800-466-0800 . Combine several trips into a single trip. As the owner of a new Chevrolet, you are automatically enrolled in the . Replace the vehicle's tires with Roadside Assistance program. the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire's sidewall See Roadside Assistance Program near the size. (Mexico) on page 13‑8 or Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. and . Follow recommended scheduled Canada) on page 13‑11. maintenance. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Vehicle Security Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Vehicle Security ...... 2-11 Windows Immobilizer ...... 2-11 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-11 Keys Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks { WARNING Convex Mirrors ...... 2-13 Keys ...... 2-1 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-13 Leaving children in a vehicle with Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 2-13 System ...... 2-2 the ignition key is dangerous Power Mirrors ...... 2-14 and children or others could be Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Heated Mirrors ...... 2-14 System Operation ...... 2-2 seriously injured or killed. They Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-4 Interior Mirrors could operate the power windows Door Locks ...... 2-6 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-14 or other controls or make the Power Door Locks ...... 2-7 vehicle move. The windows will Cargo Door Relocking ...... 2-7 Windows function with the keys in the Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Windows ...... 2-15 ignition, and children or others Automatic Door Locks ...... 2-7 Manual Windows ...... 2-15 could be caught in the path of a Lockout Protection ...... 2-7 Power Windows ...... 2-15 closing window. Do not leave Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Swing-Out Windows ...... 2-16 children in a vehicle with the Enhanced Technology ignition key. Doors Glass ...... 2-17 Side Door (60/40 Sun Visors ...... 2-17 Swing-Out) ...... 2-8 Sliding Door ...... 2-9 Rear Doors ...... 2-10 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

With an active OnStar subscription, . Check the transmitter's battery. an OnStar Advisor may remotely See “Battery Replacement” later unlock the vehicle. See OnStar in this section. Overview on page 14‑1. . If the transmitter is still not working correctly, see your Remote Keyless Entry dealer or a qualified technician (RKE) System for service. See Radio Frequency Statement on Remote Keyless Entry page 13‑21 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal (RKE) System Operation Communications Commission (FCC) If equipped, the Remote Keyless rules and Industry Canada Entry (RKE) transmitter functions The key is used for the ignition and Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. all door locks. work up to 60 m (195 ft) away from If there is a decrease in the RKE the vehicle. The key has a bar-coded key tag operating range: that the dealer or qualified locksmith There are other conditions which can use to make new keys. Store . Check the distance. The can affect the performance of the this information in a safe place, not transmitter may be too far from transmitter. See Remote Keyless in the vehicle. the vehicle. Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2. See your dealer if a replacement . Check the location. Other key or additional key is needed. vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect the key blade for debris. Periodically clean with a brush or pick. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

K (Unlock): Press to unlock the L (Vehicle Locator/Panic driver door. If K is pressed again Alarm): Press and release to within five seconds, all remaining locate the vehicle. The turn signal doors unlock. lamps flash and the horn sounds three times. The interior lamps come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the Press and hold L for more than ignition is turned on. If enabled two seconds to activate the panic through the DIC, the parking lamps alarm. The turn signal lamps flash flash twice to indicate unlocking and the horn sounds repeatedly for has occurred. See Vehicle 30 seconds. The alarm turns off Personalization on page 5‑41 for when the ignition is moved to RKE Transmitter with Remote additional information. ON/RUN or L is pressed again. Start Shown j (Cargo Door): Press to unlock The ignition must be in LOCK/OFF only the cargo doors. for the panic alarm to work. Q (Lock): Press once to lock all doors. If enabled through the Driver / (Remote Vehicle Start): For Programming Transmitters to Information Center (DIC), the vehicles with this feature, press Q the Vehicle parking lamps flash once to indicate and then press and hold / within locking has occurred. Only RKE transmitters programmed five seconds to start the engine from to the vehicle will work. If a The horn may chirp when Q is outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter is lost or stolen, a pressed again within five seconds. transmitter. See Remote Vehicle replacement can be purchased and See Vehicle Personalization on Start on page 2‑4 for additional programmed through your dealer. page 5‑41 for additional information. information. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

When the replacement transmitter is 3. Insert the new battery, positive programmed to the vehicle, all side facing down. Replace with a remaining transmitters must also be CR2032 or equivalent battery. programmed. Any lost or stolen 4. Snap the transmitter back transmitters no longer work once the together. new transmitter is programmed. Each vehicle can have up to four transmitters programmed to it. Remote Vehicle Start This vehicle may have a remote Battery Replacement start feature. This feature allows Replace the battery if the REPLACE you to start the engine from outside BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY the vehicle. It may also start the message displays in the DIC. See vehicle's heating or air conditioning To replace the battery: “REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE systems. See Climate Control KEY” under Key and Lock 1. Separate the transmitter with a Systems on page 8‑1 for additional Messages on page 5‑35 for flat, thin object, such as a flat information. head screwdriver. additional information. Laws in some local communities Notice: When replacing the . Carefully insert the tool into may restrict the use of remote battery, do not touch any of the the notch located along starters. For example, some laws circuitry on the transmitter. Static the parting line of the may require a person using remote from your body could damage the transmitter. Do not insert start to have the vehicle in view transmitter. the tool too far. Stop as when doing so. Check local soon as resistance is felt. regulations for any requirements on . Twist the tool until the remote starting of vehicles. transmitter is separated. Do not use the remote start feature 2. Remove the old battery. Do not if the vehicle is low on fuel. The use a metal object. vehicle may run out of fuel. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

The RKE transmitter range may be 3. Immediately press and hold / If the remote start procedure is used less while the vehicle is running. until the turn signal lamps flash. again before the first 10 minute There are other conditions which If you cannot see the vehicle's time frame has ended, the first can affect the performance of the lamps, press and hold for 10 minutes will immediately expire transmitter, see Remote Keyless four seconds. and the second 10 minute time frame will start. Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2 for When the engine starts, the additional information. parking lamps will turn on and After the engine has been remote / (Remote Vehicle Start): remain on while the engine is started two times, the ignition switch This button will be on the RKE running. The doors will be must be turned to ON/RUN and then transmitter if you have remote start. locked. The airbag readiness back to LOCK/OFF using the key light will be on during a remote before the remote start procedure To start the engine using the remote start. It should turn off when the can be used again. start feature: ignition is turned to ON/RUN. To cancel a remote start do any of 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the See Airbag Readiness Light on the following: vehicle. page 5‑16 for more information. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the 2. Press and release Q on the The engine will continue to run vehicle and press / until the transmitter. for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps parking lamps turn off. for a 10-minute time extension. Remote start can be extended . Turn on the hazard warning only once. flashers. After entering the vehicle during a . Turn the ignition on and then remote start, insert and turn the key back off. to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. The remote vehicle start feature will The maximum number of remote not operate if: starts between ignition cycles with . The key is in the ignition. the key is two. . The hood is open. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. The hazard warning flashers are on. WARNING (Continued) . There is an emission control crash is increased if the system malfunction. See doors are not locked. So, all Malfunction Indicator Lamp on passengers should wear page 5‑19. safety belts properly and the . The engine coolant temperature doors should be locked is too high. whenever the vehicle is driven. . The oil pressure is low. . Young children who get into . Two remote vehicle starts have unlocked vehicles may be already been provided. unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat To lock the door from the inside, Door Locks and can suffer permanent slide the manual lever on the door injuries or even death from down. To unlock the door, slide the { WARNING heat stroke. Always lock the manual lever up. vehicle whenever leaving it. From the outside, use the key. Unlocked doors can be . dangerous. Outsiders can easily enter If the vehicle is equipped with through an unlocked door keyless entry. See Remote Keyless . Passengers, especially when you slow down or stop Entry (RKE) System Operation on children, can easily open the the vehicle. Locking the doors page 2‑2. doors and fall out of a moving can help prevent this from vehicle. When a door is happening. locked, the handle will not open it. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

Power Door Locks The cargo door will lock immediately Automatic Door Locks when it is closed or when the delayed locking feature functions. The vehicle may have an automatic lock/unlock feature. This feature can Delayed Locking be programmed using the Driver Information Center (DIC). See When locking the doors with the Vehicle Personalization on power lock switch and a door open, page 5‑41. the doors will lock five seconds after the last door is closed. The horn Lockout Protection chirps to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use. This feature protects you from locking the key in the vehicle when Pressing e or Q on the RKE the key is in the ignition and a door transmitter will override the delayed is open. locking feature and immediately lock If the power lock switch is pressed T : Press to lock and unlock the all the doors. when either the driver, passenger, doors. This feature will not operate if the or rear door is open, all the doors When a door is locked, the inside key is in the ignition. will lock and then the driver door door handle will not work. This feature can be programmed will unlock. This feature does not using the Driver Information include the side cargo door. Cargo Door Relocking Center (DIC). See “Delay Door If the vehicle has an ambulance Lock in Vehicle Personalization on package, this feature is disabled. If the cargo door is open when the ” page 5 41. lock button is pressed on the door ‑ or the RKE transmitter, all doors will lock except the cargo door. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (8,1)

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Safety Locks Move the button to the left for the Doors driver side door or to the right for Security locks are located on the the passenger side door to return front portion of the 60/40 side the door locks to normal operation. Side Door swing-out door or the side (60/40 Swing-Out) sliding door.

Side Sliding Door For the side sliding door, move the 60/40 Swing-Out Side To open the front portion of a button up to engage the security Door — Driver Side Shown, 60/40 door from the outside, pull out feature. Move the button down to Passenger Side Similar on the handle and open the door. return the door locks to normal For the 60/40 side swing-out door, operation. move the button to the right for the driver side door or to the left for the passenger side door to engage the security feature. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

To open the door beyond 90 degrees, close the door partially, pull the check strap toward you and then open the door. When the door is closed, the check strap will automatically re-engage. Sliding Door

To open the front portion of a To open the rear portion of a 60/40 door from the inside, pull the 60/40 door from the outside, pull the handle toward you and push the handle on the side of the rear door door open. and pull the door toward you. To close the 60/40 side doors, close the rear door first. Then close the front door. Check to make sure that both doors are completely closed.

The swing-out doors have a check To open the sliding side door from strap assembly in the door frame to the outside, pull the handle toward keep the door from opening beyond the rear of the vehicle and slide the 90 degrees. door open. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (10,1)

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To close the sliding side door from To close the sliding side door from the outside, use the handle to slide the inside, grasp the handle and WARNING (Continued) the door toward the front of the slide the door toward the front of the vehicle. vehicle. doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is When the door is closed, it will be Make sure the door is completely driven. flush with the side of the body. closed before driving away. . Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be Rear Doors unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat { WARNING and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from Unlocked doors can be heat stroke. Always lock the dangerous. vehicle whenever leaving it. . Passengers, especially . Outsiders can easily enter children, can easily open the through an unlocked door doors and fall out of a moving when you slow down or stop vehicle. When a door is the vehicle. Locking the doors locked, the handle will not can help prevent this from open it. The chance of being happening. To open the sliding side door from thrown out of the vehicle in a the inside, pull the handle toward crash is increased if the the rear of the vehicle. Then, slide doors are not locked. So, all To open the rear doors from the the door toward the rear of the passengers should wear outside, pull the handle toward you vehicle. safety belts properly and the to open the passenger side rear door first. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Vehicle Security You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system. This vehicle has theft-deterrent The security light will come on if features; however, they do not make there is a problem with arming or the vehicle impossible to steal. disarming the theft-deterrent Immobilizer system. When the PASS-Key III+ system See Radio Frequency Statement on senses that someone is using the page 13‑21 for information wrong key, it shuts down the regarding Part 15 of the Federal vehicle's starter and fuel systems. Communications Commission (FCC) The starter will not work and fuel will rules and Industry Canada stop being delivered to the engine. To open the driver side rear door, Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. Anyone using a trial-and-error pull the latch release at the inside method to start the vehicle will be edge of the door. Immobilizer Operation discouraged because of the high To close the rear doors, close the This vehicle is equipped with the number of electrical key codes. driver side rear door first. Then PASS-Key® III+ (Personalized If the engine does not start and close the passenger side rear door. Automotive Security System) the security message comes on, Check to make sure both doors are theft-deterrent system. the key may have a damaged completely closed. PASS-Key III+ is a passive theft transponder. Turn the ignition off deterrent system. and try again. The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (12,1)

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If the engine still does not start, and See your dealer or a locksmith who The security message will turn the key appears to be undamaged, can service PASS-Key III+ to get a off once the key has been try another ignition key. If the engine new key blank that is cut exactly as programmed. It may not be still does not start with the other key, the ignition key that operates the apparent that the security the vehicle needs service. If the system. message went on due to how vehicle does start, the first key may To program the new key: quickly the key is programmed. be faulty. See your dealer or a 1 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 if additional locksmith who can service the 1. Verify the new key has keys are to be programmed. PASS-Key III+ to have a new stamped on it. key made. If you lose or damage a 2. Insert the original, already PASS-Key III+ key, see your It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ programmed key into the ignition dealer or a locksmith who can decoder to learn the transponder lock cylinder and start the service PASS-Key III+ to have a value of a new or replacement key. engine. If the engine will not new key made. Up to 10 keys may be programmed start, see your dealer for service. for the vehicle. This procedure is for Do not leave the key or device learning additional keys only. If all 3. After the engine has started, that disarms or deactivates the the currently programmed keys are turn the key to LOCK/OFF and theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. lost or do not operate, you must see remove the key. your dealer or a locksmith who can 4. Insert the key to be programmed service PASS-Key III+ to have keys and turn it to ON/RUN within made and programmed to the 10 seconds of removing the system. previous key. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

Exterior Mirrors The passenger side mirror is convex Trailer-Tow Mirrors shaped. A convex mirror's surface is curved so more can be seen from Convex Mirrors the driver seat. { WARNING Manual Mirrors A convex mirror can make things, Adjust the mirrors by pressing the like other vehicles, look farther mirror up and down and left and away than they really are. If you right. cut too sharply into the right lane, The mirrors can be manually folded you could hit a vehicle on the in or out. right. Check the inside mirror or On the lower portion of each mirror glance over your shoulder before is an auxiliary convex mirror. changing lanes. A convex mirror's surface is curved Vehicles with towing mirrors can be so you can see more from the driver adjusted manually for a clear view seat. The auxiliary convex mirrors of the objects behind you. can be adjusted manually by pressing the mirror. On the lower portion of each mirror there is an auxiliary convex mirror that can be adjusted manually to provide an extended field of view. The mirrors can be manually folded in or out. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (14,1)

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Mirrors Then, adjust the mirror angle by Interior Mirrors moving the knob in the desired direction. The auxiliary convex mirrors can only be adjusted Manual Rearview Mirror manually. To adjust the inside rearview mirror, hold the rearview mirror in the Heated Mirrors center and move it to view the area behind the vehicle. For vehicles with heated mirrors: For vehicles with a manual rearview 1 (Rear Defogger): Press to heat mirror, push the tab forward for the mirrors. daytime use and pull it for nighttime An indicator light in the button lights use to avoid glare from the when the outside heated mirrors are headlamps from behind. activated. Cargo vans without rear door glass Select each mirror by turning the See “Rear Window Defogger” under may not have an inside rearview knob clockwise for the passenger Climate Control Systems on mirror. side mirror or counterclockwise for page 8 1 for more information. ‑ The vehicle may have a Rear Vision the driver side mirror. The center Camera (RVC). See Rear Vision position is neutral. Camera (RVC) on page 9‑38. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Windows Manual Windows Operate the manual windows by { WARNING turning the hand crank on each door to raise or lower the side door Never leave a child, a helpless windows. adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the windows Power Windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the { WARNING extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death Children could be seriously from heat stroke. injured or killed if caught in the If the vehicle has power windows, path of a closing window. Never the controls are on each of the front leave keys in a vehicle with doors. children. See Keys on page 2‑1. The driver door has a switch for the passenger window also. The power windows will work when the ignition has been turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑19. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (16,1)

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Press the switch to lower the Swing-Out Windows window. Pull up on the front edge of the switch to raise the window. Express-Down The driver window switch also has an express-down feature that allows the window to be lowered without holding the switch. Press fully and release the window switch marked AUTO to activate the express-down mode. This mode can be canceled Rear Swing‐Out Windows at any time by pulling up on the Side Swing-Out Window The vehicle also has rear swing‐out switch. To open the window part windows. The rear swing-out way, lightly tap the switch until the To open the side door swing-out windows work the same way as the window is at the desired position. window, pull up on the latch at the side swing‐out window, but the latch edge of the window. Swing the is located at the bottom edge of the window out and push down on the window. latch to lock the window into place. To close the window, pull the latch toward you and push down on the latch to lock it. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (17,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Enhanced Technology The following table shows laminated glass location, based on vehicle model Glass and options. The vehicle may be equipped with Vehicle Configuration ETG Locations Enhanced Technology Glass (ETG). Eight‐Seat Passenger Vans Sliding door forward window ETG is part of the overall occupant Sliding door forward window and protection system on passenger 12 and 15 Seat Passenger Vans ‐ ‐ rear-most side windows vans. ETG may help to keep passengers sitting next to these Long Wheelbase Cargo Vans Rear-most side windows fixed windows from being ejected through the glass in some, but not in all crashes. Even with this glass, Sun Visors Visor Vanity Mirror safety belts must still be worn at all times. For passenger vans, use only To block out glare, swing down the The vehicle may have visor vanity ETG glass approved for the vehicle sun visors. You can also swing them mirrors, with or without lamps. Lift for replacement when damaged. to the side. the mirror cover to turn the lamps on, if equipped. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (18,1)

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats and Airbag System Child Restraints Airbag System ...... 3-17 Older Children ...... 3-35 Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-19 Infants and Young When Should an Airbag Children ...... 3-37 Inflate? ...... 3-21 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-40 Head Restraints What Makes an Airbag Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-41 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Inflate? ...... 3-22 Lower Anchors and Tethers Front Seats How Does an Airbag for Children (LATCH Seat Adjustment ...... 3-2 Restrain? ...... 3-23 System) ...... 3-43 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 What Will You See after an Replacing LATCH System Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-3 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-23 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-49 Airbag On-Off Switch ...... 3-25 Securing Child Restraints Rear Seats Passenger Sensing (Rear Seat) ...... 3-50 Rear Seats ...... 3-5 System ...... 3-28 Securing Child Restraints Servicing the Airbag-Equipped (Front Seat-Passenger Safety Belts Vehicle ...... 3-32 Sensing System) ...... 3-52 Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Adding Equipment to the Securing Child Restraints How to Wear Safety Belts Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-33 (Front Seat-Airbag On/Off Properly ...... 3-10 Airbag System Check ...... 3-34 Switch) ...... 3-55 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-11 Replacing Airbag System Safety Belt Use During Parts after a Crash ...... 3-34 Pregnancy ...... 3-15 Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-16 Safety System Check ...... 3-16 Safety Belt Care ...... 3-16 Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash ...... 3-17 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints Front Seats On vehicles with factory installed seats, the front seats have built-in Seat Adjustment head restraints that are not adjustable in the outboard seating { WARNING positions. You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a driver seat while the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. To adjust the seat: 1. Lift the bar under the front edge of the seat cushion to unlock the seat. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure the seat is locked in place. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Power Seat Adjustment . Move the center knob up or down to raise or lower the seat. . Move the right or left lever up or down to raise or lower the front or rear of the seat cushion. Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING

If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause To recline the seatback: injury to the person sitting there. 1. Lift the lever on the inboard side To adjust a power seat, if available, Always push and pull on the of the seat. use the controls on the front of seatbacks to be sure they are 2. Move the seatback to the the seat: locked. desired position, and then . Move the center knob to the release the lever to lock the right or left to move the seat seatback in place. forward or rearward. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

3-4 Seats and Restraints

To return the seatback to the upright position: WARNING (Continued) 1. Lift the lever fully without The lap belt could go up over applying pressure to the your abdomen. The belt forces seatback, and the seatback will would be there, not at your pelvic return to the upright position. bones. This could cause serious 2. Push and pull on the seatback to internal injuries. make sure it is locked. For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the { WARNING seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear the Sitting in a reclined position when safety belt properly. the vehicle is in motion can be Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is moving. dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Rear Seats 2. Locate the pins. On a three-passenger seat there Removing the Rear Seat are two pins on the inboard sides Disconnect the mini-latch plates for of the rear seats. the lap‐shoulder belts on the bench seat to be removed.

Three-Passenger Seat Shown The right side pin has a black cap with a white “R” marked on it. Three-Passenger Seat Shown On a four-passenger seat, each The left side pin has a gray cap half of the seat has a set of with a black “L” marked on it. pins. The left side has a set 1. To do this, press the tip of a key marked “L,” and the right side into the release hole of the has a set marked “R”. safety belt buckle while pulling up on the safety belt. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

3-6 Seats and Restraints

If the vehicle has floor mats, the pins are under a flap that has been cut into the mat. 3. Pull the pin handle up to disengage the pin from the retaining clip, and then pull the pin out. 4. Repeat this procedure for the other pins. 5. Pull the seat rearward about 5 cm (2 in), and then lift the seat from the floor rails. 7. For the second- and third-row For the last row of seats, stow 6. Remove the seat from the seats, stow the safety belt latch the safety belt latch plate on the vehicle. by attaching the clip on the clip at the window trim. Roll the safety belt latch to the trim just mini-latch into the safety belt inside the side door. webbing and then hook the safety belt latch plate on the clip. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-7

Reinstalling the Rear Seats 1. Position the seat into the open slots in both rails. Push the seat { WARNING forward in the rail, hooking both seat bases onto the pins inside A seat that is not locked into of the rails. place properly can move around 2. Locate the hole in the rail to in a collision or sudden stop. install the locking pins at the rear People in the vehicle could be of the seat base. If the vehicle injured. Be sure to lock the seat has floor mats, pull the flap that into place properly when has been cut into the mat. installing it. 3. Insert the locking pins into the seat base and push the seat to Three-Passenger Seat Shown line up the pins with the base. 4. Push the pin(s) marked R { WARNING On a three-passenger seat, “ ” down until they are in the the pin with the black cap retaining clip. A safety belt that is improperly marked “R” must be installed on routed, not properly attached, the right side and the pin with or twisted will not provide the the gray cap marked “L” on the protection needed in a crash. The left side. person wearing the belt could be On a four-passenger seat, the seriously injured. After raising the pins marked “R” must be rear seatback, always check to be installed on the half of the seat sure that the safety belts are on the right side. The pins properly routed and attached, and marked “L” must be installed are not twisted. on the half of the seat on the left side. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (8,1)

3-8 Seats and Restraints

6. If the vehicle has a floor mat, Safety Belts put the flap back to its original position. This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts 7. Repeat this procedure for the properly. It also describes some other seat base. things not to do with safety belts. 8. Connect the mini-latch plates for the lap-shoulder belts by { WARNING inserting the latch plates into the mini-buckles attached at the Do not let anyone ride where outboard positions of the bench a safety belt cannot be worn seat. Do not twist the belts. properly. In a crash, if you or your Three-Passenger Seat Shown 9. Check that all locking pins are passenger(s) are not wearing locked into place before safety belts, injuries can be much 5. Push the pin(s) marked L “ ” operating the vehicle. worse than if you are wearing down until they are in the safety belts. You can be seriously retaining clip. injured or killed by hitting things inside the vehicle harder or by being ejected from the vehicle. In addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other passengers in the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-9

Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing WARNING (Continued) safety belts makes such good sense. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside Questions and Answers About of a vehicle. In a collision, Safety Belts passengers riding in these areas Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle are more likely to be seriously after a crash if I am wearing a injured or killed. Do not allow safety belt? passengers to ride in any area of the vehicle that is not equipped A: You could be — whether you are with seats and safety belts. wearing a safety belt or not. Your chance of being conscious Always wear a safety belt, and during and after a crash, so you check that all passenger(s) are can unbuckle and get out, is restrained properly too. When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted. as fast as the vehicle does. If the Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why This vehicle has indicators as a vehicle stops suddenly, you keep should I have to wear safety reminder to buckle the safety belts. going until something stops you. belts? See Safety Belt Reminders on It could be the windshield, the instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental page 5‑15. systems only; so they work with When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts — not instead of and the vehicle slow down together. them. Whether or not an airbag There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the when worn properly, your strongest most protection. bones take the forces from the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (10,1)

3-10 Seats and Restraints

Also, in nearly all states and in There are important things to know would apply force on your all Canadian provinces, the law about wearing a safety belt properly. abdomen. This could cause requires wearing safety belts. serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the How to Wear Safety Belts shoulder and across the chest. Properly These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining This section is only for people of forces. The shoulder belt locks if adult size. there is a sudden stop or crash. There are special things to know about safety belts and children. And { WARNING there are different rules for smaller children and infants. If a child will be You can be seriously injured, riding in the vehicle, see Older or even killed, by not wearing Children on page 3‑35 or Infants your safety belt properly. and Young Children on page 3‑37. . Sit up straight and always keep Follow those rules for everyone's your feet on the floor in front . Never allow the lap or protection. of you. shoulder belt to become loose or twisted. It is very important for all occupants . Always use the correct buckle to buckle up. Statistics show that for your seating position. . Never wear the shoulder belt unbelted people are hurt more often under both arms or behind . Wear the lap part of the belt your back. in crashes than those who are low and snug on the hips, just wearing safety belts. touching the thighs. In a crash, . Never route the lap or this applies force to the strong shoulder belt over an pelvic bones and you would be armrest. less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-11

Lap-Shoulder Belt 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it All seating positions in the vehicle get twisted. have a lap-shoulder belt. If you are using a rear seating position with a The lap-shoulder belt may lock if detachable safety belt and the you pull the belt across you very safety belt is not attached, see quickly. If this happens, let the “Reinstalling the Rear Seats” belt go back slightly to unlock it. under Rear Seats on page 3‑5 for Then pull the belt across you instructions on reconnecting the more slowly. safety belt to the mini-buckle. If the shoulder portion of a The following instructions explain passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint how to wear a lap-shoulder belt 3. Push the latch plate into the properly. locking feature may be engaged. If this happens, let the belt buckle until it clicks. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is go back all the way and start Pull up on the latch plate to adjustable, so you can sit up again. make sure it is secure. If the belt straight. To see how, see “Seats” is not long enough, see Safety in the Index. Belt Extender on page 3‑16. Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (12,1)

3-12 Seats and Restraints

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Before a door is closed, be sure the height adjuster, move it to the safety belt is out of the way. If a height that is right for you. door is slammed against a safety See “Safety Belt Height Adjuster” belt, damage can occur to both the later in this section for safety belt and the vehicle. instructions on use and important safety information. Safety Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a safety belt height adjuster for the driver and right front passenger positions. Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder To unlatch the belt, push the button and not falling off of it. The belt on the buckle. The belt should should be close to, but not return to its stowed position. contacting, the neck. Improper Slide the latch plate up the safety shoulder belt height adjustment belt webbing when the safety belt is could reduce the effectiveness of not in use. The latch plate should the safety belt in a crash. See How rest on the stitching on the safety to Wear Safety Belts Properly on belt, near the guide loop on the page 3‑10. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull side wall. up on the shoulder belt. It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-13

Safety Belt Pretensioners Pretensioners work only once. If the pretensioners are activated If the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight in a crash, the pretensioners and Rating) of the vehicle is below possibly other parts of the safety 3 855 kg (8,500 lb) then the vehicle belt system will need to be replaced. has safety belt pretensioners for See Replacing Safety Belt System the front outboard occupants. See Parts after a Crash on page 3‑17. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10 to locate the certification label which Rear Safety Belt Comfort contains the GVWR. Guides Although the safety belt This vehicle may have rear shoulder pretensioners cannot be seen, belt comfort guides. If not, they are they are part of the safety belt To move it down, pull on the center available through your dealer. assembly. They can help tighten the The guides may provide added adjuster control labeled PULL. You safety belts during the early stages can move the height adjuster up just safety belt comfort for older children of a moderate to severe frontal, who have outgrown booster seats by pushing up on the shoulder belt near frontal, or rear crash if the guide. and for some adults. When installed threshold conditions for pretensioner and properly adjusted, the comfort After the adjuster is set to the activation are met. And, if the guide positions the shoulder belt desired position, try to move it down vehicle has side impact airbags, away from the neck and head. without pushing in to make sure it safety belt pretensioners can help has locked into position. tighten the safety belts in a side crash or a rollover event. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (14,1)

3-14 Seats and Restraints

Here is how to install a comfort 2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. Be sure that the belt is not guide to the safety belt: and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The 1. Locate the guide in a pocket on belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the the side of the seatback. belt and the guide on top. { WARNING

A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-15

Make sure the shoulder portion WARNING (Continued) of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt and across the chest. These parts should be close to, but not of the body are best able to take contacting, the neck. belt restraining forces. To remove and store the comfort guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can be removed from the guide. Slide the guide into its storage pocket on the side of the seatback.

Safety Belt Use During A pregnant woman should wear a Pregnancy lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as Safety belts work for everyone, possible, below the rounding, including pregnant women. Like all throughout the pregnancy. occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not The best way to protect the fetus is wear safety belts. to protect the mother. When a safety 4. Buckle, position, and release belt is worn properly, it is more likely the safety belt as described that the fetus will not be hurt in a previously in this section. crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (16,1)

3-16 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Extender Safety System Check Safety Belt Care If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten Now and then, check that the safety Keep belts clean and dry. around you, you should use it. belt reminder light, safety belts, But if a safety belt is not long buckles, latch plates, retractors, { WARNING enough, your dealer will order you and anchorages are all working an extender. When you go in to properly. Look for any other loose or Do not bleach or dye safety belts. order it, take the heaviest coat you damaged safety belt system parts It may severely weaken them. In will wear, so the extender will be that might keep a safety belt system a crash, they might not be able to long enough for you. To help avoid from doing its job. See your dealer provide adequate protection. personal injury, do not let someone to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Clean safety belts only with mild else use it, and use it only for the safety belts may not protect you in a soap and lukewarm water. seat it is made to fit. The extender crash. They can rip apart under has been designed for adults. Never impact forces. If a belt is torn or use it for securing child seats. To frayed, get a new one right away. wear it, attach it to the regular safety Make sure the safety belt reminder belt. For more information, see the light is working. See Safety Belt instruction sheet that comes with Reminders on page 5‑15. the extender. Keep safety belts clean and dry. See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑16. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-17

Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System safety belts may not be necessary. System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following Crash were used during any crash may airbag: have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver. { WARNING See your dealer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or The vehicle may have the following A crash can damage the safety replaced. airbags: belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be . A frontal airbag for the right front A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt passenger. may not properly protect the system was not being used at the . A roof-rail airbag for the driver person using it, resulting in time of the crash. (cargo van). serious injury or even death in a Have the safety belt pretensioners . crash. To help make sure the A roof-rail airbag for the right checked if the vehicle has been in a safety belt systems are working front passenger position crash, or if the airbag readiness light properly after a crash, have them (cargo or passenger van stays on after you start the vehicle equipped with a sliding door). inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag If you have a passenger van replacements made as soon as Readiness Light on page 5‑16. possible. with a right front passenger roof-rail airbag and a sliding door, you will also have a separate roof-rail airbag for the passenger seated directly behind the right front passenger and the third row outboard passenger position. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (18,1)

3-18 Seats and Restraints

. A roof-rail airbag for the driver, Here are the most important things the passenger seated directly to know about the airbag system: { WARNING behind the driver, and the third Airbags inflate with great force, row outboard passenger position { WARNING (passenger van equipped with a faster than the blink of an eye. sliding or hinged door). You can be severely injured or Anyone who is up against, or very close to, any airbag when it . A roof-rail airbag for the right killed in a crash if you are not inflates can be seriously injured front passenger, the passenger wearing your safety belt — even if seated directly behind the right you have airbags. Airbags are or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily front passenger, and the designed to work with safety close to the airbag, as you would third row outboard passenger belts, but do not replace them. be if you were sitting on the edge position (passenger van Also, airbags are not designed to of your seat or leaning forward. equipped with a hinged door). deploy in every crash. In some Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a All of the airbags in the vehicle will crashes safety belts are your only crash. Always wear your safety have the word AIRBAG embossed restraint. See When Should an belt, even with airbags. The driver in the trim or on an attached label Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑21. near the deployment opening. should sit as far back as possible Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of For frontal airbags, the word crash helps reduce your chance the vehicle. AIRBAG will appear on the middle of hitting things inside the vehicle part of the steering wheel for the or being ejected from it. Airbags Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side driver and on the instrument panel are “supplemental restraints” to for the right front passenger. the safety belts. Everyone in your windows in seating positions with roof-rail airbags. With roof-rail airbags, the word vehicle should wear a safety belt AIRBAG will appear along the properly — whether or not there is headliner or trim. an airbag for that person. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Where Are the Airbags? { WARNING

Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel, which for adults and older children, but shows the airbag symbol. not for young children and infants. Neither the vehicle safety belt The system checks the airbag system nor its airbag system is electrical system for malfunctions. designed for them. Young The light tells you if there is an children and infants need the electrical problem. See Airbag protection that a child restraint Readiness Light on page 5‑16 for system can provide. Always more information. The driver frontal airbag is in the secure children properly in the middle of the steering wheel. vehicle. To read how, see Older Children on page 3‑35 or Infants and Young Children on page 3‑37. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (20,1)

3-20 Seats and Restraints

If the vehicle has one, the right front Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger passenger airbag is in the Side Similar Side Similar instrument panel on the If the vehicle is a cargo or If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags passenger side. passenger van with a sliding door for the driver, right front passenger, and it has a roof-rail airbag for the passengers behind the driver and driver and right front passenger right front passenger, and the third position, the roof-rail airbags are in row outboard passengers, the the ceiling above the side window. roof-rail airbags are in the ceiling above the side windows. On the driver side of the vehicle, there is one single roof-rail airbag for either vehicles with a hinged door or a sliding door. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-21

For passenger vans with a sliding It depends largely on what you hit, door, on the passenger side of the WARNING (Continued) the direction of the impact, and how vehicle, you will have a separate quickly the vehicle slows down. through any door or window roof-rail airbag for the passenger Frontal airbags may inflate at seated directly behind the right front opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be different crash speeds. For passenger and the third row example: outboard passenger position. blocked. . If the vehicle hits a stationary { WARNING object, the airbags could inflate When Should an Airbag at a different crash speed than if If something is between an Inflate? the vehicle hits a moving object. occupant and an airbag, the Frontal airbags are designed to . If the vehicle hits an object that airbag might not inflate properly inflate in moderate to severe frontal deforms, the airbags could or it might force the object into or near-frontal crashes to help inflate at a different crash speed that person causing severe injury reduce the potential for severe than if the vehicle hits an object or even death. The path of an injuries mainly to the driver or right that does not deform. inflating airbag must be kept front passenger head and chest. . If the vehicle hits a narrow object clear. Do not put anything However, they are only designed to (like a pole), the airbags could between an occupant and an inflate if the impact exceeds a inflate at a different crash speed airbag, and do not attach or put predetermined deployment than if the vehicle hits a wide anything on the steering wheel threshold. Deployment thresholds object (like a wall). hub or on or near any other are used to predict how severe a . If the vehicle goes into an object airbag covering. crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain at an angle, the airbags could Never secure anything to the roof the occupants. inflate at a different crash speed of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags than if the vehicle goes straight Whether the frontal airbags will or by routing a rope or tie down into the object. should deploy is not based on how (Continued) fast the vehicle is traveling. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (22,1)

3-22 Seats and Restraints

Thresholds can also vary with Dual-stage airbags adjust the In any particular crash, no one can specific vehicle design. restraint according to crash severity. say whether an airbag should have Frontal airbags are not intended to The vehicle has electronic frontal inflated simply because of the inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear sensors, which help the sensing damage to a vehicle or because impacts, or in many side impacts. system distinguish between a of what the repair costs were. moderate frontal impact and a more For frontal airbags, inflation is Single Stage vs. Dual Stage severe frontal impact. For moderate determined by what the vehicle hits, Airbags frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags the angle of the impact, and how Depending on the weight of the inflate at a level less than full quickly the vehicle slows down. deployment. For more severe frontal For roof-rail airbags, deployment is vehicle, you will have either “Single impacts, full deployment occurs. determined by the location and Stage Airbags” or “Dual Stage severity of the side impact. Airbags.” Vehicles that have a The vehicle may or may not have passenger sensing system also roof-rail airbags. See Airbag System In a rollover event, roof‐rail airbag have dual stage airbags. See on page 3‑17. Roof-rail airbags are deployment is determined by the Passenger Airbag Status Indicator intended to inflate in moderate to direction of the roll. on page 5‑18 or Passenger Sensing severe side crashes. In addition, System on page 3‑28. these roof-rail airbags are intended What Makes an Airbag If the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight to inflate during a rollover. Roof-rail Inflate? Rating) of the vehicle is 3 855 kg airbags will inflate if the crash (8,500 lb) or above, the vehicle may severity is above the system's In a deployment event, the sensing have single stage airbags. If the designed threshold level. The system sends an electrical signal GVWR is below 3 855 kg (8,500 lb) threshold level can vary with triggering a release of gas from the then the vehicle may have dual specific vehicle design. inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out stage airbags. You can find the Roof-rail airbags are not intended to of the cover and deploy. The inflator, GVWR on the certification label on inflate in frontal impacts, near-frontal the airbag, and related hardware are the rear edge of the driver door. See impacts, or rear impacts. All roof-rail all part of the airbag module. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10 airbags will deploy when either side for more information. of the vehicle is struck. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-23

Frontal airbag modules are located Roof-rail airbags distribute the force What Will You See after inside the steering wheel and of the impact more evenly over the instrument panel. For vehicles with occupant's upper body. an Airbag Inflates? roof-rail airbags, there are airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags After the frontal airbags inflate, they modules in the ceiling of the vehicle, are designed to help contain the quickly deflate, so quickly that some near the side windows for the first, head and chest of occupants in the people may not even realize an second, and third rows (if equipped). outboard seating positions in the airbag inflated. Roof-rail airbags See Where Are the Airbags? on first, second, and third rows, may still be at least partially inflated page 3‑19 for more information. if equipped. The rollover capable for some time after they deploy. roof-rail airbags are designed to Some components of the airbag How Does an Airbag help reduce the risk of full or partial module may be hot for several Restrain? ejection in rollover events, although minutes. For location of the airbag no system can prevent all such modules, see What Makes an In moderate to severe frontal or ejections. Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑22. near frontal collisions, even belted The parts of the airbag that come occupants can contact the steering But airbags would not help in into contact with you may be warm, wheel or the instrument panel. In many types of collisions, primarily but not too hot to touch. There may moderate to severe side collisions, because the occupant's motion is be some smoke and dust coming even belted occupants can contact not toward those airbags. See from the vents in the deflated the inside of the vehicle. When Should an Airbag Inflate? on airbags. Airbag inflation does not page 3‑21 for more information. Airbags supplement the protection prevent the driver from seeing out of provided by safety belts. Frontal Airbags should never be regarded the windshield or being able to steer airbags distribute the force of the as anything more than a supplement the vehicle, nor does it prevent impact more evenly over the to safety belts. people from leaving the vehicle. occupant's upper body, stopping the occupant more gradually. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (24,1)

3-24 Seats and Restraints

off the fuel system after the airbags In many crashes severe enough to { WARNING inflate. You can lock the doors, and inflate the airbag, windshields are turn off the interior lamps and the broken by vehicle deformation. When an airbag inflates, there hazard warning flashers by using Additional windshield breakage may may be dust in the air. This dust the controls for those features. also occur from the right front could cause breathing problems passenger airbag. for people with a history of { WARNING . asthma or other breathing trouble. Airbags are designed to inflate To avoid this, everyone in the only once. After an airbag A crash severe enough to inflate inflates, you will need some vehicle should get out as soon as the airbags may have also new parts for the airbag system. it is safe to do so. If you have damaged important functions in If you do not get them, the airbag breathing problems but cannot the vehicle, such as the fuel system will not be there to help get out of the vehicle after an system, brake and steering protect you in another crash. airbag inflates, then get fresh air systems, etc. Even if the vehicle A new system will include airbag by opening a window or a door. appears to be drivable after a modules and possibly other If you experience breathing moderate crash, there may be parts. The service manual for problems following an airbag concealed damage that could the vehicle covers the need to deployment, you should seek make it difficult to safely operate replace other parts. medical attention. the vehicle. . The vehicle has a crash sensing Use caution if you should attempt and diagnostic module which The vehicle has a feature that may to restart the engine after a crash records information after a automatically unlock the doors has occurred. crash. See Vehicle Data (if equipped with power door locks), Recording on page 13‑20. turn on the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, and shut Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-25

. Let only qualified technicians If the vehicle does not have an work on the airbag systems. airbag on-off switch, it may have a Improper service can mean that passenger sensing system. See an airbag system will not work Passenger Sensing System on properly. See your dealer for page 3‑28. service. This switch should only be turned Airbag On-Off Switch to the off position if the person in the right front passenger position If the instrument panel has one is a member of a passenger risk of the switches pictured in the group identified by the national following illustrations, the vehicle government as follows: has an airbag on-off switch that you can use to manually turn United States Infant. An infant (less than on or off the right front passenger 1 year old) must ride in the front airbag. seat because: . My vehicle has no rear seat; . My vehicle has a rear seat too small to accommodate a rear-facing infant seat; or . The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant's physician, makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that the driver can constantly monitor the Canada and Mexico child's condition. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (26,1)

3-26 Seats and Restraints

Child age 1 to 12. A child . Makes the potential harm from age 1 to 12 must ride in the front the passenger airbag in a crash seat because: greater than the potential harm from turning off the airbag and . My vehicle has no rear seat; allowing the passenger, even if . Although children ages 1 to 12 belted, to hit the instrument ride in the rear seat(s) whenever panel or windshield in a crash. possible, children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front { WARNING because no space is available in the rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or If the right front passenger airbag . The child has a medical is turned off for a person who is condition which, according to the not in a risk group identified by United States child's physician, makes it the national government, that necessary for the child to ride in person will not have the extra the front seat so that the driver protection of an airbag. In a can constantly monitor the crash, the airbag will not be able child's condition. to inflate and help protect the person sitting there. Do not turn Medical Condition. A passenger off the passenger airbag unless has a medical condition which, according to his or her physician: the person sitting there is in a risk group. . Causes the passenger airbag to pose a special risk for the passenger; and

Canada and Mexico Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-27

To turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag, insert the ignition key WARNING (Continued) into the switch, push in, and move the switch to the off position. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced The airbag off light will come on right away. See Airbag Readiness to let you know the right front Light on page 5‑16 for more passenger airbag is off. The airbag information, including important off light will stay on to remind you safety information. that the airbag is off. See Airbag On-Off Light on page 5‑16. The right front passenger airbag will remain off until you turn it back on again. Canada and Mexico { WARNING To turn the right front passenger airbag on again, insert the ignition If the airbag readiness light ever key into the switch, push in, and comes on and stays on, it means move the switch to the on position. that something may be wrong with the airbag system. For The right front passenger frontal airbag is now enabled, and example, the right front may inflate. See Airbag On-Off Light passenger airbag could inflate on page 5‑16 for more information. even though the airbag on-off switch is turned off. United States (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (28,1)

3-28 Seats and Restraints

Passenger Sensing The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger System frontal airbag under certain If the instrument panel has one of conditions. The driver airbag and the indicators pictured in the roof-rail airbags, if equipped, are following illustrations, the vehicle not part of the passenger sensing has a passenger sensing system Canada and Mexico system. unless there is an airbag off switch The passenger sensing system located on the instrument panel. The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the works with sensors that are part of If there is an airbag off switch, the the right front passenger seat. The vehicle does not have a passenger instrument panel when the vehicle is started. sensors are designed to detect the sensing system. See Airbag On-Off presence of a properly seated Switch on page 3‑25 for more The words ON and OFF, or the occupant and determine if the right information. symbol for on and off, will be visible front passenger frontal airbag during the system check. If you are should be enabled (may inflate) using remote start, if equipped, to or not. start the vehicle from a distance, you may not see the system According to accident statistics, check. When the system check is Children are safer when properly complete, either the word ON or the secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint for their weight United States word OFF, or the symbol for on or the symbol for off, will be visible. and size. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5‑18. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-29

We recommend that children be If the vehicle does not have a rear secured in a rear seat, including: WARNING (Continued) seat that will accommodate a an infant or a child riding in a rear-facing child restraint, a rear-facing child restraint; a child passenger airbag inflates and the rear-facing child restraint should not riding in a forward-facing child seat; passenger seat is in a forward be installed in the vehicle, even if an older child riding in a booster position. the airbag is off. seat; and children, who are large Even if the passenger sensing The passenger sensing system is enough, using safety belts. system has turned off the right designed to turn off the right front A label on the sun visor says, front passenger frontal airbag, no passenger frontal airbag if: Never put a rear-facing child seat in system is fail-safe. No one can “ . The right front passenger seat is guarantee that an airbag will not the front.” This is because the risk to unoccupied. the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though the . The system determines that an airbag is turned off. infant is present in a rear-facing infant seat. { WARNING Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if the . The system determines that a A child in a rear-facing child airbag is off. If you secure a small child is present in a child restraint can be seriously forward-facing child restraint in restraint. injured or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move . The system determines that a passenger airbag inflates. This the front passenger seat as far small child is present in a is because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to booster seat. rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a . be very close to the inflating A right front passenger takes rear seat. airbag. A child in a forward-facing his/her weight off of the seat for child restraint can be seriously a period of time. injured or killed if the right front (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (30,1)

3-30 Seats and Restraints

. The right front passenger seat is For some children who have If the On Indicator is Lit for a occupied by a smaller person, outgrown child restraints and for Child Restraint such as a child who has very small adults, the passenger outgrown child restraints. sensing system may or may not If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit: . Or, if there is a critical problem turn off the right front passenger with the airbag system or the frontal airbag, depending upon 1. Turn the vehicle off. the person's seating posture and passenger sensing system. 2. Remove the child restraint from body build. Everyone in the vehicle the vehicle. When the passenger sensing who has outgrown child restraints system has turned off the right front should wear a safety belt 3. Remove any additional items passenger frontal airbag, the off properly — whether or not there is from the seat such as blankets, indicator will light and stay lit to an airbag for that person. cushions, seat covers, seat remind you that the airbag is off. heaters, or seat massagers. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5‑18. { WARNING 4. Reinstall the child restraint following the directions The passenger sensing system is If the airbag readiness light ever provided by the child restraint designed to turn on (may inflate) the comes on and stays on, it means manufacturer and refer to right front passenger frontal airbag that something may be wrong Securing Child Restraints anytime the system senses that a with the airbag system. To help (Front Seat-Airbag On/Off person of adult size is sitting avoid injury to yourself or others, Switch) on page 3‑55 or properly in the right front have the vehicle serviced right Securing Child Restraints (Front passenger seat. away. See Airbag Readiness Seat-Passenger Sensing When the passenger sensing Light on page 5‑16 for more System) on page 3‑52 or system has allowed the airbag to be information, including important Securing Child Restraints (Rear enabled, the on indicator will light safety information. Seat) on page 3‑50. and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-31

5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator is Lit for an system to detect that person and restraint and restarting the Adult-Size Occupant enable the right front passenger vehicle, the on indicator is still frontal airbag: lit, turn the vehicle off. Then 1. Turn the vehicle off. slightly recline the vehicle seatback and adjust the seat 2. Remove any additional material cushion, if adjustable, to make from the seat, such as blankets, sure that the vehicle seatback is cushions, seat covers, seat not pushing the child restraint heaters, or seat massagers. into the seat cushion. 3. Place the seatback in the fully 6. Restart the vehicle. upright position. If the on indicator is still lit, 4. Have the person sit upright in secure the child in the child the seat, centered on the seat restraint in a rear seat position in cushion, with legs comfortably the vehicle, and check with your extended. dealer. If a person of adult-size is sitting in 5. Restart the vehicle and have the the right front passenger seat, but If no rear seat is available, do person remain in this position for the off indicator is lit, it could be not install a child restraint in this two to three minutes after the on because that person is not sitting vehicle. indicator is lit. properly in the seat. If this happens, use the following steps to allow the This allows the system to detect that person and then enable the right front passenger frontal airbag. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (32,1)

3-32 Seats and Restraints

Additional Factors Affecting The on indicator may be lit if an To purchase a service manual, see System Operation object, such as a briefcase, Service Publications Ordering handbag, grocery bag, laptop or Information on page 13‑17. Safety belts help keep the other electronic device, is put on passenger in position on the an unoccupied seat. If this is not { WARNING seat during vehicle maneuvers desired remove the object from and braking, which helps the the seat. For up to 10 seconds after the passenger sensing system maintain vehicle is turned off and the the passenger airbag status. battery is disconnected, an airbag See “Safety Belts” and “Child { WARNING Restraints in the Index for can still inflate during improper ” Stowing of articles under the additional information about the service. You can be injured if you passenger seat or between the importance of proper restraint use. are close to an airbag when it passenger seat cushion and inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. A thick layer of additional material, seatback may interfere with the They are probably part of the such as a blanket or cushion, proper operation of the passenger airbag system. Be sure to follow or aftermarket equipment such sensing system. proper service procedures, and as seat covers, seat heaters, and make sure the person performing seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system Servicing the work for you is qualified to do so. operates. We recommend that Airbag-Equipped Vehicle you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when Airbags affect how the vehicle approved by GM for your specific should be serviced. There are parts vehicle. See Adding Equipment to of the airbag system in several the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on places around the vehicle. Your page 3‑33 for more information dealer and the service manual have about modifications that can affect information about servicing the how the system operates. vehicle and the airbag system. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-33

Adding Equipment to the In addition, the vehicle may have If you have any questions a passenger sensing system about this, you should contact Airbag-Equipped Vehicle for the right front passenger Customer Assistance before you Q: Is there anything I might add position, which includes sensors modify the vehicle. The phone to or change about the vehicle that are part of the passenger numbers and addresses for that could keep the airbags seat. The passenger sensing Customer Assistance are in from working properly? system may not operate properly Step Two of the Customer if the original seat trim is Satisfaction Procedure in A: Yes. If you add things that replaced with non-GM covers, this manual. See Customer change the vehicle's frame, upholstery or trim, or with Satisfaction Procedure (Mexico) bumper system, height, front end GM covers, upholstery or trim on page 13 2 or Customer or side sheet metal, they may ‑ designed for a different vehicle. Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. and keep the airbag system from Any object, such as an Canada) on page 13 3. working properly. Changing or ‑ aftermarket seat heater or a moving any parts of the front If the vehicle has rollover comfort enhancing pad or seats, safety belts, the airbag roof-rail airbags, see Different device, installed under or on top sensing and diagnostic module, Size Tires and Wheels on of the seat fabric, could also steering wheel, instrument page 10‑68 for additional interfere with the operation of panel, roof-rail airbag modules, important information. the passenger sensing system. ceiling headliner or pillar garnish This could either prevent proper trim, front sensors, rollover deployment of the passenger sensor module, or airbag wiring airbag(s) or prevent the can affect the operation of the passenger sensing system airbag system. from properly turning off the passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑28. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (34,1)

3-34 Seats and Restraints

Q: Because I have a disability, Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System I have to get my vehicle modified. How can I find out The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash whether this will affect my regularly scheduled maintenance or airbag system? replacement. Make sure the airbag { WARNING readiness light is working. See A: If you have questions, call Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the Customer Assistance. The page 5‑16. airbag systems in the vehicle. phone numbers and addresses Notice: If an airbag covering is A damaged airbag system for Customer Assistance are may not work properly and in Step Two of the Customer damaged, opened, or broken, the may not protect you and your Satisfaction Procedure in airbag may not work properly. Do passenger(s) in a crash, resulting this manual. See Customer not open or break the airbag Satisfaction Procedure (Mexico) coverings. If there are any in serious injury or even death. To help make sure the airbag on page 13‑2 or Customer opened or broken airbag covers, Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. and have the airbag covering and/or systems are working properly Canada) on page 13‑3. airbag module replaced. For the after a crash, have them location of the airbags, see inspected and any necessary In addition, your dealer and the Where Are the Airbags? on replacements made as soon as service manual have information page 3‑19. See your dealer for possible. about the location of the airbag service. sensors, sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-35

If an airbag inflates, you will need to Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that replace airbag system parts. See come with the booster seat state the your dealer for service. Older Children weight and height limitations for that If the airbag readiness light stays on booster. Use a booster seat with a after the vehicle is started or comes lap-shoulder belt until the child on when you are driving, the airbag passes the fit test below: system may not work properly. Have . Sit all the way back on the seat. the vehicle serviced right away. Do the knees bend at the seat See Airbag Readiness Light on edge? If yes, continue. If no, page 5‑16. return to the booster seat. . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear safety belt comfort guide. See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on Older children who have outgrown page 3 11. If the shoulder belt booster seats should wear the ‑ still does not rest on the vehicle safety belts. shoulder, then return to the booster seat. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (36,1)

3-36 Seats and Restraints

. Does the lap belt fit low and It should never be worn over the snug on the hips, touching the abdomen, which could cause { WARNING thighs? If yes, continue. If no, severe or even fatal internal return to the booster seat. injuries in a crash. Never allow more than one child to wear the same safety belt. The . Can proper safety belt fit be Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort safety belt cannot properly spread maintained for the length of the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on the impact forces. In a crash, they trip? If yes, continue. If no, page 3‑11. return to the booster seat. can be crushed together and According to accident statistics, seriously injured. A safety belt Q: What is the proper way to children and infants are safer when must be used by only one person wear safety belts? properly restrained in a child at a time. A: An older child should wear a restraint system or infant restraint lap-shoulder belt and get the system secured in a rear seating additional restraint a shoulder position. belt can provide. The shoulder In a crash, children who are not belt should not cross the face or buckled up can strike other people neck. The lap belt should fit who are buckled up, or can be snugly below the hips, just thrown out of the vehicle. Older touching the top of the thighs. children need to use safety belts This applies belt force to the properly. child's pelvic bones in a crash. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-37

{ WARNING { WARNING

Never allow a child to wear the Children can be seriously injured safety belt with the shoulder belt or strangled if a shoulder belt is behind their back. A child can be wrapped around their neck and seriously injured by not wearing the safety belt continues to the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a tighten. Never leave children crash, the child would not be unattended in a vehicle and never restrained by the shoulder belt. allow children to play with the The child could move too far safety belts. forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts might also slide under the lap Infants and Young offer protection for adults and older belt. The belt force would then be Children children, but not for young children applied right on the abdomen. and infants. Neither the vehicle's That could cause serious or fatal Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This includes infants safety belt system nor its airbag injuries. The shoulder belt should and all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every go over the shoulder and across distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride the chest. size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints. state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained every Canadian province says properly can strike other people, children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle. restrained while in a vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (38,1)

3-38 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

Never hold an infant or a child child restraint in a rear seat. If you while riding in a vehicle. Due to must secure a forward-facing crash forces, an infant or a child child restraint in the right front will become so heavy it is not seat, always move the front possible to hold it during a crash. passenger seat as far back as it For example, in a crash at only will go. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's arms. An infant should be secured in an appropriate { WARNING restraint. Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the right front seat. Secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to secure a forward-facing (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-39

Q: What are the different types of The restraint manufacturer add-on child restraints? instructions that come with the { WARNING A: Add-on child restraints, which restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular A young child's hip bones are still are purchased by the vehicle so small that the vehicle's regular owner, are available in four basic child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of restraints safety belt may not remain low types. Selection of a particular on the hip bones, as it should. restraint should take into available for children with special needs. Instead, it may settle up around consideration not only the child's the child's abdomen. In a crash, weight, height, and age but also the belt would apply force on a whether or not the restraint will { WARNING body area that is unprotected by be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. To reduce the risk of neck and any bony structure. This alone head injury during a crash, could cause serious or fatal For most basic types of child infants need complete support. injuries. To reduce the risk of restraints, there are many In a crash, if an infant is in a serious or fatal injuries during a different models available. When crash, young children should purchasing a child restraint, be rear-facing child restraint, the always be secured in appropriate sure it is designed to be used in crash forces can be distributed a motor vehicle. If it is, the across the strongest part of an child restraints. restraint will have a label saying infant's body, the back and that it meets federal motor shoulders. Infants should always vehicle safety standards. be secured in rear-facing child restraints. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (40,1)

3-40 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraint Systems

Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. vehicle's safety belt system. restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a child against the back of the infant. to see out the window. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-41

Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a Administration (NHTSA) website to Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not locate the nearest child safety seat properly secured in the vehicle. inspection station. For CPST { WARNING When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial A child can be seriously injured that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office. or killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a Securing the Child Within the restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual. Child Restraint the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions restraint properly in the vehicle are important, so if they are not { WARNING using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer. A child can be seriously injured or instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured killed in a crash if the child is not child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a properly secured in the child in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure restraint. Secure the child people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly following the instructions To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in that came with that child restraint. the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is in the vehicle. Child restraint in it. systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas of the United States Where to Put the seats by lap belts or the lap belt and Canada, Certified Child Restraint portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by Passenger Safety Technicians According to accident statistics, the LATCH system. See Lower (CPSTs) are available to inspect children and infants are safer Anchors and Tethers for Children and demonstrate how to correctly when properly restrained in a child (LATCH System) on page 3‑43. use and install child restraints. In restraint system or infant restraint the U.S., refer to the National system secured in a rear seating Highway Traffic Safety position. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (42,1)

3-42 Seats and Restraints

We recommend that children and child restraints be secured in a rear { WARNING WARNING (Continued) seat, including: an infant or a child riding in a rear-facing child restraint; A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints a child riding in a forward-facing restraint can be seriously in a rear seat, even if the child seat; an older child riding in a injured or killed if the right front airbag is off. If you secure a booster seat; and children, who are passenger airbag inflates. forward-facing child restraint in large enough, using safety belts. This is because the back of the the right front seat, always move rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far If a child restraint is secured in the be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to right front passenger seat, and there airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a is a switch on the instrument panel to manually turn off the right front child restraint can be seriously rear seat. passenger airbag. See Airbag injured or killed if the right front On-Off Switch on page 3‑25 and passenger airbag inflates and the When securing a child restraint in a Securing Child Restraints (Front passenger seat is in a forward rear seating position, study the Seat-Airbag On/Off Switch) on position. instructions that came with the page 3‑55 or Securing Child Even if the passenger sensing child restraint to make sure it is Restraints (Front Seat-Passenger system or airbag switch has compatible with this vehicle. Sensing System) on page 3 52 or ‑ turned off the right front Child restraints and booster seats Securing Child Restraints (Rear passenger frontal airbag, no vary considerably in size, and some Seat) on page 3 50 for more ‑ system is fail-safe. No one can may fit in certain seating positions information, including important guarantee that an airbag will not better than others. Always make safety information. deploy under some unusual sure the child restraint is properly A label on the sun visor says, circumstance, even though it is secured. “Never put a rear-facing child seat in turned off. the front. This is because the risk to ” (Continued) the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag deploys. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-43

Depending on where you place the properly secure any child restraint in When installing a child restraint with child restraint and the size of the the vehicle — even when no child a top tether, you must also use child restraint, you may not be able is in it. either the lower anchors or the to access adjacent safety belt safety belts to properly secure the assemblies or LATCH anchors for Lower Anchors and child restraint. A child restraint must additional passengers or child Tethers for Children never be installed using only the top restraints. Adjacent seating tether strap and anchor. (LATCH System) positions should not be used if the In order to use the LATCH system child restraint prevents access to or The LATCH system secures a child in your vehicle, you need a interferes with the routing of the restraint during driving or in a crash. child restraint that has LATCH safety belt. LATCH attachments on the child attachments. The child restraint If the vehicle does not have a rear restraint are used to attach the child manufacturer will provide you with seat that will accommodate a restraint to the anchors in the instructions on how to use the rear-facing child restraint, a vehicle. This system is designed to child restraint and its attachments. rear-facing child restraint should not make installation of a child restraint The following explains how to be installed in the vehicle, even if easier. attach a child restraint with these the airbag is off. Make sure that a LATCH-compatible attachments in your vehicle. Wherever a child restraint is child restraint is properly installed Not all vehicle seating positions or installed, be sure to secure the child using the anchors, or use the child restraints have lower anchors restraint properly. vehicle's safety belts to secure the and attachments or top tether restraint, following the instructions anchors and attachments. Keep in mind that an unsecured that came with that restraint, and child restraint can move around in a also the instructions in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sure to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (44,1)

3-44 Seats and Restraints

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of the instructions for your child built into the vehicle. There are the child restraint to the vehicle. restraint. two lower anchors for each A top tether anchor is built into LATCH seating position that will the vehicle. The top tether accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Lower Anchor and Top Tether Do not install three child restraints in Anchor Locations the same row at the same time and never install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor.

Second, Third, and Fourth Row with Three-Passenger Second, Third, and Fourth Row Seat — Passenger Van with Three-Passenger Seat There are two top tether anchors in Front Passenger Position the second-, third-, and fourth-row i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating i three-passenger seats. To install a positions with top tether anchors. (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with top tether anchors. child restraint in the rear driver-side j (Lower Anchor): Seating seating positions, use anchor positions with two lower anchors. The second, third, and fourth row point (1). To install a child restraint with three-passenger seats have in the rear passenger-side seating See the information following for exposed metal lower anchors installing a child restraint with a top positions, use anchor point (2). located in the crease between the To install a child restraint in the rear tether in the second, third, and seatback and the seat cushion. fourth row center positions. center seating positions, use anchor point (2). Never install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (46,1)

3-46 Seats and Restraints

If the vehicle is equipped with a According to accident statistics, four-passenger fourth- or fifth-row children and infants are safer when seat, it does not have upper or properly restrained in a child lower anchors. If a child restraint is restraint system or infant restraint placed in the four-passenger fourth system secured in a rear seating or fifth-row seat, it must be secured position. See Where to Put the using the vehicle safety belts. See Restraint on page 3‑41 for “Rear Seat Position” under Securing additional information. Child Restraints (Front Seat-Airbag On/Off Switch) on page 3‑55 or Securing a Child Restraint Securing Child Restraints (Front Designed for the LATCH Seat-Passenger Sensing System) System on page 3‑52 or Securing Child Front Passenger Position Restraints (Rear Seat) on { WARNING page 3‑50. There is a top tether anchor for the front passenger position with a front If a LATCH-type child restraint is passenger seat. The anchor is not attached to anchors, the child located at the rear of the seat restraint will not be able to protect cushion on the right front the child correctly. In a crash, the passenger seat. child could be seriously injured or Do not secure a child restraint in a killed. Install a LATCH-type child position without a top tether anchor restraint properly using the if a national or local law requires anchors, or use the vehicle safety that the top tether be attached, or if belts to secure the restraint, the instructions that come with the following the instructions that child restraint say that the top tether came with the child restraint and must be attached. the instructions in this manual. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-47

This system is designed to make { WARNING WARNING (Continued) the installation of child restraints easier. When using lower anchors, Do not attach more than one child of the retractor to set the lock, do not use the vehicle's safety belts. restraint to a single anchor. if the vehicle has one, after the Instead, use the vehicle's anchors Attaching more than one child child restraint has been installed. and child restraint attachments restraint to a single anchor could to secure the restraints. Some cause the anchor or attachment Notice: Do not let the LATCH restraints also use another vehicle to come loose or even break attachments rub against the anchor to secure a top tether. during a crash. A child or others vehicle’s safety belts. This may 1. Attach and tighten the lower could be injured. To reduce the damage these parts. If necessary, attachments to the lower risk of serious or fatal injuries move buckled safety belts to anchors. If the child restraint during a crash, attach only one avoid rubbing the LATCH does not have lower child restraint per anchor. attachments. attachments or the desired Do not fold the empty rear seat seating position does not have with a safety belt buckled. This lower anchors, secure the child { WARNING could damage the safety belt or restraint with the top tether and the seat. Unbuckle and return the the safety belts. Refer to your Children can be seriously injured safety belt to its stowed position, child restraint manufacturer or strangled if a shoulder belt is before folding the seat. instructions and the instructions in this manual. wrapped around their neck and If you need to secure more than one the safety belt continues to child restraint in the rear seat, see 1.1. Find the lower anchors for tighten. Buckle any unused safety Where to Put the Restraint on the desired seating belts behind the child restraint so page 3‑41. position. children cannot reach them. Pull 1.2. Put the child restraint on the shoulder belt all the way out the seat. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (48,1)

3-48 Seats and Restraints

1.3. Attach and tighten the lower 2.3. Route and tighten the top attachments on the child tether according to your restraint to the lower child restraint instructions anchors. and the following 2. If the child restraint manufacturer instructions: recommends that the top tether be attached, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor, if equipped. Refer to the child restraint instructions and If the position you are using the following steps: does not have a headrest or head restraint and you 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. are using a dual tether, 2.2. For the second, third, route the tether over the and fourth row with seatback. three-passenger seats only, If the position you are using in the rear driver-side does not have a headrest seating positions, use or head restraint and you anchor point (1). For the are using a single tether, rear passenger-side seating route the tether over the positions, use anchor seatback. point (2). For the center seating positions, use anchor point (2). Never install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-49

Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system may not properly secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the LATCH If the position you are using If the position you are using system is working properly after a has an integrated headrest has an integrated headrest crash, see your dealer to have or head restraint and you or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, are using a single tether, the system inspected and any route the tether around the route the tether over the necessary replacements made as headrest or head restraint. headrest or head restraint. soon as possible. 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is If the vehicle has the LATCH system securely held in place. To check, and it was being used during a grasp the child restraint at the crash, new LATCH system parts LATCH path and attempt to may be needed. move it side to side and back New parts and repairs may be and forth. There should be no necessary even if the LATCH more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of system was not being used at the movement for proper installation. time of the crash. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (50,1)

3-50 Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have (Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be When securing a child restraint in a attached. rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have instructions that came with the the LATCH system, you will be child restraint to make sure it is using the safety belt to secure the compatible with this vehicle. child restraint in this position. If the child restraint has the LATCH Be sure to follow the instructions system, see Lower Anchors and that came with the child restraint. Tethers for Children (LATCH Secure the child in the child restraint System) on page 3‑43 for how and when and as the instructions say. where to install the child restraint If more than one child restraint 3. Push the latch plate into the using LATCH. If a child restraint is needs to be installed in the rear buckle until it clicks. secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put Position the release button on safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint on page 3‑41. the buckle so that the safety belt see Lower Anchors and Tethers for could be quickly unbuckled if Children (LATCH System) on 1. Put the child restraint on necessary. page 3‑43 for top tether anchor the seat. locations. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run Do not secure a child seat in a the lap and shoulder portions of position without a top tether anchor the vehicle safety belt through or if a national or local law requires around the restraint. The child that the top tether be anchored, or if restraint instructions will show the instructions that come with the you how. child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (51,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-51

6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑43 for more information. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the move it side to side and back lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to and forth. When the child set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint, may be helpful to use your knee unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and to push down on the child let it return to the stowed position. restraint as you tighten the belt. If the top tether is attached to a top Try to pull the belt out of the tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (52,1)

3-52 Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints { WARNING WARNING (Continued) (Front Seat-Passenger Sensing System) A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraint can be seriously restraints in a rear seat, even if This vehicle has airbags. A rear injured or killed if the right front the airbag is off. If you secure a seat is a safer place to secure a passenger airbag inflates. This forward-facing child restraint in forward-facing child restraint. See is because the back of the the right front seat, always move Where to Put the Restraint on rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far page 3 41. ‑ be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to On vehicles with a passenger airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a sensing system, the system is child restraint can be seriously rear seat. designed to turn off the right front injured or killed if the right front See Passenger Sensing System passenger frontal airbag under passenger airbag inflates and the certain conditions. See Passenger on page 3‑28 for additional passenger seat is in a forward information. Sensing System on page 3‑28 and position. Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5‑18 for more information, Even if the passenger sensing If the vehicle does not have a rear including important safety system has turned off the right seat that will accommodate a information. front passenger frontal airbag, no rear-facing child restraint, a A label on the sun visor says, system is fail-safe. No one can rear-facing child restraint should not guarantee that an airbag will not “Never put a rear-facing child seat in be installed in the vehicle, even if the front.” This is because the risk to deploy under some unusual the airbag is off. the rear-facing child is so great, circumstance, even though it is if the airbag deploys. turned off. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (53,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-53

If the child restraint has the LATCH You will be using the lap-shoulder system, see Lower Anchors and belt to secure the child restraint in Tethers for Children (LATCH this position. Follow the instructions System) on page 3‑43 for how and that came with the child restraint. where to install the child restraint 1. Move the seat as far back as it using LATCH. If a child restraint is will go before securing the secured using a safety belt and it forward-facing child restraint. uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children When the passenger sensing (LATCH System) on page 3‑43 for system has turned off the right top tether anchor locations. front passenger frontal airbag, the off indicator on the Do not secure a child seat in a passenger airbag status position without a top tether anchor indicator should light and stay 4. Push the latch plate into the if a national or local law requires lit when the vehicle is started. buckle until it clicks. that the top tether be anchored, or if See Passenger Airbag Status the instructions that come with the Position the release button on Indicator on page 5‑18. child restraint say that the top strap the buckle so that the safety belt must be anchored. 2. Put the child restraint on could be quickly unbuckled if the seat. necessary. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run a top tether, and that the tether be the lap and shoulder portions of attached. the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (54,1)

3-54 Seats and Restraints

Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. 7. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat and the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down Children (LATCH System) on out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the page 3‑43 for more information. lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to 8. Before placing a child in the set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, child restraint, make sure it is not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back securely held in place. To check, into the retractor. When installing grasp the child restraint at the a forward-facing child restraint, it safety belt path and attempt to may be helpful to use your knee move it side to side and back to push down on the child and forth. When the child restraint as you tighten the belt. restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (55,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-55

If the airbag is off, the off indicator On vehicles with an airbag on/off in the passenger airbag status switch, you can use this feature to WARNING (Continued) indicator will come on and stay on turn off the right front passenger when the vehicle is started. frontal airbag. The switch is located passenger airbag inflates and the on the instrument panel. See Airbag passenger seat is in a forward If the child restraint has been position. installed and the on indicator is lit, On-Off Switch on page 3‑25 for more information, including see “If the On Indicator is Lit for a Even if the airbag switch important safety information. Child Restraint” under Passenger has turned off the right front Sensing System on page 3‑28 for A label on the sun visor says, passenger frontal airbag, no more information. “Never put a rear-facing child seat system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not To remove the child restraint, in the front.” This is because the risk unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and to the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual let it return to the stowed position. if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is turned off. If the top tether is attached to a top { WARNING tether anchor, disconnect it. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if A child in a rear-facing child the airbag is off. If you secure a Securing Child Restraints restraint can be seriously forward-facing child restraint in injured or killed if the right front (Front Seat-Airbag On/Off the right front seat, always move passenger airbag inflates. Switch) the front passenger seat as far This is because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to This vehicle has airbags. A rear rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a seat is a safer place to secure a be very close to the inflating rear seat. forward-facing child restraint. See airbag. A child in a forward-facing Where to Put the Restraint on child restraint can be seriously page 3‑41. injured or killed if the right front (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (56,1)

3-56 Seats and Restraints

If the child restraint has the LATCH You will be using the lap-shoulder { WARNING system, see Lower Anchors and belt to secure the child restraint in Tethers for Children (LATCH this position. Follow the instructions If the airbag readiness light ever System) on page 3‑43 for how and that came with the child restraint. comes on and stays on, it means where to install the child restraint 1. Move the seat as far back as it that something may be wrong using LATCH. If a child restraint is with the airbag system. For will go before securing the secured using a safety belt and it forward-facing child restraint. example, the right front uses a top tether, see Lower passenger airbag could inflate Anchors and Tethers for Children If you have no other choice but even though the airbag on-off (LATCH System) on page 3‑43 for to install a rear-facing child switch is turned off. top tether anchor locations. restraint in this seat, make sure the airbag is off once the child To help avoid injury to yourself or Do not secure a child seat in a restraint has been installed. others, have the vehicle serviced position without a top tether anchor right away. See Airbag Readiness if a national or local law requires When the airbag off switch Light on page 5‑16 for more that the top tether be anchored, or if has turned off the right front information, including important the instructions that come with the passenger frontal airbag, the off safety information. child restraint say that the top strap indicator in the airbag off light must be anchored. should light and stay lit when the vehicle is started. See Airbag In Canada, the law requires that If the vehicle does not have a rear On-Off Light on page 5‑16. seat that will accommodate a forward-facing child restraints have 2. Put the child restraint on rear-facing child restraint, a a top tether, and that the tether be the seat. rear-facing child restraint should not attached. be installed in the vehicle, even if the airbag is off. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (57,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-57

3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, 4. Push the latch plate into the it may be helpful to use your buckle until it clicks. knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt Try to pull the belt out of the could be quickly unbuckled retractor to make sure the if necessary. retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (58,1)

3-58 Seats and Restraints

7. If the vehicle does not have a To remove the child restraint, rear seat and the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and has a top tether, follow the let it return to the stowed position. child restraint manufacturer's If the top tether is attached to a top instructions regarding the use tether anchor, disconnect it. of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for If you turned the airbag off with Children (LATCH System) on the switch, turn on the right front page 3‑43 for more information. passenger airbag when you remove the child restraint from the vehicle 8. Before placing a child in the unless the person who will be sitting child restraint, make sure it is there is a member of a passenger securely held in place. To check, airbag risk group. See Airbag grasp the child restraint at the On-Off Switch on page 3‑25 for safety belt path and attempt to more information, including move it side to side and back important safety information. and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

Storage 4-1

Storage Storage compartments may also be Storage included on the inside of each Compartments front door. Storage Compartments Front Storage ...... 4-1 Front Storage This vehicle may have a front storage compartment. It is located at the center of the instrument panel extension, by the floor. To open the compartment, pull up on the latch. The compartment will open automatically. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

4-2 Storage

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Instruments and Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-14 Vehicle Messages Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-15 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-32 Controls Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Battery Voltage and Charging Airbag On-Off Light ...... 5-16 Messages ...... 5-32 Passenger Airbag Status Brake System Messages . . . . 5-32 Controls Indicator ...... 5-18 Compass Messages ...... 5-32 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-33 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Malfunction Engine Cooling System Horn ...... 5-3 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-19 Messages ...... 5-33 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-4 Brake System Warning Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-34 Compass ...... 5-4 Light ...... 5-22 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-35 Clock ...... 5-6 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Fuel System Messages ...... 5-35 Power Outlets ...... 5-7 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-35 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-8 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-23 Lamp Messages ...... 5-35 Ashtrays ...... 5-9 StabiliTrak® OFF Light ...... 5-23 Object Detection System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System Messages ...... 5-36 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-24 Indicators Ride Control System Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Messages ...... 5-36 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-25 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-38 Indicators ...... 5-9 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-25 Security Messages ...... 5-38 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-10 Security Light ...... 5-25 Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-38 Speedometer ...... 5-11 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-26 Tire Messages ...... 5-39 Odometer ...... 5-11 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-26 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-40 Trip Odometer ...... 5-11 Vehicle Reminder Fuel Gauge ...... 5-12 Information Displays Messages ...... 5-40 Engine Oil Pressure Driver Information Gauge ...... 5-13 Center (DIC) ...... 5-26 Vehicle Personalization Engine Coolant Temperature Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-41 Gauge ...... 5-14 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Controls 2. Release the lever to lock the w (Next): Press to go to the next steering wheel in place. favorite radio station, track on a CD, ® Steering Wheel Do not adjust the steering wheel or folder on an iPod or USB device. Adjustment while driving. c / x (Previous/End): Press to Steering Wheel Controls go to the previous favorite radio station, track on a CD, or folder on an iPod® or USB device. Also press to reject an incoming call, or end a current call. Radio To select preset or favorite radio stations: Press and release w or c / x to go to the next or previous radio station stored as a preset or For vehicles with a tilt steering favorite. wheel, the lever is located on the CD left side of the steering column. If available, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering To select tracks on a CD: To adjust the steering wheel: wheel. Press and release or / to 1. Pull the lever to move the w c x See Cruise Control on page 9‑34 for go to the next or previous track. steering wheel up or down into a more information on other steering comfortable position. wheel control. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-3

Selecting Tracks on an iPod or 3. Press and release w or c / x ¨ (Seek): Press to go to the next USB Device to scroll up or down the list. radio station while in AM, FM, or SiriusXM®. 1. Press and hold w or c / x . To select a folder, while listening to a song until the press and hold w , For vehicles with a CD Player or contents of the current folder USB port: or press when the display on the radio display. ¨ folder is highlighted. Press ¨ to go to the next track or 2. Press and release w or c / x . To go back further in chapter while sourced to the CD. to scroll up or down the list, then the folder list, press and Press ¨ to select a track or a folder press and hold w , or press ¨ to hold c / x. when navigating folders on an iPod play the highlighted track. b / g (Push to Talk): Press to or USB device. Navigating Folders on an iPod or silence the vehicle speakers only. While listening to a CD, press and USB Device Press again to turn the sound on. hold ¨ to quickly move forward 1. Press and hold w or c / x For vehicles with Bluetooth or through the tracks. Release to stop while listening to a song until the OnStar® systems, press and hold on the desired track. contents of the current folder for longer than two seconds to + e : Press to increase volume. display on the radio display. interact with those systems. See Bluetooth on page 7‑22 and OnStar − e : Press to decrease volume. 2. Press and hold c / x to go Overview on page 14‑1 for more back to the previous folder list. information. Horn SRCE (Source/Voice Recognition): Press to switch Press the horn symbol in the middle between the radio and CD, and of the steering wheel to sound for equipped vehicles, the front the horn. auxiliary. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

5-4 Instruments and Controls

Windshield Wiper/Washer d (Low Speed): Slow wipes. { WARNING a (High Speed): Fast wipes. In freezing weather, do not use 9 (Off): Use to turn the wipers off. the washer until the windshield is When driving during the day and warmed. Otherwise the washer the wipers are activated, the head fluid can form ice on the lamps automatically turn on after windshield, blocking your vision. completing eight wipe cycles. The windshield wiper control is Clear ice and snow from the wiper located on the multifunction lever on blades before using them. If frozen Compass the left side of the steering wheel. to the windshield, carefully loosen or This vehicle may have a compass in thaw them. Damaged blades should the Driver Information Center (DIC). Turn the band with N on it to select be replaced. the wiper speed. Compass Zone Windshield Washer 8 (Mist): Use for a single wipe. Your dealer will set the correct zone Hold the band on z , then release. The windshield wiper paddle is for your location. For several wipes, hold the band located on top of the multifunction Under certain circumstances, lever. on z longer. such as during a long distance L (Washer Fluid): Push the cross-country trip or moving to a 6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes): Use paddle to spray washer fluid on the new state or province, it will be to adjust the delay time between windshield. The wipers will clear the necessary to compensate for wipes. Turn the band up for more window and then either stop or compass variance by resetting the frequent wipes or down for less return to the preset speed. zone through the DIC if the zone is frequent wipes. not set correctly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-5

Compass variance is the difference 5. If calibration is necessary, between the earth's magnetic north calibrate the compass. See and true geographic north. If the “Compass Calibration compass is not set to the zone Procedure” following. where you live, the compass may give false readings. The compass Compass Calibration must be set to the variance zone in The compass can be manually which the vehicle is traveling. calibrated. Only calibrate the To adjust for compass variance, use compass in a magnetically clean the following procedure: and safe location, such as an open parking lot, where driving the Compass Variance (Zone) vehicle in circles is not a danger. Procedure It is suggested to calibrate away 2. Find the vehicle's current 1. Do not set the compass zone from tall buildings, utility wires, location and variance zone manhole covers, or other industrial when the vehicle is moving. Only number on the map. set it when the vehicle is in structures, if possible. P (Park). Zones 1 through 15 are If CAL should ever appear in the available. DIC display, the compass should be Press T until PRESS V TO 3. Press V to scroll through and calibrated. CHANGE COMPASS ZONE displays. select the appropriate If the DIC display does not show variance zone. a heading, for example, N for 3 North, or the heading does not 4. Press until the vehicle change after making turns, there heading, for example, N for may be a strong magnetic field North, is displayed in the DIC. interfering with the compass. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Such interference may be caused 2. Press T until PRESS V TO AM/FM Radio by a magnetic CB or cell phone CALIBRATE COMPASS To set the time: antenna mount, a magnetic displays. emergency light, magnetic note pad H V 1. Press until the hour begins holder, or any other magnetic item. 3. Press to start the compass flashing on the display. Press Turn off the vehicle, move the calibration. this button a second time and magnetic item, then turn on the 4. The DIC will display the minutes begin flashing on vehicle and calibrate the compass. CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN display. To calibrate the compass, use the CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle Press H a third time and the following procedure: in tight circles at less than 12HR or 24HR time format 8 km/h (5 mph) to complete the Compass Calibration Procedure begins flashing. calibration. The DIC will display 1. Before calibrating the compass, CALIBRATION COMPLETE 2. While either the hour or the make sure the compass zone is for a few seconds when the minutes are flashing, turn set to the variance zone in which calibration is complete. The the f knob, on the upper right the vehicle is located. See DIC display will then return to side of the radio, clockwise or “Compass Variance (Zone) PRESS V TO CALIBRATE counterclockwise to increase or Procedure” earlier in this COMPASS. decrease the time. While the section. 12HR or 24HR time format is Do not operate any switches Clock flashing, turn the f knob such as window, climate The clock can be set with either the clockwise or counterclockwise to controls, seats, etc. during the select the default time settings. calibration procedure. radio turned on or off. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-7

3. Press H again until the clock 3. To decrease, press © SEEK or Power Outlets s f display stops flashing to set REV. Turn the knob, on The accessory power outlets can be the currently displayed time; the upper right side of the radio, used to plug in electrical equipment, otherwise, the flashing stops to adjust the selected setting. such as a cell phone or an MP3 after five seconds and the player. current time displayed is Changing the Time and Date automatically set. Default Settings The vehicle may have two To change the time or date default accessory power outlets on the Radio with CD/MP3 settings: instrument panel. To set the time and date: 1. Press H and then the softkey Remove the cover to access and replace when not in use. 1. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM, under the forward arrow that is DD, YYYY (hour, minute, month, currently displayed on the radio Certain power accessory plugs may day, and year) displays. screen until the time 12H (hour) not be compatible to the accessory and 24H (hour), and the date power outlet and could overload 2. Press the softkey under any one MM/DD (month and day) and vehicle or adapter fuses. If a of the tabs to be changed. Every DD/MM (day and month) are problem is experienced, see your time the softkey is pressed displayed. dealer. again, the time or the date if selected, increases by one. 2. Press the softkey under the desired option. Another way to increase the time or date, is to press ¨ SEEK or 3. Press H again to apply the \ FWD (forward). selected default, or let the screen time out. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (8,1)

5-8 Instruments and Controls

When adding electrical equipment, Cigarette Lighter { WARNING be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included To use the cigarette lighter, if the Power is always supplied to the with the equipment. See Add-On vehicle has one, push it in all the outlets. Do not leave electrical Electrical Equipment on page 9‑58. way, and let go. When it is ready for equipment plugged in when the use, it will pop back out by itself. vehicle is not in use because the Notice: Hanging heavy equipment from the power Do not use the lighter to plug in vehicle could catch fire and cause accessory devices. Use the power injury or death. outlet can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. outlets provided. The power outlets are designed Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter Notice: Leaving electrical for accessory power plugs in while it is heating does not let equipment plugged in for an only, such as cell phone charge the lighter back away from the extended period of time while cords. heating element when it is hot. the vehicle is off will drain the Damage from overheating can battery. Always unplug electrical occur to the lighter or heating equipment when not in use and element, or a fuse could be do not plug in equipment that blown. Do not hold a cigarette exceeds the maximum 20 ampere lighter in while it is heating. rating. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-9

Ashtrays Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there could be a problem with a vehicle The vehicle may have a removable Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning ashtray. The ashtray can be lights work together to indicate a placed into the front floor console Indicators problem with the vehicle. cupholder. Open cover to use. Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights Notice: If papers, pins, or other signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while flammable items are put in the before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges ashtray, hot cigarettes or other to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, smoking materials could ignite replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what them and possibly damage the warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice. vehicle. Never put flammable prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly items in the ashtray. Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. could be a problem with a vehicle function. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (10,1)

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

English 4‐Speed Version Shown, 6‐Speed and Metric Similar Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-11

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, If the vehicle needs a new odometer Press the 3 on the Driver see the Duramax diesel supplement installed, it must be set to the Information Center (DIC) switch to for more information. mileage total of the old odometer. display the trip odometer and the If that is not possible, then it must regular odometer information. Speedometer be set at zero and a label must be put on the driver door to show the See Driver Information Center (DIC) The speedometer shows the old mileage reading when the new on page 5‑26 for more information vehicle's speed in either kilometers odometer was installed. on resetting the trip odometer. per hour (km/h) or miles per To display the odometer reading hour (mph). Trip Odometer with the ignition off, press 3 Odometer The trip odometer can show how far the on the Driver Information the vehicle has been driven since Center (DIC) switch. The odometer shows how far the the trip odometer was last set vehicle has been driven, in either to zero. kilometers or miles. This vehicle has a tamper‐resistant odometer. The digital odometer will read 999,999 if it is turned back. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (12,1)

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge, when the ignition is . It takes a little more or less fuel on, indicates how much fuel is left in to fill up than the fuel gauge the vehicle fuel tank. indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the An arrow on the fuel gauge tank was half full, but it actually indicates the side of the vehicle the took a little more or less than fuel door is on. half the tank's capacity to fill The gauge first indicates empty the tank. before the vehicle is out of fuel, . The gauge moves a little while and the fuel tank should be turning a corner or speeding up. refueled soon. . The gauge does not go back to Listed are four situations customers empty when the ignition is might experience with the fuel turned off. gauge. None of these indicate a Metric problem with the fuel gauge: If the vehicle has a diesel engine , see the Duramax diesel supplement . At the gas station, the fuel pump for more information. shuts off before the gauge reads full.

English Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-13

Engine Oil Pressure A reading in the low pressure zone may be caused by a dangerously Gauge low oil level or other problem causing low oil pressure. Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but English if the oil level is within the The oil pressure gauge shows the operating range and the oil engine oil pressure in psi (pounds pressure is still low, have the Metric per square inch) or kPa (kilopascals) vehicle serviced. Always follow when the engine is running. the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil. Oil pressure may vary with engine speed, outside temperature and oil viscosity, but readings above the low pressure zone indicate the normal operating range. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (14,1)

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Engine Coolant If the gauge reaches the 125°C (260°F) mark, it indicates that the Temperature Gauge cooling system is working beyond its capacity. See Engine Overheating on page 10‑22. Voltmeter Gauge

English This gauge shows the engine coolant temperature. Metric It also provides an indicator of how hard the vehicle is working. During a majority of the operation, the gauge will read 100°C (210°F) or less. If the vehicle is pulling a load or going up hills, it is normal for the temperature to fluctuate and When the engine is not running, but approach the 122°C (250°F) mark. the ignition is on, this gauge shows the battery's state of charge in DC volts. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-15

When the engine is running, the Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt gauge shows the condition of the Reminder Light charging system. Readings between Driver Safety Belt Reminder the low and high warning zones Light There may be a passenger safety indicate the normal operating range. belt reminder light near the There is a driver safety belt passenger airbag status indicator. Readings in the low warning zone reminder light on the instrument See Passenger Sensing System on may occur when a large number of cluster. page 3‑28. electrical accessories are operating in the vehicle and the engine is left at an idle for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this condition should correct itself as When the vehicle is started this light higher engine speeds allow the For vehicles equipped with the flashes and a chime may come on passenger safety belt warning light, charging system to create maximum to remind the driver to fasten their power. when the vehicle is started this light safety belt. Then the light stays on flashes and a chime may come on The vehicle can be only driven for a solid until the belt is buckled. This to remind passengers to fasten their short time with the reading in either cycle may continue several times if safety belt. Then the light stays on warning zone. If it must be driven, the driver remains or becomes solid until the belt is buckled. This turn off all unnecessary unbuckled while the vehicle is cycle continues several times if the accessories. moving. passenger remains or becomes Readings in either warning zone If the driver safety belt is buckled, unbuckled while the vehicle is indicate a possible problem in the neither the light nor the chime moving. electrical system. Have the vehicle comes on. serviced as soon as possible. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (16,1)

5-16 Instruments and Controls

If the passenger safety belt is If there is a problem with the airbag buckled, neither the chime nor the system, a Driver Information Center light comes on. (DIC) message may also come on. The front passenger safety belt See Airbag System Messages on warning light and chime may turn on page 5‑38. if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery The airbag readiness light comes on Airbag On-Off Light bag, laptop, or other electronic for several seconds when the When the right front passenger device. To turn off the warning light vehicle is started. If the light does airbag is manually turned off using and/or chime, remove the object not come on then, have it fixed the airbag on-off switch on the from the seat or buckle the immediately. instrument panel, if equipped, the safety belt. indicator light OFF or the off symbol { WARNING will come on and stay on as a Airbag Readiness Light reminder that the airbag has been If the airbag readiness light stays turned off. This light will go off when This light shows if there is an on after the vehicle is started or electrical problem with the airbag the airbag has been turned on. See comes on while driving, it means system. The system check includes Airbag On-Off Switch on page 3‑25 the airbag system might not be the airbag sensor(s), passenger for more information, including sensing system (if equipped), the working properly. The airbags in important safety information. pretensioners (if equipped), the the vehicle might not inflate in a airbag modules, the wiring, and the crash, or they could even inflate crash sensing and diagnostic without a crash. To help avoid module. For more information on the injury, have the vehicle serviced airbag system, see Airbag System right away. on page 3‑17. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-17

{ WARNING { WARNING

If the right front passenger airbag If the airbag readiness light ever is turned off for a person who is comes on and stays on, it means not in a risk group identified by that something may be wrong the national government, that with the airbag system. For person will not have the extra example, the right front protection of an airbag. In a passenger airbag could inflate crash, the airbag will not be able even though the airbag on-off to inflate and help protect the switch is turned off. person sitting there. To help avoid injury to yourself or United States Do not turn off the passenger others, have the vehicle serviced airbag unless the person sitting right away. See Airbag Readiness there is in a risk group identified Light on page 5‑16 for more by the national government. See information, including important Airbag On-Off Switch on safety information. page 3‑25 for more on this, including important safety If the word ON or the on symbol is information. lit, it means that the right front passenger frontal airbag is enabled, and may inflate. See Airbag On-Off Switch on page 3‑25 for more information, including important safety information. Canada and Mexico Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (18,1)

5-18 Instruments and Controls

Passenger Airbag Status as a system check. If you are using remote start, if equipped, to start the { WARNING Indicator vehicle from a distance, you may If the vehicle has a passenger not see the system check. Then, If the airbag readiness light ever sensing system, the instrument after several more seconds, the comes on and stays on, it means panel will have a passenger airbag status indicator will light either ON that something may be wrong status indicator. See Passenger or OFF, or either the on or off with the airbag system. To help Sensing System on page 3‑28 for symbol to let you know the status of avoid injury to yourself or others, important safety information. the right front passenger frontal have the vehicle serviced right airbag. away. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 5 16 for more If the word ON or the on symbol is ‑ lit on the passenger airbag status information, including important indicator, it means that the right safety information. front passenger frontal airbag is enabled, and may inflate. Charging System Light United States If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag. If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there Canada and Mexico are no lights at all, there may be a This light comes on briefly when the problem with the lights or the ignition key is turned to START, but When the vehicle is started, the passenger sensing system. See the engine is not running, as a passenger airbag status indicator your dealer for service. check to show it is working. will light ON and OFF, or the symbol for on and off, for several seconds Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-19

If it does not, have the vehicle Malfunction OBD II system has detected a serviced by your dealer. Indicator Lamp problem and diagnosis and service The light should go out once the might be required. engine starts. If it stays on, A computer system called OBD II Malfunctions often are indicated by or comes on while driving, there (On-Board Diagnostics-Second the system before any problem is could be a problem with the Generation) monitors the operation apparent. Being aware of the light charging system. A charging system of the vehicle to ensure emissions can prevent more serious damage message in the Driver Information are at acceptable levels, helping to to the vehicle. This system also Center (DIC) can also appear. See maintain a clean environment. The assists the service technician in Battery Voltage and Charging malfunction indicator lamp comes correctly diagnosing any on when the vehicle is placed in Messages on page 5‑32 for more malfunction. information. This light could indicate ON/RUN, as a check to show it is working. If it does not, have the Notice: If the vehicle is that there are problems with a continually driven with this generator drive belt, or that there is vehicle serviced by your dealer. See Ignition Positions on page 9‑15. light on, the emission controls an electrical problem. Have it might not work as well, the checked right away. If the vehicle vehicle fuel economy might not must be driven a short distance with be as good, and the engine might the light on, turn off accessories, not run as smoothly. This could such as the radio and air lead to costly repairs that might conditioner. not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running, this indicates that the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (20,1)

5-20 Instruments and Controls

Notice: Modifications made to the To prevent more serious damage to The following may correct an engine, transmission, exhaust, the vehicle: emission control system intake, or fuel system of the malfunction: . Reduce vehicle speed. vehicle or the replacement of . Check that the fuel cap is fully . Avoid hard accelerations. the original tires with other installed. See Filling the Tank on than those of the same Tire . Avoid steep uphill grades. page 9‑46. The diagnostic Performance Criteria (TPC) can . If towing a trailer, reduce the system can determine if the affect the vehicle's emission fuel cap has been left off or controls and can cause this light amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible. improperly installed. A loose or to come on. Modifications to missing fuel cap allows fuel to these systems could lead to If the light continues to flash, find a evaporate into the atmosphere. costly repairs not covered by safe place to stop and park the A few driving trips with the cap the vehicle warranty. This could vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at properly installed should turn the also result in a failure to pass a least 10 seconds, and restart the light off. required Emission Inspection/ engine. If the light is still flashing, Maintenance test. See follow the previous steps and see . Check that good quality fuel is Accessories and Modifications on your dealer for service as soon as used. Poor fuel quality causes page 10‑3. possible. the engine not to run as efficiently as designed and may This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission cause stalling after start-up, malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has stalling when the vehicle is Light Flashing: A misfire condition been detected on the vehicle. changed into gear, misfiring, has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be hesitation on acceleration, increases vehicle emissions and required. or stumbling on acceleration. could damage the emission control These conditions might go away system on the vehicle. Diagnosis once the engine is warmed up. and service might be required. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-21

If one or more of these conditions . The OBD II (On-Board occurs, change the fuel brand used. Diagnostics) system determines It may require at least one full tank that critical emission control of the proper fuel to turn the light off. systems have not been completely diagnosed. The See Recommended Fuel on vehicle would be considered page 9‑42. not ready for inspection. If none of the above have made the The DLC is under the instrument This can happen if the 12-volt light turn off, your dealer can check panel to the left of the steering battery has recently been the vehicle. The dealer has the wheel. See your dealer if assistance replaced or run down. The proper test equipment and is needed. diagnostic system is designed to diagnostic tools to fix any The vehicle may not pass evaluate critical emission control mechanical or electrical problems inspection if: systems during normal driving. that might have developed. This can take several days of . The malfunction indicator lamp routine driving. If this has been Emissions Inspection and is on with the engine running, done and the vehicle still does Maintenance Programs or if the light does not come on not pass the inspection for lack when the ignition is turned to of OBD II system readiness, Depending on where you live, ON/RUN while the engine is off. your vehicle may be required to your dealer can prepare the See your dealer for assistance in vehicle for inspection. participate in an emission control verifying proper operation of the system inspection and maintenance malfunction indicator lamp. program. For the inspection, the emission system test equipment will likely connect to the vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (22,1)

5-22 Instruments and Controls

Brake System Warning When the ignition is on, the brake system warning light also comes on WARNING (Continued) Light when the parking brake is set. See crash. If the light is still on after The vehicle brake system consists Parking Brake on page 9‑31 for of two hydraulic circuits. If one more information. The light stays on the vehicle has been pulled off circuit is not working, the remaining if the parking brake does not fully the road and carefully stopped, circuit can still work to stop the release. If it stays on after the have the vehicle towed for vehicle. For normal braking parking brake is fully released, it service. performance, both circuits need to means the vehicle has a brake be working. problem. Antilock Brake System If the warning light comes on, there If the light comes on while driving, (ABS) Warning Light could be a brake problem. Have the pull off the road and stop carefully. brake system inspected right away. The pedal might be harder to push, or the pedal might go closer to the floor. It could take longer to stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑86.

Metric English { WARNING For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System (ABS), this light comes on This light should come on briefly The brake system might not be briefly when the engine is started. when ignition key is turned to ON/ working properly if the brake If it does not, have the vehicle RUN. If it does not come on, have it system warning light is on. serviced by your dealer. If the fixed so it will be ready to warn if Driving with the brake system system is working normally the there is a problem. warning light on can lead to a indicator light then goes off. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-23

If the ABS light stays on, turn the Tow/Haul Mode Light If it does not, have the vehicle ignition off. If the light comes on serviced by your dealer. If the while driving, stop as soon as it is system is working normally, the safely possible and turn the ignition indicator light then goes off. off. Then start the engine again to Press and release the Traction reset the system. If the ABS light Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak stays on, or comes on again while button to turn off TCS, and a driving, the vehicle needs service. message displays in the DIC. If the regular brake system warning light is not on, the vehicle still has For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Press and briefly hold the TCS/ brakes, but not antilock brakes. Mode feature, this light comes on StabiliTrak button to turn off the If the regular brake system warning when the Tow/Haul Mode has been StabiliTrak system; the StabiliTrak light is also on, the vehicle does not activated. Off light comes on and a message have antilock brakes and there is a See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑29. appears in the Driver Information problem with the regular brakes. Center (DIC). ® See Brake System Warning Light on StabiliTrak OFF Light If the StabiliTrak/TCS system is page 5‑22. off, the system does not assist in controlling the vehicle. Turn on the StabiliTrak/TCS system and the indicator light turns off. See StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑32, and Ride Control System Messages on page 5‑36 for more This light comes on briefly while information. starting the engine. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (24,1)

5-24 Instruments and Controls

Traction Control System If the light flashes while driving, this When the Light Is On Steady ® means that the StabiliTrak or the This indicates that one or more (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light TCS is assisting in controlling the ® of the tires are significantly vehicle. See StabiliTrak System on underinflated. page 9‑32 for more information. A Driver Information Center (DIC) Four chimes sound if the light tire pressure message may also turns on. display. See Tire Messages on page 5‑39. Stop as soon as Tire Pressure Light possible, and inflate the tires to the The Traction Control System (TCS)/ pressure value shown on the Tire StabiliTrak light comes on briefly and Loading Information label. See when the engine is started. Tire Pressure on page 10‑56. If the light does not come on or When the Light Flashes First and stays on, have the vehicle serviced Then Is On Steady by your dealer. If the system is If the light flashes for about a minute working normally, the indicator light and then stays on, there may be a turns off. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this light problem with the TPMS. If the If the light comes on and stays on comes on briefly when the engine is problem is not corrected, the light while driving, and a message started. It provides information will come on at every ignition displays in the Driver Information about tire pressures and the TPMS. cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Center (DIC), have the vehicle Operation on page 10‑59. serviced by your dealer. See Ride Control System Messages on page 5‑36 for more information. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it The low fuel warning light comes means that oil is not flowing through on and a chime sounds when the the engine properly. The vehicle vehicle is low on fuel. The light could be low on oil and it might turns off when fuel is added to the have some other system problem. fuel tank. See Driver Information Center (DIC) Low Fuel Warning Light on page 5‑26. Notice: Lack of proper engine oil Security Light maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil The immobilizer light should come pressure is still low, have the on briefly as the engine is started. vehicle serviced. Always follow If it does not come on, have the English Shown, Metric Similar the maintenance schedule for vehicle serviced by your dealer. changing engine oil. This light comes on for a few If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. This light comes on briefly while seconds when the ignition is turned starting the engine. If it does not, on as a check to indicate it is If the light stays on and the engine have the vehicle serviced by your working. If it does not come on, does not start, there could be a dealer. If the system is working have it fixed. problem with the theft-deterrent normally, the indicator light then system. See Immobilizer Operation goes off. on page 2‑11. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (26,1)

5-26 Instruments and Controls

High-Beam On Light Cruise Control Light Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) This vehicle has a DIC. All messages will appear in the DIC display at the bottom of the This light comes on when the The cruise control light comes on instrument cluster. The DIC buttons high-beam headlamps are in use. whenever the cruise control is set. are on the instrument panel, next to See Headlamp High/Low-Beam The light goes out when the cruise the instrument cluster. Changer on page 6‑2. control is turned off. See Cruise The DIC comes on when the ignition Control on page 9‑34 for more is on. After a short delay, the DIC information. will display the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off. The DIC displays trip, fuel, and vehicle system information, and warning messages if a system problem is detected. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-27

If the vehicle has these features, the DIC Buttons T (Vehicle Information): Press DIC also displays the compass this button to display the oil life, rear direction and the outside air park assist, units, tire pressure temperature when viewing the readings for vehicles with the Tire trip and fuel information. The Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), compass direction appears on the engine hours, Tire Pressure Monitor top right corner of the DIC display. System (TPMS) programming for The outside air temperature vehicles with the TPMS and without automatically appears in the bottom a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) right corner of the DIC display. transmitter, and compass zone and If there is a problem with the system compass calibration on vehicles that controls the temperature with this feature. display, the numbers will be U replaced with dashes. If this occurs, (Customization): Press this button to customize the feature have the vehicle serviced by your The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle dealer. settings on the vehicle. See Vehicle information, customization, and set/ Personalization on page 5‑41 for If the vehicle has a diesel engine, reset buttons. The button functions more information. see the Duramax diesel are detailed in the following pages. V supplement. 3 (Set/Reset): Press this button to (Trip/Fuel): Press this button set or reset certain functions and to DIC Operation and Displays to display the odometer, trip turn off or acknowledge messages odometers, fuel range, average on the DIC. The DIC has different displays economy, fuel used, timer, average which can be accessed by pressing speed, and digital tachometer. the DIC buttons on the instrument panel, next to the instrument cluster. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (28,1)

5-28 Instruments and Controls

Trip/Fuel Menu Items The trip odometer has a feature If the retro-active reset feature is called the retro-active reset. This activated after the vehicle is started, 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press this button can be used to set the trip odometer but before it begins moving, the to scroll through the following menu to the number of kilometers (miles) display will show the number of items: driven since the ignition was last kilometers (km) or miles (mi) that Odometer turned on. This can be used if the were driven during the last ignition trip odometer is not reset at the cycle. Press 3 until XX km (mi) beginning of the trip. displays. This display shows the Fuel Range To use the retro-active reset feature, distance the vehicle has been Press 3 until FUEL RANGE driven in either kilometers (km) or press and hold V for at least displays. This display shows the miles (mi). four seconds. The trip odometer will display the number of approximate number of remaining Trip Odometers kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven kilometers (km) or miles (mi) the vehicle can be driven without Press 3 until A or B displays. since the ignition was last turned on and the vehicle was moving. Once refueling. The display will show This display shows the current LOW if the fuel level is low. distance traveled in either the vehicle begins moving, the trip kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since odometer will accumulate mileage. The fuel range estimate is based on the last reset for each trip odometer. For example, if the vehicle was an average of the fuel economy Both trip odometers can be used at driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is over recent driving history and the the same time. started again, and then the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel retro-active reset feature is tank. This estimate will change if Each trip odometer can be reset to activated, the display will show driving conditions change. For zero separately by pressing V while 8 km (5 miles). As the vehicle example, if driving in traffic and the desired trip odometer is begins moving, the display will then making frequent stops, this display displayed. increase to 8.1 km (5.1 miles), may read one number, but if the 8.2 km (5.2 miles), etc. vehicle is driven on a freeway, the number may change even though the same amount of fuel is in the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-29

fuel tank. This is because different Fuel Used To stop the timer, press V briefly driving conditions produce different 3 while TIMER is displayed. fuel economies. Generally, freeway Press until FUEL USED driving produces better fuel displays. This display shows the To reset the timer to zero, press and economy than city driving. number of liters (L) or gallons (gal) hold V while TIMER is displayed. of fuel used since the last reset of If the vehicle is low on fuel, the this menu item. To reset the fuel Average Speed FUEL LEVEL LOW message will be used information, press and displayed. See FUEL LEVEL LOW Press 3 until AVERAGE SPEED “ ” hold V while FUEL USED is under Fuel System Messages on displays. This display shows the displayed. page 5‑35 for more information. average speed of the vehicle in Timer kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles Average Economy per hour (mph). This average is 3 Press 3 until AVG ECONOMY Press until TIMER displays. calculated based on the various displays. This display shows the This display can be used as a timer. vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset of this value. To reset the approximate average liters per To start the timer, press V while value, press and hold V. The 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles TIMER is displayed. The display will per gallon (mpg). This number is show the amount of time that has display will return to zero. calculated based on the number of passed since the timer was last Digital Tachometer L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the reset, not including time the ignition last time this menu item was reset. is off. Time will continue to be Press 3 until To reset AVG ECONOMY, press and counted as long as the ignition is Tachometer ##00 RPM displays. hold V. The display will return on, even if another display is being This display shows the engine to zero. shown on the DIC. The timer will speed in revolutions per record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes minute (RPM). and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which the display will return to zero. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (30,1)

5-30 Instruments and Controls

Blank Display When the remaining oil life is low, Park Assist This display shows no information. the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON If the vehicle has the Ultrasonic message will appear on the display. Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, Vehicle Information Menu See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” T Items under Engine Oil Messages on press until PARK ASSIST T page 5‑34. You should change the displays. This display allows the (Vehicle Information): Press oil as soon as possible. See Engine system to be turned on or off. Once this button to scroll through the Oil on page 10‑7. In addition to the in this display, press to select following menu items: engine oil life system monitoring the between ON or OFF. The URPA system automatically turns back on Oil Life oil life, additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance after each vehicle start. When the Press T until OIL LIFE Schedule in this manual. See URPA system is turned off and the REMAINING displays. This display Maintenance Schedule on vehicle is shifted out of P (Park), the shows an estimate of the oil's page 11‑3 for more information. DIC will display the PARK ASSIST remaining useful life. If you see OFF message as a reminder that Remember, you must reset the OIL 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the the system has been turned off. See LIFE yourself after each oil change. display, that means 99% of the Object Detection System Messages It will not reset itself. Also, be current oil life remains. The engine on page 5‑36 and Ultrasonic careful not to reset the OIL LIFE oil life system will alert you to Parking Assist on page 9‑37 for accidentally at any time other than change the oil on a schedule more information. when the oil has just been changed. consistent with your driving It cannot be reset accurately until Units conditions. the next oil change. To reset the Press T until UNITS displays. engine oil life system, see Engine This display allows you to select Oil Life System on page 10‑10. between metric or English units of measurement. Once in this display, press V to select between METRIC or ENGLISH units. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-31

Tire Pressure Engine Hours Change Compass Zone If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Press T until ENGINE HOURS The vehicle may have this feature. Monitor System (TPMS), the displays. This display shows the To change the compass zone pressure for each tire can be viewed total number of hours the engine through the DIC, see Compass on in the DIC. The tire pressure will be has run. page 5‑4. shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or pounds per square inch (psi). Relearn Tire Positions Calibrate Compass Press T until the DIC displays The vehicle may have this display. The vehicle may have this feature. FRONT TIRES PSI (kPa) LEFT ## To access this display, the vehicle The compass can be manually calibrated. To calibrate the compass RIGHT ##. Press T again until must be in P (Park). If the vehicle through the DIC, see Compass on the DIC displays REAR TIRES has the Tire Pressure Monitor page 5‑4. PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. System (TPMS), after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or Blank Display If a low tire pressure condition is sensor, the system must re-learn the detected by the system while tire positions. To re-learn the tire This display shows no information. driving, a message advising you to positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor check the pressure in a specific tire System on page 10‑58. See Tire will appear in the display. See Tire Inspection on page 10‑62, Tire Pressure on page 10‑56 and Tire Rotation on page 10‑63 and Tire Messages on page 5‑39 for more Messages on page 5‑39 for more information. information. If the tire pressure display shows dashes instead of a value, there may be a problem with the vehicle. If this consistently occurs, see your dealer for service. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (32,1)

5-32 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and and turn off the vehicle. Restart the vehicle and check for the message Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages on the DIC display. If the message indicate the status of the vehicle or SERVICE BATTERY is still displayed or appears again some action may be needed to CHARGING SYSTEM when you begin driving, the brake correct a condition. Multiple system needs service as soon as messages may appear one after On some vehicles, this message possible. See your dealer. another. displays if there is a problem with the battery charging system. Under The messages that do not require Compass Messages certain conditions, the charging immediate action can be system light may also turn on in the CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN acknowledged and cleared by V instrument cluster. See Charging CIRCLES pressing (Set/Reset). System Light on page 5‑18. Driving This message displays when The messages that require with this problem could drain the battery. Turn off all unnecessary calibrating the compass. Drive the immediate action cannot be cleared vehicle in circles at less than 8 km/h until that action is performed. accessories. Have the electrical system checked as soon as (5 mph) to complete the calibration. All messages should be taken possible. See your dealer. See Compass on page 5‑4 for more seriously and clearing the message information. does not correct the problem. Brake System Messages CALIBRATION COMPLETE The following are the possible messages and some information SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM This message displays when the compass calibration is complete. about them. This message displays along with See Compass on page 5‑4 for more If the vehicle has a diesel engine, the brake system warning light if information. see the Duramax diesel there is a problem with the brake supplement. system. See Brake System Warning Light on page 5‑22. If this message appears, stop as soon as possible Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-33

Door Ajar Messages gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle, Engine Cooling System check the door for obstructions, and CARGO DOOR OPEN close the door again. Check to see Messages This message displays and a chime if the message still appears on ENGINE HOT A/C (Air sounds if the cargo door is open the DIC. Conditioning) OFF while the ignition is in ON/RUN. PASSENGER DOOR OPEN This message displays when the Turn off the vehicle and check the engine coolant becomes hotter than cargo door. Restart the vehicle and This message displays and a chime sounds if the passenger door is not the normal operating temperature. check for the message on the DIC See Engine Coolant Temperature display. fully closed and the vehicle is in a drive gear. Stop and turn off the Gauge on page 5‑14. To avoid DRIVER DOOR OPEN vehicle, check the door for added strain on a hot engine, obstructions, and close the door the air conditioning compressor This message displays and a chime automatically turns off. When the sounds if the driver door is not fully again. Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC. coolant temperature returns to closed and the vehicle is in a drive normal, the air conditioning gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle, RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN compressor turns back on. You can check the door for obstructions, and continue to drive the vehicle. close the door again. Check to see On some vehicles, this message if the message still appears on displays and a chime sounds if the If this message continues to appear, the DIC. passenger side rear door is not fully have the system repaired by your closed and the vehicle is in a drive dealer as soon as possible to avoid LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle, damage to the engine. On some vehicles, this message check the door for obstructions, and displays and a chime sounds if the close the door again. Check to see driver side rear door is not fully if the message still appears on closed and the vehicle is in a drive the DIC. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (34,1)

5-34 Instruments and Controls

ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE This message displays and a chime ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL sounds if the engine cooling system ENGINE If the vehicle has an oil level sensor, reaches unsafe temperatures for this message displays if the oil level Notice: If you drive the vehicle operation. Stop and turn off the in the vehicle is low. Check the oil while the engine is overheating, vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so level and correct it as necessary. severe engine damage may to avoid severe damage. This You may need to let the vehicle cool occur. If an overheat warning message clears when the engine or warm up and cycle the ignition to appears on the instrument cluster has cooled to a safe operating be sure this message clears. See and/or DIC, stop the vehicle as temperature. soon as possible. See Engine Engine Oil on page 10‑7 for Overheating on page 10‑22. Engine Oil Messages additional information. This message displays when the OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP engine coolant temperature is too CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON ENGINE hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to This message displays when the idle until it cools down. See Engine Notice: If you drive the vehicle engine oil needs to be changed. while the engine oil pressure is Coolant Temperature Gauge on When you change the engine oil, be page 5‑14. low, severe engine damage may sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE occur. If a low oil pressure ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP OIL SOON message. See Engine warning appears on the Driver ENGINE Oil Life System on page 10‑10 for Information Center (DIC), stop the information on how to reset the vehicle as soon as possible. Do Notice: If you drive the vehicle message. See Engine Oil on not drive the vehicle until the while the engine is overheating, page 10‑7 and Maintenance cause of the low oil pressure is severe engine damage may Schedule on page 11‑3 for more corrected. See Engine Oil on occur. If an overheat warning information. page 10 7 for more information. appears on the instrument cluster ‑ and/or DIC, stop the vehicle as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating on page 10‑22. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (35,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-35

This message displays if low oil next time the vehicle is driven. The been left off or improperly installed. pressure levels occur. Stop the vehicle may be driven at a reduced A loose or missing fuel cap allows vehicle as soon as safely possible speed while this message is on, but fuel to evaporate into the and do not operate it until the cause acceleration and speed may be atmosphere. A few driving trips with of the low oil pressure has been reduced. Anytime this message the cap properly installed should corrected. Check the oil as soon as stays on, the vehicle should be turn this light and message off. possible and have the vehicle taken to your dealer for service as serviced by your dealer. See Engine soon as possible. Key and Lock Messages Oil on page 10‑7. Fuel System Messages REPLACE BATTERY IN Engine Power Messages REMOTE KEY FUEL LEVEL LOW ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays if a Remote This message displays and a chime Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter This message displays and a chime sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel battery is low. The battery needs to sounds when the cooling system as soon as possible. See Fuel be replaced in the transmitter. See temperature gets too hot and the Gauge on page 5‑12 and Fuel on “Battery Replacement” under engine further enters the engine page 9‑42 for more information. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) coolant protection mode. See System Operation on page 2‑2. Engine Overheating on page 10‑22 TIGHTEN GAS CAP for further information. This message may display along Lamp Messages This message also displays when with the check engine light on the the engine power is reduced. instrument cluster if the fuel cap is AUTOMATIC LIGHT Reduced engine power can affect not tightened properly. See CONTROL OFF the vehicle's ability to accelerate. Malfunction Indicator Lamp on This message displays when the If this message is on, but there page 5‑19. Reinstall the fuel cap automatic headlamps are turned off. is no reduction in performance, fully. See Filling the Tank on See Exterior Lamp Controls on page 9 46. The diagnostic system proceed to your destination. The ‑ page 6‑1 for more information. performance may be reduced the can determine if the fuel cap has Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (36,1)

5-36 Instruments and Controls

AUTOMATIC LIGHT PARK ASSIST OFF Ride Control System CONTROL ON After the vehicle has been started, Messages This message displays when the this message displays to remind the automatic headlamps are turned on. driver that the URPA system has SERVICE STABILITRAK See Exterior Lamp Controls on been turned off. Press the set/reset If the vehicle has StabiliTrak® and page 6‑1 for more information. button or the trip odometer reset this message displays, it means stem to acknowledge this message there may be a problem with the TURN SIGNAL ON and clear it from the DIC display. To StabiliTrak system. If you see this This message displays and a chime turn the URPA system back on, see message, try to reset the system. sounds if a turn signal is left on for Ultrasonic Parking Assist on Stop; turn off the engine for at least 1.2 km (3/4 of a mile). Move the turn page 9‑37. 15 seconds; then start the engine signal/multifunction lever to the off SERVICE PARK ASSIST again. If this message still comes position. on, it means there is a problem. You This message displays if there is a should see your dealer for service. Object Detection System problem with the Ultrasonic Rear The vehicle is safe to drive, Messages Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do however, you do not have the not use this system to help you benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist your speed and drive accordingly. OWNERS MANUAL on page 9‑37 for more information. See your dealer for service. This message displays if there is something interfering with the park assist system. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 9‑37 for more information. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (37,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-37

SERVICE TRACTION TRACTION XX STABILITRAK OFF may also CONTROL STABILITRAK XX display when the stability control has been automatically disabled. If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, There are several conditions that message displays when there is a this message displays when the can cause this message to appear. problem with the Traction Control traction control and/or StabiliTrak System (TCS). When this message systems have been turned on or . One condition is overheating, displays, the system will not limit off. Adjust your driving accordingly. which could occur if StabiliTrak wheel spin. Adjust your driving To limit wheel spin and realize activates continuously for an accordingly. See your dealer for the full benefits of the stability extended period of time. ® service. See StabiliTrak System on enhancement system, you should . The message also displays if the page 9‑32 for more information. normally leave StabiliTrak on. brake system warning light is on. However, you should turn STABILITRAK INITIALIZING See Brake System Warning StabiliTrak off if the vehicle gets Light on page 5‑22. If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow . message may display until first and you want to rock the vehicle The message could display if the driving the vehicle and exceeding to attempt to free it, or if you are stability system takes longer 40 km/h (25 mph) for two minutes. driving in extreme off-road than usual to complete its The StabiliTrak system is not conditions and require more wheel diagnostic checks due to driving functional until this message has spin. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on conditions. turned off. See StabiliTrak® System page 9‑9. To turn the StabiliTrak . The message displays if an ® on page 9‑32 for more information. system on or off, see StabiliTrak engine or vehicle related System on page 9‑32. problem has been detected and the vehicle needs service. See your dealer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (38,1)

5-38 Instruments and Controls

The message turns off as soon as WAIT TO START SERVICE VEHICLE SOON the conditions that caused the This message displays briefly when This message displays when a message to be displayed are no the theft-deterrent system has non-emissions related malfunction longer present. initially found incorrect conditions occurs. Have the vehicle serviced within the vehicle and is making a by your dealer as soon as possible. Airbag System Messages double check. If your vehicle does STARTING DISABLED SERVICE AIR BAG not start soon after, try to start it again. If it still does not start, have SERVICE THROTTLE This message displays if there is a your vehicle serviced by your This message displays if the starting problem with the airbag system. dealer. of the engine is disabled due to the Have your dealer inspect the electronic throttle control system. system for problems. See Airbag Service Vehicle Messages Have the vehicle serviced by your Readiness Light on page 5‑16 and dealer immediately. Airbag System on page 3‑17 for SERVICE A/C SYSTEM more information. This message only appears while This message displays when the the ignition is in ON/RUN, and will Security Messages electronic sensors that control the not disappear until the problem is air conditioning and heating resolved. systems are no longer working. SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT This message cannot be SYSTEM Have the climate control system serviced by your dealer if you notice acknowledged. This message displays when there a drop in heating and air is a problem with the theft-deterrent conditioning efficiency. system. The vehicle may or may not restart so you may want to take the vehicle to your dealer before turning off the engine. See Immobilizer Operation on page 2‑11 for more information. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (39,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-39

Tire Messages See Tires on page 10‑47, Vehicle TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE Load Limits on page 9 10, and Tire ‑ If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure CHECK TIRE PRESSURE or Pressure on page 10 56. The DIC ‑ Monitor System (TPMS), this TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE also shows the tire pressure values. message displays when the system See Driver Information Center (DIC) If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure is re-learning the tire positions on on page 5 26. Monitor System (TPMS), this ‑ the vehicle. See Driver Information message displays when the SERVICE TIRE MONITOR Center (DIC) on page 5‑26 for more pressure in one or more of the SYSTEM information. The tire positions must tires is low. The low tire pressure be re-learned after rotating the tires warning light will also come on. See If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure or after replacing a tire or sensor. Tire Pressure Light on page 5‑24. Monitor System (TPMS), this See Tire Inspection on page 10‑62, This message will also indicate message displays if a part on the Tire Rotation on page 10‑63, Tire which tire needs to be checked. system is not working properly. The Pressure Monitor Operation on You can receive more than one tire tire pressure light also flashes and page 10‑59, and Tire Pressure on pressure message at a time. To then remains on during the same page 10‑56 for more information. read the other messages that may ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure have been sent at the same time, Light on page 5‑24. Several press the set/reset button. If a tire conditions may cause this message pressure message appears on to appear. See Tire Pressure the DIC, stop as soon as you can. Monitor Operation on page 10‑59 for Have the tire pressures checked more information. If the warning and set to those shown on the comes on and stays on, there may Tire Loading Information label. be a problem with the TPMS. See your dealer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (40,1)

5-40 Instruments and Controls

Transmission Messages GRADE BRAKING ON damaged. This could lead to costly repairs that would not be This message displays when the GRADE BRAKING DISABLED covered by the warranty. grade braking has been activated This message displays when the while driving on downhill grades. This message displays along with a grade braking has been disabled This message will only appear the chime if the transmission fluid in the with the tow/haul mode button on first time the feature is activated in vehicle gets hot. Driving with the the end of the shift lever. See an ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul transmission fluid temperature high Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑29, Mode on page 9‑29, Automatic can cause damage to the vehicle. Automatic Transmission (Six Speed) Transmission (Six Speed) on Stop the vehicle and let it idle to on page 9‑23 or Automatic page 9‑23 or Automatic allow the transmission to cool. This Transmission (Four Speed) on Transmission (Four Speed) on message clears and the chime page 9‑26, and Cruise Control on page 9‑26, and Cruise Control on stops when the fluid temperature page 9‑34. page 9‑34. reaches a safe level. GRADE BRAKING ENABLED SERVICE TRANSMISSION Vehicle Reminder This message displays when the This message displays when there Messages grade braking has been enabled is a problem with the transmission. with the tow/haul mode button on See your dealer for service. ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE the end of the shift lever. See WITH CARE Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑29, TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Automatic Transmission (Six Speed) ENGINE This message displays when the on page 9‑23 or Automatic outside air temperature is cold Notice: Do not drive the vehicle enough to create icy road Transmission (Four Speed) on while the transmission fluid is page 9‑26, and Cruise Control on conditions. Adjust your driving overheating and the transmission accordingly. page 9‑34. temperature warning is displayed on the instrument cluster and/or DIC, or the transmission can be Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (41,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-41

Vehicle The customization preferences are Feature Settings Menu Items automatically recalled. Personalization The following are customization To change customization features that allow you to program This vehicle may have preferences, use the following settings to the vehicle: customization capabilities that allow procedure. you to program certain features to DISPLAY IN ENGLISH one preferred setting. Customization Entering the Feature This feature will only display if a features can only be programmed to Settings Menu language other than English has one setting on the vehicle and 1. Turn the ignition on and place been set. This feature allows you to cannot be programmed to a the vehicle in P (Park). change the language in which the preferred setting for two different DIC messages appear to English. drivers. To avoid excessive drain on the battery, it is recommended that Press U until the PRESS V TO All of the customization options may the headlamps are turned off. DISPLAY IN ENGLISH screen not be available on your vehicle. appears on the DIC display. Press 2. Press U to enter the feature Only the options available will be the set/reset button once to display settings menu. displayed on the DIC. all DIC messages in English. The default settings for the If the menu is not available, customization features were set FEATURE SETTINGS when the vehicle left the factory, but AVAILABLE IN PARK will may have been changed from their display. Before entering the default state since then. menu, make sure the vehicle is in P (Park). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (42,1)

5-42 Instruments and Controls

LANGUAGE AUTO DOOR LOCK AUTO DOOR UNLOCK This feature allows you to select This feature allows you to select This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC when the doors will whether or not to turn off the messages will appear. automatically lock. automatic door unlocking feature. U U It also allows you to select which Press until the LANGUAGE Press until AUTO DOOR LOCK doors and when the doors will screen appears on the DIC display. appears on the DIC display. automatically unlock. Press V once to access the settings Press V once to access the settings Press U until AUTO DOOR for this feature. Then press U to for this feature. Then press U to UNLOCK appears on the DIC scroll through the following settings: scroll through the following settings: display. Press V once to access ENGLISH (default): All messages SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default): the settings for this feature. Then will appear in English. The doors will automatically lock press U to scroll through the when the vehicle is shifted out of FRANCAIS: All messages will following settings: appear in French. P (Park). AT VEHICLE SPEED: The doors OFF: None of the doors will ESPANOL: All messages will automatically unlock. appear in Spanish. will automatically lock when the vehicle speed is above 13 km/h DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the ARABIC: All messages will appear (8 mph) for three seconds. driver door will unlock when the key in Arabic. NO CHANGE: No change will be is taken out of the ignition. NO CHANGE: No change will be made to this feature. The current DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver made to this feature. The current setting will remain. door will unlock when the vehicle is setting will remain. shifted into P (Park) . To select a setting, press V while To select a setting, press V while the desired setting is displayed on ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. will unlock when the key is taken the DIC. A beep will sound once a out of the ignition. language has been selected. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (43,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-43

ALL IN PARK (default): All of the Press U until REMOTE DOOR NO CHANGE: No change will be doors will unlock when the vehicle is LOCK appears on the DIC display. made to this feature. The current shifted into P (Park). setting will remain. Press V once to access the settings NO CHANGE: No change will be for this feature. Then press U to To select a setting, press V while made to this feature. The current scroll through the following settings: the desired setting is displayed on setting will remain. the DIC. OFF: There will be no feedback To select a setting, press V while when you press Q on the RKE REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK the desired setting is displayed on transmitter. the DIC. This feature allows you to select the LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps type of feedback you will receive REMOTE DOOR LOCK when unlocking the vehicle with will flash when you press Q on the the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) This feature allows you to select the RKE transmitter. type of feedback you will receive transmitter. You will not receive when locking the vehicle with the HORN ONLY: The horn will sound feedback when unlocking the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) on the second press of Q on the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if transmitter. You will not receive RKE transmitter. the doors are open. See Remote feedback when locking the vehicle Keyless Entry (RKE) System HORN & LIGHTS (default): The Operation on page 2‑2 for more with the RKE transmitter if the doors exterior lamps will flash when you are open. See Remote Keyless information. Entry (RKE) System Operation on press Q on the RKE transmitter, and page 2‑2 for more information. the horn will sound when Q is pressed again within five seconds of the previous command. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (44,1)

5-44 Instruments and Controls

Press U until REMOTE DOOR DELAY DOOR LOCK ON (default): The doors will not UNLOCK appears on the DIC This feature allows you to select lock until five seconds after the last door is closed. display. Press V once to access whether or not the locking of the the settings for this feature. Then doors will be delayed. When locking NO CHANGE: No change will be press U to scroll through the the doors with the power door lock made to this feature. The current switch and a door is open, this setting will remain. following settings: feature will delay locking the doors V LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps until five seconds after the last door To select a setting, press while will not flash when you press K on is closed. You will hear three chimes the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. the RKE transmitter. to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use. The key must be EXIT LIGHTING LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior out of the ignition for this feature to lamps will flash when you press K work. You can temporarily override This feature allows you to select on the RKE transmitter. delayed locking by pressing the the amount of time you want the exterior lamps to remain on when power door lock switch twice or NO CHANGE: No change will be Q it is dark enough outside. This made to this feature. The current on the RKE transmitter twice. See happens after the key is turned from setting will remain. Delayed Locking on page 2‑7 for ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. V more information. To select a setting, press while Press U until EXIT LIGHTING Press U until DELAY DOOR the desired setting is displayed on appears on the DIC display. the DIC. LOCK appears on the DIC display. Press V once to access the settings Press V once to access the settings for this feature. Then press U to for this feature. Then press U to scroll through the following settings: scroll through the following settings: OFF: The exterior lamps will not OFF: There will be no delayed turn on. locking of the vehicle's doors. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (45,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-45

10 SECONDS (default): The the settings for this feature. Then CHIME VOLUME exterior lamps will stay on for press U to scroll through the This feature allows you to select the 10 seconds. following settings: volume level of the chime. 1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will OFF: The exterior lamps will not U stay on for one minute. Press until CHIME VOLUME turn on when you unlock the vehicle appears on the DIC display. 2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will with the RKE transmitter. Press V once to access the settings stay on for two minutes. ON (default): If it is dark enough for this feature. Then press U to NO CHANGE: No change will be outside, the exterior lamps will turn scroll through the following settings: made to this feature. The current on briefly when you unlock the setting will remain. vehicle with the RKE transmitter. NORMAL: The chime volume will V The lamps will remain on for be set to a normal level. To select a setting, press while 20 seconds or until Q on the RKE the desired setting is displayed on LOUD: The chime volume will be transmitter is pressed, or the vehicle set to a loud level. the DIC. is no longer off. See Remote NO CHANGE: No change will be APPROACH LIGHTING Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2 2 for more made to this feature. The current This feature allows you to select ‑ information. setting will remain. whether or not to have the exterior There is no default for chime lamps turn on briefly during low light NO CHANGE: No change will be volume. The volume will stay at the periods after unlocking the vehicle made to this feature. The current last known setting. using the Remote Keyless setting will remain. Entry (RKE) transmitter. V To select a setting, press V while To select a setting, press while the desired setting is displayed on Press U until APPROACH the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. LIGHTING appears on the DIC the DIC. display. Press V once to access Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (46,1)

5-46 Instruments and Controls

FACTORY SETTINGS EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS Exiting the Feature This feature allows you to set all of This feature allows you to exit the Settings Menu the customization features back to feature settings menu. The feature settings menu will be their factory default settings. exited when any of the following Press U until FEATURE SETTINGS U occurs: Press until FACTORY SETTINGS PRESS V TO EXIT appears in the appears on the DIC display. Press . The vehicle is no longer in DIC display. Press V once to exit V once to access the settings for ON/RUN. U the menu. this feature. Then press to scroll . 3 T U The or DIC buttons are through the following settings: If you do not exit, pressing will pressed. RESTORE ALL (default): The return you to the beginning of the feature settings menu. . The end of the feature settings customization features will be set to menu is reached and exited. their factory default settings. . A 40 second time period has DO NOT RESTORE: The elapsed with no selection made. customization features will not be set to their factory default settings. To select a setting, press V while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

Lighting 6-1

Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic): Turns on the Lighting headlamps automatically at normal Exterior Lamp Controls brightness, together with the Exterior Lighting following: Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 . Parking Lamps Exterior Lamps Off . Instrument Panel Lights Reminder ...... 6-2 Headlamp High/Low-Beam . Taillamps Changer ...... 6-2 . License Plate Lamps Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Daytime Running ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 parking lamps together with the Automatic Headlamp following: System ...... 6-3 . The exterior lamp control is on the Instrument Panel Lights Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4 instrument panel to the left of the . Turn and Lane-Change Taillamps steering wheel. Signals ...... 6-5 . License Plate Lamps There are four positions: Interior Lighting 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the Instrument Panel Illumination O (Off): Briefly turn the control to headlamps together with the Control ...... 6-5 this position to turn the automatic following: headlamps and Daytime Running Dome Lamps ...... 6-6 . Parking Lamps Reading Lamps ...... 6-6 Lamps (DRL) off or back on. . Instrument Panel Lights Lighting Features For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off position only works for . Taillamps Entry/Exit Lighting ...... 6-7 vehicles that are shifted into the Battery Load Management . . . . 6-7 . License Plate Lamps Battery Power Protection ...... 6-7 P (Park) position. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

6-2 Lighting

If the headlamps are turned on Exterior Lamps Off Headlamp High/ while the vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off automatically Reminder Low-Beam Changer 10 minutes after the ignition is If a door is open, a reminder chime 2 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam turned off. If the headlamps are sounds when the headlamps or Changer): Pull the turn signal lever turned on while the vehicle is off, parking lamps are manually turned all the way toward you to change the headlamps will continue to stay on and the key is out of the ignition. the headlamps from low to high on. To prevent the battery from To turn off the chime, turn the beam. Then release it. being drained, turn the control to headlamp switch to O or AUTO and the O position. then back on, or close and re‐open A warning chime sounds if the driver the door. In the auto mode, the door is opened while the ignition headlamps turn off once the ignition switch is off and the headlamps is in LOCK/OFF or may remain on are on. until the headlamp delay ends, if enabled in the Driver Information To change the headlamps from low Center (DIC). See “Exit Lighting” This instrument cluster light comes beam to high beam, pull the turn under Vehicle Personalization on on when the high-beam headlamps signal lever all the way toward you. page 5‑41. are on. Then release it. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

Lighting 6-3

Flash-to-Pass The DRL system comes on in Automatic Headlamp daylight when the following This feature is used to signal to the conditions are met: System vehicle ahead that you want . The ignition is on. When it is dark enough outside and to pass. the headlamp switch is in AUTO, If the headlamps are off or in the . The exterior lamp control is in the automatic headlamp system low‐beam position, pull the turn the AUTO position. turns on the headlamps, along with signal lever toward you to . The shift lever is not in P (Park). the taillamps, sidemarker lamps, momentarily switch to high beams. parking lamps, and the instrument . The light sensor determines it is panel lights. The radio lights will Release the lever to turn the daytime. also be dim. high-beam headlamps off. When the DRL are on, the taillamps, To turn off the automatic headlamp sidemarker, instrument panel lights, system, turn the exterior lamp Daytime Running and other lamps will not be on. Lamps (DRL) control to the off position and then The automatic headlamp system release. For vehicles first sold in DRL can make it easier for others to automatically switches from DRL to Canada, the transmission must be see the front of the vehicle during the headlamps depending on the in the P (Park) position, before the the day. Fully functional daytime darkness of the surroundings. automatic headlamp system can be turned off. running lamps are required on all To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior vehicles first sold in Canada. lamp control to O and then release it. For vehicles first sold in Canada, the transmission must be in the P (Park) position, before the DRL can be turned off. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

6-4 Lighting

when the light sensor sees a not operating, these lamps turn change in lighting lasting longer off. Move the exterior lamp control than the delay. to P or ; to disable this feature. If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the automatic headlamp Hazard Warning Flashers system comes on immediately. Once the vehicle leaves the garage, it takes approximately 30 seconds for the automatic headlamp system The vehicle has a light sensor on to change to DRL if it is light the top of the instrument panel. Do outside. During that delay, the not cover the sensor; otherwise the instrument cluster may not be as system will come on whenever the bright as usual. Make sure the ignition is on. instrument panel brightness control The system may also turn on the is in the full bright position. See headlamps when driving through a Instrument Panel Illumination parking garage or tunnel. Control on page 6‑5. There is a delay in the transition Lights On with Wipers between the daytime and nighttime If the windshield wipers are operation of the Daytime Running | (Hazard Warning Flashers): activated in daylight with the engine Lamps (DRL) and the automatic Press this button to make the front on, and the exterior lamp control is headlamp system so that driving and rear turn signal lamps flash on in AUTO, the headlamps, parking under bridges or bright overhead and off. This warns others that you lamps, and other exterior lamps street lights does not affect the are having trouble. Press again to come on. The transition time for the system. The DRL and automatic turn the flashers off. lamps coming on varies based on headlamp system are only affected wiper speed. When the wipers are Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

Lighting 6-5

When the hazard warning flashers one second causes the turn signals Interior Lighting are on, the vehicle's turn signals will to flash continually until the lever is not work. released. Instrument Panel The lever returns to its starting Turn and Lane-Change position when released. Illumination Control Signals If after signaling a turn or lane The knob for this feature is to the change the arrow flashes rapidly or left of the steering column. does not come on, a signal bulb may be burned out. Have any burned out bulbs replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 10‑41. G (Turn Signals): An arrow on Turn Signal On Chime the instrument cluster flashes in the If the turn signal is left on for more direction of the turn or lane change. than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime To signal a turn, move the lever all sounds at each flash of the turn the way up or down. signal and the message TURN To signal a lane change, raise or SIGNAL ON also appears in the lower the lever until the arrow Driver Information Center (DIC). See D (Instrument Panel Lights): starts to flash. The turn signal Lamp Messages on page 5‑35. To Push the knob to extend and then automatically flashes three times turn off the chime and message, turn clockwise or counterclockwise and if the Tow/Haul Mode is active it move the turn signal lever to the off to brighten or dim the instrument flashes six times. Holding the turn position. panel lights and the radio display. signal lever for more than This only works if the headlamps or parking lamps are on. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

6-6 Lighting

Dome Lamps E DOME OFF: Press this button in and the dome lamps remain off The dome lamps come on when any when a door is opened. Press the door is opened. They turn off after button again to return it to the all the doors are closed. extended position so that the dome The instrument panel brightness lamps come on when a door is knob extends when D is pressed. opened. To manually turn on the dome lamps, press D then turn the knob Reading Lamps clockwise to the farthest position. For vehicles with reading lamps, In this position, the dome lamps press the button next to each lamp remain on whether a door is opened to turn it on or off. or closed. The dome lamp override sets the dome lamps to remain off or come The vehicle may also have reading Dome Lamp Override on automatically when a door is lamps in other locations. The lamps opened. cannot be adjusted. The E DOME OFF button is above the instrument panel brightness knob. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (7,1)

Lighting 6-7

Lighting Features has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage generate more power, whenever display on the Driver Information needed. It can temporarily reduce Center (DIC), you may see the the power demands of some Entry/Exit Lighting voltage move up or down. This is accessories. The vehicle has an illuminated normal. If there is a problem, an Normally, these actions occur in entry/exit feature. alert will be displayed. steps or levels, without being The dome lamps come on if The battery can be discharged at noticeable. In rare cases at the the E DOME OFF button is in the idle if the electrical loads are very highest levels of corrective action, high. This is true for all vehicles. this action may be noticeable to the extended position, when a door is This is because the generator driver. If so, a Driver Information opened, or the key is removed from (alternator) may not be spinning fast Center (DIC) message might be the ignition. enough at idle to produce all the displayed, such as SERVICE power that is needed for very high BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM. Battery Load electrical loads. If this messages displays, it is Management A high electrical load occurs when recommended that the driver reduce The vehicle may have Electric several of the following are on, such the electrical loads as much as Power Management (EPM) that as: headlamps, high beams, fog possible. See Battery Voltage and estimates the battery's temperature lamps, rear window defogger, Charging Messages on page 5‑32. and state of charge. It then adjusts climate control fan at high speed, the voltage for best performance heated seats, engine cooling fans, Battery Power Protection and extended life of the battery. trailer loads, and loads plugged into This feature shuts off the dome When the battery's state of charge accessory power outlets. lamps if they are left on for more is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive than 10 minutes when the ignition is to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this in LOCK/OFF. This helps to prevent When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output the battery from running down. the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs. prevent overcharging. If the vehicle It can increase engine idle speed to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (8,1)

6-8 Lighting

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System 7-1

Introduction To minimize taking your eyes off the Infotainment road while driving, do the following System Infotainment while the vehicle is parked: . Become familiar with the If the vehicle came without a radio, operation and controls of the Introduction the wiring provisions for a radio and audio system. Infotainment ...... 7-1 an antenna were installed at the . Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 assembly plant, so that if you want, Set up the tone, speaker Overview (AM-FM Radio) . . . . . 7-3 a radio can be installed at the adjustments, and preset radio Overview (Radio with CD) . . . . . 7-4 dealer. stations. Operation ...... 7-6 Determine which radio the vehicle For more information, see Defensive Driving on page 9 3. Radio has and read the following pages to ‑ AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 become familiar with its features. Notice: Contact your dealer Satellite Radio ...... 7-9 before adding any equipment. Radio Reception ...... 7-11 { WARNING Adding audio or communication Fixed Mast Antenna equipment could interfere with Taking your eyes off the road for (Multi-Band) ...... 7-11 the operation of the engine, radio, Fixed Mast extended periods could cause a or other systems, and could Antenna (Care) ...... 7-12 crash resulting in injury or death damage them. Follow federal to you or others. Do not give Audio Players rules covering mobile radio and extended attention to infotainment telephone equipment. CD Player ...... 7-12 tasks while driving. Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-17

Phone This system provides access to Bluetooth ...... 7-22 many audio and non-audio listings. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

7-2 Infotainment System

Notice: The chime signals related The vehicle has Retained Theft-Deterrent Feature to safety belts, parking brake, and Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, other functions of the vehicle the audio system can be played The theft-deterrent feature works by operate through the radio/ even after the ignition is turned off. learning a portion of the Vehicle entertainment system. If that See Retained Accessory Power Identification Number (VIN) to the equipment is replaced or (RAP) on page 9‑19 for more infotainment system. The additional equipment is added to information. infotainment system does not the vehicle, the chimes may not operate if it is stolen or moved to a work. Make sure that replacement Navigation/Radio System different vehicle. or additional equipment is For vehicles with a navigation compatible with the vehicle radio system, see the navigation before installing it. See manual. Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑3. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

Infotainment System 7-3

Overview (AM-FM Radio) 1. 4 (Information) . Press to show information on the current station or track. 2. Buttons 1 - 6 . Saves and selects favorite stations. 3. f (Tone/Tune) . Press to set the bass or treble. . Turn to manually select radio stations. 4. BAND . Press to scroll through the available bands AM, FM, or XM if equipped. Overview (AM-FM Radio) 5. © SEEK . Seeks the previous station. 6. ¨ SEEK . Seeks the next station. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

7-4 Infotainment System

7. P (Power/Volume) Overview (Radio with CD) . Press to turn the infotainment system on or off. . Turn to adjust the volume. 8. H (Clock) . Press to set the clock. 9. EQ (Equalizer) . Press to adjust the equalizer settings. 10. x w (Fade/Balance) . Press to set the fade and balance.

Overview (Radio with CD) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

Infotainment System 7-5

1. 4 (Information) 7. CAT (Category) 13. s REV (Reverse) . . Press to show information Press to display a list of XM . Press and hold to go on the current station or categories. backward fast through a track. 8. H (Clock) track. 2. FAV (Favorites Pages) . Press to set the clock. 14. \ FWD (Forward) . Press to scroll through the 9. BAND . Press and hold to fast favorite pages. forward through a track. . Press to scroll through the 3. MENU available bands AM, FM, 15. CD/AUX . Press to open the tone or XM if equipped. . Press to scroll through menu to adjust the bass, 10. © SEEK selecting the CD or an midrange, treble, fade, and auxiliary device. balance. . Seeks the previous 16. Auxiliary Input Jack 4. Buttons 1 - 6 station. . Use to connect external . Saves and selects favorite 11. ¨ SEEK audio devices. stations. . Seeks the next station. 17. Z EJECT 5. EQ (Equalizer) 12. P (Power/Volume) . . Press to adjust the Press to eject the equalizer. . Press to turn the loaded CD. infotainment system on 6. f (Tone/Tune) or off. . Press to set the bass or . Turn to adjust the volume. treble. . Turn to manually select radio stations. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

7-6 Infotainment System

Operation Speed Compensated Volume Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble) (SCV): Radios with CD have SCV To adjust the bass or treble: Using the Radio that automatically adjust the radio O (Power/Volume): Press to turn volume to compensate for road and 1. Press the f knob until Bass or the system on and off. wind noise as the vehicle speed Treble displays. changes while driving, so that the Turn clockwise or counterclockwise volume level stays consistent. 2. To adjust the setting, do one of to increase or decrease the volume. the following: To activate SCV: 4 (Information): Press to switch . Turn the f knob. the display between the radio 1. Set the radio volume to the station frequency and the time. desired level. . Press either ¨ SEEK, While the ignition is off, press this 2. Press the MENU button to or © SEEK. button to display the time. Press to display the radio setup menu. display additional text information EQ (Equalization): Press this 3. Press the softkey under the button to choose bass and treble related to the current FM-RDS AUTO VOLUM (automatic station or MP3 song. A choice of equalization settings designed for volume) tab on the radio display. additional information such as different types of music. Selecting Channel, Song, Artist, and CAT 4. Press the softkey under the MANUAL, or changing bass or (category) can display. Continue desired SCV setting (OFF, Low, treble, returns the EQ to the manual pressing to highlight the desired tab, Med, or High) to select the level bass and treble settings. or press the softkey under any one of radio volume compensation. Unique EQ settings can be saved of the tabs and the information The display times out after for each source. about that tab displays. approximately 10 seconds. Each higher setting allows for more radio volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (7,1)

Infotainment System 7-7

Adjusting the Speakers Radio Messages Radio (Balance/Fade) Calibration Error: The audio To adjust the balance or fade: system has been calibrated AM-FM Radio for the vehicle from the factory. 1. Press ` or press the f knob If Calibration Error displays, it Radio Data System (RDS) until the speaker control tab means that the radio has not been The radio may have an RDS. The displays. configured properly for the vehicle RDS feature is available for use 2. To adjust the setting, do one of and it must be returned to your only on FM stations that broadcast the following: dealer for service. RDS information. This system relies VIN or NO VIN: One of these upon receiving specific information . Turn the f knob. messages will display when the from these stations and only works . Press either ¨ SEEK, TheftLock system has locked up when the information is available. the radio. Take the vehicle to your While the radio is tuned to an or SEEK. © dealer for service. FM-RDS station, the station name or call letters display. In rare cases, If any error occurs repeatedly or a radio station could broadcast if an error cannot be corrected, incorrect information that causes the contact your dealer. radio features to work improperly. If this happens, contact the radio station. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (8,1)

7-8 Infotainment System

Finding a Station For AM-FM Radio and Radio with sounds. When that softkey is CD, scan presets within the current pressed and released, the BAND: Press to switch between selected band by pressing and station that was set, returns. FM1, FM2, AM, and XM. The holding either SEEK button for selection displays. 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 for each four seconds until a double beep softkey. f (Tune): Turn clockwise or sounds. The radio goes to a stored counterclockwise to increase or preset, plays for a few seconds if a Storing a Radio Station as a decrease the station frequency. strong signal is present, then goes Favorite to the next stored preset. The © SEEK or ¨ SEEK: Press Drivers are encouraged to set up © SEEK to go to the previous or station frequency flashes while the radio is in the scan mode. radio station favorites while the ¨ SEEK to go to the next station vehicle is parked. Tune to favorite and stay there. Setting Preset Stations stations using the presets, favorites button, and steering wheel controls, To scan stations, press and hold If the radio does not have a if the vehicle has this feature. See either button for two seconds until a FAV button, up to 18 stations Defensive Driving on page 9 3. beep sounds. The radio goes to a (six FM1, six FM2, and six AM), ‑ station, plays for a few seconds, can be programmed on the FAV (Favorites): If the vehicle then goes to the next station. For six numbered softkeys, by has a FAV button, a maximum of AM-FM Radio and Radio with CD, performing the following steps: 36 stations can be programmed as the station frequency flashes while favorites using the six softkeys 1. Turn the radio on. the radio is in the scan mode. Press below the radio station frequency either button again to stop scanning. 2. Press BAND to select FM1, tabs and by using the radio favorites The radio seeks and scans stations FM2, or AM. page button (FAV button). Press only with a strong signal that are in 3. Tune in the desired station. the FAV button to go through up to the selected band. six pages of favorites, each having 4. Press and hold one of the six favorite stations available per six numbered softkeys for page. Each page of favorites can three seconds until a beep contain any combination of AM and FM stations. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (9,1)

Infotainment System 7-9

The balance/fade and tone settings 3. Select the desired number of Finding a Station that were previously adjusted, are favorites pages by pressing the BAND: Press to switch between stored with the favorite stations. softkey below the displayed FM1, FM2, AM, and XM. The page numbers. To store a station as a favorite: selection displays. 4. Press the FAV button, or let the 1. Tune to the desired radio station. f (Tune): Turn clockwise or menu time out, to return to the counterclockwise to increase or 2. Press the FAV button to display original main radio screen decrease the station frequency. the page where the station is to showing the radio station be stored. frequency tabs and to begin © SEEK or ¨ SEEK: Press 3. Press and hold one of the the process of programming © SEEK to go to the previous six softkeys until a beep sounds. favorites for the chosen number or ¨ SEEK to go to the next When that softkey is pressed of numbered pages. station and stay there. and released, the station that Satellite Radio To scan stations, press and hold was set, returns. either button for two seconds until a 4. Repeat the steps for each SiriusXM®, if equipped, is a satellite beep sounds. The radio goes to a softkey radio station to be stored radio service based in the United station, plays for a few seconds, as a favorite. States and Canada only. then goes to the next station. The station frequency flashes while the The number of favorites pages can Finding a Category (CAT) radio is in the scan mode. Press be set up using the MENU button. Station either button again to stop scanning. To set up the number of favorites pages: CAT (Category): The CAT button The radio seeks and scans stations is used to find XM stations (if only with a strong signal that are in 1. Press the MENU button to equipped) while the radio is in the the selected band. display the radio setup menu. XM mode. 2. Press the softkey below the FAV 1-6 tab. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (10,1)

7-10 Infotainment System

To scan presets within the current sounds. When that softkey is The balance/fade and tone settings selected band by pressing and pressed and released, the that were previously adjusted, are holding either SEEK button for station that was set, returns. stored with the favorite stations. four seconds until a double beep 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 for each To store a station as a favorite: sounds. The radio goes to a stored softkey. preset, plays for a few seconds if a 1. Tune to the desired radio station. strong signal is present, then goes Storing a Radio Station as a 2. Press the FAV button to display to the next stored preset. The Favorite the page where the station is to station frequency flashes while the be stored. radio is in the scan mode. Drivers are encouraged to set up radio station favorites while the 3. Press and hold one of the Setting Preset Stations vehicle is parked. Tune to favorite six softkeys until a beep sounds. stations using the presets, favorites If the radio does not have a When that softkey is pressed button, and steering wheel controls, FAV button, up to 18 stations and released, the station that if the vehicle has this feature. See (six FM1, six FM2, and six AM), was set, returns. Defensive Driving on page 9 3. can be programmed on the ‑ 4. Repeat the steps for each six numbered softkeys, by FAV (Favorites): If the vehicle softkey radio station to be stored performing the following steps: has a FAV button, a maximum of as a favorite. 36 stations can be programmed as 1. Turn the radio on. The number of favorites pages can favorites using the six softkeys be set up using the MENU button. 2. Press BAND to select FM1, below the radio station frequency To set up the number of favorites FM2, or AM. tabs and by using the radio favorites pages: 3. Tune in the desired station. page button (FAV button). Press the FAV button to go through up to 1. Press the MENU button to 4. Press and hold one of the six pages of favorites, each having display the radio setup menu. six numbered softkeys for six favorite stations available per three seconds until a beep 2. Press the softkey below the page. Each page of favorites can FAV 1-6 tab. contain any combination of AM and FM stations. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (11,1)

Infotainment System 7-11

3. Select the desired number of AM Cellular Phone Usage favorites pages by pressing the The range for most AM stations is Cellular phone usage may cause softkey below the displayed greater than for FM, especially at interference with the radio. This page numbers. night. The longer range can cause interference may occur when 4. Press the FAV button, or let the station frequencies to interfere making or receiving phone calls, menu time out, to return to the with each other. For better radio charging the phone's battery, original main radio screen reception, most AM radio stations or simply having the phone on. This showing the radio station boost the power levels during the interference causes an increased frequency tabs and to begin day, and then reduce these levels level of static while listening to the the process of programming during the night. Static can also radio. If static is received while favorites for the chosen number occur when things like storms and listening to the radio, unplug the of numbered pages. power lines interfere with radio cellular phone and turn it off. reception. When this happens, try Radio Reception reducing the treble on the radio. Fixed Mast Antenna Frequency interference and static FM Stereo (Multi-Band) can occur during normal radio The multi-band antenna is on the reception if items such as cell phone FM stereo gives the best sound, but FM signals reach only about 16 to roof of the vehicle. The antenna is chargers, vehicle convenience used for OnStar® and the SiriusXM® accessories, and external electronic 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals, Satellite Radio Service System if the devices are plugged into the vehicle has these features. Keep accessory power outlet. If there is causing the sound to fade in and out. the antenna clear of obstructions for interference or static, unplug the clear reception. Make sure there is item from the accessory power sufficient clearance when entering outlet. garages or parking structures. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (12,1)

7-12 Infotainment System

Fixed Mast Audio Players the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials, liquids, Antenna (Care) and debris. The fixed mast antenna can CD Player If an error displays, see “CD Player withstand most car washes without Care of the CD Player Messages” later in this section. being damaged as long as it is securely attached to the base. Do not add any label to a CD. Care of CDs If the mast becomes slightly bent, It could get caught in the CD. If a If playing a CD-R, the sound quality straighten it out by hand. If the mast CD is recorded on a personal can be reduced due to CD-R or is badly bent, replace it. computer and a description label is needed, try labeling the top of the CD-RW quality, the method of Make sure there is sufficient recorded CD with a marking pen. recording, the quality of the music clearance when entering garages or that has been recorded, and the parking structures. The use of CD lens cleaners is way the CD-R or CD-RW has been not advised, due to the risk of handled. Handle them carefully. Occasionally check to make sure contaminating the lens of the CD the antenna is tightened to its base. Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their optics with lubricants internal to the original cases or other protective If tightening is required, tighten CD player mechanism. by hand. cases and away from direct sunlight Notice: If a label is added to a and dust. The CD player scans the CD, more than one CD is inserted bottom surface of the disc. If the into the slot at a time, or an surface of a CD is damaged, such attempt is made to play scratched as cracked, broken, or scratched, or damaged CDs, the CD player the CD does not play properly or not could be damaged. While using at all. Do not touch the bottom side the CD player, use only CDs in of a CD while handling it; this could good condition without any label, damage the surface. Pick up CDs load one CD at a time, and keep by the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (13,1)

Infotainment System 7-13

If the surface of a CD is soiled, When a CD is inserted, the CD display and artist information clean it with a soft, lint-free cloth or symbol displays on the left side of displays on the bottom line. dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, the radio display. As each new track When information is not available, neutral detergent solution mixed starts to play, the track number NO INFO displays. with water. Make sure the wiping displays. f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on process starts from the center to The CD player can play the smaller the CD that is currently playing. the edge. 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an © SEEK: Press to go to the start Inserting a CD adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the of the current track if more than smaller CDs are loaded in the same 10 seconds on the CD have played. Insert a CD partway into the slot, manner. label side up. The player pulls it in Press to go to the previous track if and the CD should begin playing. CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to less than 10 seconds on the CD cycle between CD or Auxiliary when have played. Ejecting a CD listening to the radio. The CD icon Press and hold, or press multiple Z EJECT: Press and release to and a message showing the disc times, to continue moving backward eject the disc. Remove the CD and/or track number will display through the tracks on the CD. when Remove Disc displays. If the when a CD is in the player. Press disc is not removed, after several again and the system automatically ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next seconds the disc is automatically searches for an auxiliary input track. pulled back into the player. device; see Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑17. If a portable audio player Press and hold, or press multiple Playing a CD is not connected, “No Input Device times, to continue moving forward through the tracks on the CD. If the ignition or radio is turned off Found” displays. with a CD in the player, it stays in 4 (Information): Press to display s REV (Reverse): Press and hold the player. When the ignition or additional text information related to to reverse playback quickly within a radio is turned on, the CD starts the current song. If information is track. playing where it stopped, if it was available, the song title information the last selected audio source. displays on the top line of the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (14,1)

7-14 Infotainment System

. Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press The files can be recorded with the extension. and hold to advance playback following fixed bit rates: 32 kbps, quickly within a track. 40 kbps, 56 kbps, 64 kbps, 80 kbps, . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda 96 kbps, 112 kbps, 128 kbps, file extension. RDM (Random): For Radios with 160 kbps, 192 kbps, 224 kbps, CD/MP3. Press to listen to tracks in 256 kbps, and 320 kbps or a Root Directory random, rather than sequential variable bit rate. The root directory is treated as a order. Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode folder. Files are stored in the root To use random: Discs directory when the disc or storage 1. Press the softkey under the device does not contain folders. The radio can play discs that RDM tab until Random Current Files accessed from the root contain both uncompressed Disc displays. directory of a CD display as CD audio and MP3 files. If both F1 ROOT. 2. Press the softkey again to turn formats are on the disc, the radio off random play. reads all MP3 files first, then the Empty Folder uncompressed CD audio files. MP3-Supported Files Folders that do not contain files are CD-R- or CD-RW-Supported File skipped, and the player advances to Radios with CD/MP3 have the and Folder Structure the next folder that contains files. capability of playing an MP3 CD-R or CD-RW disc. The radio supports: Order of Play Format . Up to 50 folders. Compressed audio files are accessed in the following order: Radios that have the capability . Up to eight folders in depth. . Playlists (Px). of playing MP3s can play.mp3 . Up to 50 playlists. or .wma files that were recorded . Files stored in the root directory. onto a CD-R or CD-RW disc. . Up to 255 files. . Files stored in folders in the root directory. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (15,1)

Infotainment System 7-15

Tracks are played in the following show parts of words on the last files, the player allows access and order: page of text, and the extension of navigates up to the maximum, but the file name is not displayed. all items over the maximum are not . Play begins from the first track in accessible. the first playlist and continues Preprogrammed Playlists sequentially through all tracks in CDs that have preprogrammed Playing an MP3 each playlist. When the last 4 track of the last playlist has playlists created using WinAmp™, (Information): Press to display played, play continues from the MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™ additional text information related to first track of the first playlist. software can be accessed; however, the current song. If information is there is no playlist-editing capability available, the song title information . Play begins from the first track in using the radio. These playlists are displays on the top line of the the first folder and continues treated as special folders containing display and artist information sequentially through all tracks in compressed audio song files. displays on the bottom line. When each folder. When the last track information is not available, NO of the last folder has played, Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls file extension and are stored on a INFO displays. play continues from the first f track of the first folder. USB device may be supported by (Tune): Turn to select MP3s on the radio with a USB port. the CD currently playing. File System and Naming Playlists can be changed by © SEEK: Press to go to the start of The song name that displays is the using the softkeys below the S c the track, if more than 10 seconds song name contained in the ID3 tag. and c T tabs, the f knob, have played. Press and hold or If the song name is not present in press multiple times to continue the ID3 tag, then the radio displays the © SEEK button, or the ¨ SEEK moving backward through tracks. the file name without the extension button. An MP3 CD-R or CD-RW SEEK: Press to go to the next (such as .mp3) as the track name. that has been recorded without ¨ using file folders can be played. track. Press and hold or press Track names longer than If a CD-R or CD-RW contains more multiple times to continue moving 32 characters or four pages are than the maximum of 50 folders, forward through tracks. shortened. The display does not 15 playlists, and 512 folders and Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (16,1)

7-16 Infotainment System

s REV (Reverse): Press and hold To use random: To listen to files by another artist, to reverse playback quickly. Sound 1. Press the softkey under the press the softkey below either arrow is heard at a reduced volume and RDM tab until Random Current tab. The disc goes to the next or the elapsed time of the file displays. Disc displays. previous artist in alphabetical order. Continue pressing either softkey Release s REV to resume playing. 2. Press the softkey again to turn below the arrow tab until the desired \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press off random play. artist displays. and hold to advance playback h (Music Navigator): Press the To change from playback by artist to quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced h playback by album: volume and the elapsed time of the softkey below the tab to play the files in order by artist or album. file displays. Release \ FWD to 1. Press the softkey below the Sort resume playing. The elapsed time of The player scans the disc to sort the By tab. the file displays. files by artist and album ID3 tag 2. Press one of the softkeys below information. It can take several S c (Previous Folder): Press the Album tab from the sort minutes to scan the disc depending screen. the softkey below the S c tab to on the number of files on the disc. go to the first track in the previous The radio may begin playing while it 3. Press the softkey below the folder. is scanning in the background. Back tab to return to the main music navigator screen. c T (Next Folder): Press the When the scan is finished, the disc The album name displays on the softkey below the c T tab to go to begins playing files in order by second line between the arrows, the first track in the next folder. artist. The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the and songs from the current album RDM (Random): For Radios with display. Once all songs by that artist begin to play. Once all songs from CD/MP3. Press to listen to tracks in are played, the player moves to the that album have played, the player random, rather than sequential next artist in alphabetical order and moves to the next album in order. begins playing files by that artist. alphabetical order on the CD and begins playing MP3s from that album. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (17,1)

Infotainment System 7-17

To exit music navigator mode, press If the CD is not playing correctly, for Drivers are encouraged to set up the softkey below the Back tab to any other reason, try a known any auxiliary device while the return to normal MP3 playback. good CD. vehicle is in P (Park). See Defensive Driving on page 9‑3 for CD Player Messages If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected, more information on driver CHECK DISC: If this message contact your dealer. If the radio distraction. displays and/or the CD ejects, it displays an error message, write it To use a portable audio player, could be for one of the following down and provide it to your dealer connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to reasons: when reporting the problem. the radio's front auxiliary input jack. . It is very hot. When the When a device is connected, press temperature returns to normal, Auxiliary Devices the radio CD/AUX button to begin the CD should play. playing audio from the device over Using the Auxiliary Input Jack the vehicle speakers. . The road is very rough. When the road becomes smoother, the Radios with an auxiliary input jack For optimal sound quality, increase CD should play. on the lower right side of the the portable audio device's volume faceplate can connect to an external to the loudest level. . The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, audio device such as an iPod®, It is always best to power the or upside down. MP3 player, or CD player, for use as portable audio device through its . The air is very humid. If so, wait another source for audio listening. own battery while playing. about an hour and try again. This input jack is not an audio output; do not plug headphones into O (Power/Volume): Turn clockwise . There was a problem while the front auxiliary input jack. or counterclockwise to increase burning the CD. or decrease the volume of the . The label is caught in the CD portable player. Additional volume player. adjustments might have to be made from the portable device if the volume is not loud or soft enough. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (18,1)

7-18 Infotainment System

BAND: Press to listen to the radio USB Support Not all iPods and USB drives are when a portable audio device is compatible with the USB port. playing. The portable audio device Make sure the iPod has the continues playing. latest firmware from Apple® for CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to proper operation. iPod firmware play a CD when a portable audio can be updated using the latest device is playing. Press again and iTunes® application. See the system begins playing audio www.apple.com/itunes. from the connected portable audio For help with identifying the iPod, go player. If a portable audio player is to www.apple.com/support. not connected, “No Input Device Found” displays. Radios that have a USB port can play.mp3 and .wma files that are Using the USB Port stored on a USB storage device as Radios with a USB port can control The USB port is on the instrument well as AAC files that are stored on a USB storage device or an iPod® panel and uses the USB 2.0 an iPod. standard. using the radio buttons and knobs. USB-Supported File and Folder See “Playing an MP3” in CD Player USB-Supported Devices Structure on page 7‑12 for information about how to connect and control a USB . USB flash drive The radio supports: storage device or an iPod. . Portable USB hard drive . Up to 700 folders. . Fifth generation or later iPod . Up to eight folders in depth. . iPod nano® . Up to 65,535 files. . iPod touch® . Folder and file names up to 64 bytes. . iPod classic® Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (19,1)

Infotainment System 7-19

. Files with an .mp3 or .wma file The iPod charges while it is SEEK: Press to go to the start of extension. © connected to the vehicle if the the track, if more than 10 seconds . AAC files stored on an iPod. vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY have played. Press and hold or or ON/RUN position. When the . FAT16. press multiple times to continue vehicle is turned off, the iPod moving backward through tracks. . FAT32. automatically powers off and will not charge or draw power from the ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next Connecting a USB Storage vehicle's battery. track. Press and hold or press Device or iPod multiple times to continue moving If you have an older iPod model that forward through tracks. The USB port can be used to is not supported, it can still be used control an iPod or a USB storage by connecting it to the auxiliary s REV (Reverse): Press and hold device. input jack using a standard 3.5 mm to reverse playback quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced volume. To connect a USB storage device, (1/8 in) stereo cable. See “Using the connect the device to the USB port Auxiliary Input Jack” previously in Release s REV to resume playing. on the instrument panel. this section. The elapsed time of the file displays. To connect an iPod, connect one Using the Radio to Control a end of the USB cable that came USB Storage Device or iPod \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press with the iPod to the iPod s dock and hold to advance playback ’ The radio can control a USB connector and connect the other quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced storage device or an iPod using the end to the USB port on the volume. Release \ FWD to radio buttons and knobs, and instrument panel. If the vehicle is resume playing. The elapsed time of display song information on the on and the USB connection works, the file displays. radio display. “OK to disconnect” and a GM logo 4 (Information): Press to display f (Tune): Turn to select files. may appear on the iPod, and iPod additional information about the appears on the radio display. The selected track. iPod music appears on the radio display and begins playing. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (20,1)

7-20 Infotainment System

. Third softkey, 5% through the list Using Softkeys to Control a c (Folder View): Press the each time the softkey is pressed. USB Storage Device or iPod softkey below c to view the . The five softkeys below the radio contents of the current folder on the Fourth softkey, 10% through the display are used to control the USB drive. To browse and select list each time the softkey is functions listed below. files: pressed. . Fifth softkey, end of the list. To use the softkeys: 1. Press the softkey below c. h (Music Navigator): Press the 1. Press the first or fifth softkey 2. Turn f to scroll through the list below the radio display to softkey below h to view and of folders. display the functions listed select a file on an iPod, using the below, or press the softkey 3. Press f to select the desired iPod's menu system. Files are below the function if it is folder. If there is more then one sorted by: currently displayed. folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 until . Playlists the desired folder is reached. 2. Press the softkey below the tab . Artists with the function on it to use that 4. Turn f to scroll through the files function. . Albums in the selected folder. j (Pause): Press the softkey . Genres 5. Press f to select the desired file below j to pause the track. The . Songs to be played. tab appears raised when pause . Composers is being used. Press the softkey To skip through large lists, the five To select files: below j again to resume playback. softkeys can be used to navigate in the following order: h Back: Press the softkey below the 1. Press the softkey below . . First softkey, first item in the list. Back tab to go back to the main 2. Turn f to scroll through the list display screen on an iPod, or the . Second softkey, 1% through the of menus. root directory on a USB storage list each time the softkey is device. pressed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (21,1)

Infotainment System 7-21

3. Press f to select the Repeat Functionality > (Shuffle Off): Press the desired menu. To use Repeat: softkey below 2 to turn shuffle 4. Turn f to scroll through the off. This is the default mode when a Press the softkey below " or ' USB storage device or iPod is first folders or files in the to select between Repeat All and connected. selected menu. Repeat Track. f 2 (Shuffle All Songs/Shuffle 5. Press to select the desired file " (Repeat All): Press the softkey Songs): Press the softkey to be played. below " to repeat all tracks. The below = or C to shuffle all To skip through large lists, the five tab appears lowered when Repeat songs on the USB storage device softkeys can be used to navigate in All is being used. This is the default or iPod. the following order: mode when a USB storage device or iPod is first connected. C (Shuffle Album): Press the . First softkey, first item in the list. ' (Repeat Track): Press the softkey below > to shuffle all . Second softkey, 1% through the songs in the current album on softkey below to repeat one list each time the softkey is ' an iPod. pressed. track. The tab appears raised when Repeat Track is being used. = (Shuffle Folder): Press the . Third softkey, 5% through the list softkey below to shuffle all Shuffle Functionality > each time the softkey is pressed. songs in the current folder on a USB . Fourth softkey, 10% through the To use Shuffle: storage device. list each time the softkey is Press the softkey below >, 2, pressed. C , or = to select between . Fifth softkey, end of the list. Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album, or Shuffle Folder. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (22,1)

7-22 Infotainment System

Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. A Bluetooth system can use a The system may not work with Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Hands-Free Profile to make and Bluetooth this section for more information. receive phone calls. The system For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice can be used while the key is in the Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the position. The range of the Bluetooth allowing: address book or contact list. system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all functions, . Placement and receipt of calls in See “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section for more information. and not all phones work with the a hands-free mode. in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See . See Storing and Deleting Phone . Sharing of the cell phone’s “ www.gm.com/bluetooth for more address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section for information on compatible phones. the vehicle. more information. Voice Recognition To minimize driver distraction, { WARNING before driving, and with the vehicle The Bluetooth system uses voice parked: recognition to interpret voice When using a cell phone, it can commands to dial phone numbers . Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or and name tags. features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment For additional information, say contact lists clearly and delete (navigation) system. Taking your “Help” while you are in a voice duplicate or rarely used entries. eyes off the road too long or too recognition menu. If possible, program speed dial often could cause a crash Noise: Keep interior noise levels to or other shortcuts. resulting in injury or death. Focus a minimum. The system may not . Review the controls and your attention on driving. recognize voice commands if there operation of the infotainment is too much background noise. system. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (23,1)

Infotainment System 7-23

When to Speak: A short tone Bluetooth Controls Pairing Information sounds after the system responds Use the buttons on the steering . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 indicating when it is waiting for a wheel to operate the in-vehicle capability cannot be paired to voice command. Wait until the tone Bluetooth system. See Steering the vehicle as a phone and an and then speak. Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. MP3 player at the same time. How to Speak: Speak clearly in a / (Push to Talk): Press to . Up to five cell phones can be calm and natural voice. b g answer incoming calls, confirm paired to the Bluetooth system. Audio System system information, and start . The pairing process is disabled speech recognition. When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth when the vehicle is moving. system, sound comes through the c / x (End): Press to end a call, . Pairing only needs to be vehicle's front audio system reject a call, or cancel an operation. completed once, unless the speakers and overrides the audio Pairing pairing information on the cell system. Use the audio system phone changes or the cell phone volume knob, during a call, to A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone is deleted from the system. change the volume level. The must be paired to the Bluetooth . adjusted volume level remains in system and then connected to the Only one paired cell phone can memory for later calls. To prevent vehicle before it can be used. See be connected to the Bluetooth missed calls, a minimum volume the cell phone manufacturer's user system at a time. level is used if the volume is turned guide for Bluetooth functions before . If multiple paired cell phones are down too low. pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth within range of the system, the phone is not connected, calls will be system connects to the first made using OnStar Hands-Free available paired cell phone in the Calling, if equipped. See OnStar order that they were first paired Overview on page 14‑1. to the system. To connect to a different paired phone, see “Connecting to a Different Phone” later in this section. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (24,1)

7-24 Infotainment System

Pairing a Phone This name will be used to Deleting a Paired Phone indicate which phones are If the phone name you want to 1. Press and hold b / g for paired and connected to the delete is unknown, see “Listing All two seconds. vehicle. The system responds Paired and Connected Phones.” 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command with “ has been can be skipped. successfully paired” after the 1. Press and hold b / g for pairing process is complete. two seconds. 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds with instructions and a four-digit 6. Repeat Steps 1–5 to pair 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Personal Identification Number additional phones. 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. Listing All Paired and Connected which phone to delete. Phones 4. Start the pairing process on the 4. Say the name of the phone you cell phone that you want to pair. The system can list all cell phones want to delete. For help with this process, see paired to it. If a paired cell phone is the cell phone manufacturer's also connected to the vehicle, the Connecting to a Different Phone user guide. system responds with “is connected” To connect to a different cell phone, 5. Locate the device named “Your after that phone name. the Bluetooth system looks for the Vehicle” in the list on the cell next available cell phone in the phone. Follow the instructions 1. Press and hold b / g for order in which all the available cell on the cell phone to enter the two seconds. phones were paired. Depending on PIN provided in Step 3. After the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” which cell phone you want to PIN is successfully entered, the connect to, you may have to use system prompts you to provide a 3. Say “List.” this command several times. name for the paired cell phone. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (25,1)

Infotainment System 7-25

3. Say “Change phone.” Delete: This command is used to To hear all of the numbers delete individual name tags. recognized by the system, say . If another cell phone is found, the response will be Delete All Name Tags: This “Verify” at any time. “ is now command deletes all stored 1. Press and hold b / g for connected.” name tags in the Hands-Free two seconds. . Calling Directory and the OnStar If another cell phone is not 2. Say “Digit Store.” found, the original phone Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, remains connected. if equipped. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, Using the Store Command that you want to store. After Storing and Deleting Phone “ ” each digit is entered, the system Numbers 1. Press and hold b / g for repeats back the digit it heard followed by a tone. After the last The system can store up to two seconds. digit has been entered, say 30 phone numbers as name tags in 2. Say “Store.” Store, and then follow the the Hands-Free Directory that is “ ” 3. Say the phone number or group directions given by the system to shared between the Bluetooth and of numbers you want to store all save a name tag for this number. OnStar systems, if equipped. at once with no pauses, then The following commands are used follow the directions given by the Using the “Delete” Command to delete and store phone numbers. system to save a name tag for 1. Press and hold b / g for Store: This command will store a this number. two seconds. phone number, or a group of Using the “Digit Store” Command 2. Say “Delete.” numbers as a name tag. If an unwanted number is 3. Say the name tag you want to Digit Store: This command allows recognized by the system, say delete. a phone number to be stored as a “Clear” at any time to clear the last name tag by entering the digits one number. at a time. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (26,1)

7-26 Infotainment System

Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Making a Call Calling 911 Emergency Command Calls can be made using the 1. Press and hold b / g for This command deletes all stored following commands. two seconds. name tags in the Hands-Free Dial or Call: The dial or call Calling Directory and the OnStar 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” command can be used Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, interchangeably to dial a phone 3. Say “911.” if equipped. number or a stored name tag. 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” To delete all name tags: Digit Dial: This command allows a Once connected, the person called 1. Press and hold b / g for phone number to be dialed by will be heard through the audio two seconds. entering the digits one at a time. speakers. 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” Re-dial: This command is used to Using the “Digit Dial” Command dial the last number used on the cell Listing Stored Numbers phone. The digit dial command allows a phone number to be dialed by The list command will list all stored Using the “Dial” or “Call” entering the digits one at a time. numbers and name tags. Command After each digit is entered, the Using the “List” Command system repeats back the digit it 1. Press and hold b / g for heard followed by a tone. 1. Press and hold / for two seconds. b g If an unwanted number is two seconds. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” recognized by the system, say 2. Say “Directory.” 3. Say the entire number without “Clear” at any time to clear the last number. 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” pausing, or say the name tag. 4. Say “List.” Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio speakers. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (27,1)

Infotainment System 7-27

To hear all of the numbers Once connected, the person called . To ignore the incoming call, no recognized by the system, say will be heard through the audio action is required. Verify at any time. speakers. “ ” . Press c / x to disconnect the 1. Press and hold b / g for Receiving a Call current call and switch to the call on hold. two seconds. When an incoming call is received, 2. Say “Digit Dial.” the audio system mutes and a ring Three-Way Calling tone is heard in the vehicle. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, Three-way calling must be that you want to dial. After each . Press b / g to answer the call. supported on the cell phone and digit is entered, the system enabled by the wireless service repeats back the digit it heard . Press c / x to ignore a call. carrier. followed by a tone. After the last digit has been entered, Call Waiting 1. While on a call, press b / g. say “Dial.” Call waiting must be supported on 2. Say “Three-way call.” the cell phone and enabled by the Once connected, the person called 3. Use the dial or call command to wireless service carrier. will be heard through the audio dial the number of the third party speakers. . Press b / g to answer an to be called. Using the “Re-dial” Command incoming call when another call 4. Once the call is connected, is active. The original call is press / to link all callers 1. Press and hold b / g for placed on hold. b g two seconds. together. . Press b / g again to return to 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” the original call. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (28,1)

7-28 Infotainment System

Ending a Call Transferring Audio from the Voice Pass-Thru Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone Press c / x to end a call. Voice pass-thru allows access to the During a call with the audio in the voice recognition commands on the Muting a Call vehicle: cell phone. See your cell phone manufacturer's user guide to see if During a call, all sounds from inside 1. Press b / g. the vehicle can be muted so that the the cell phone supports this feature. person on the other end of the call 2. Say “Transfer Call.” To access contacts stored in the cell cannot hear them. Transferring Audio to the phone: Bluetooth System from a Cell . To mute a call, press / , and 1. Press and hold / for b g Phone b g then say “Mute call.” two seconds. During a call with the audio on the . To cancel mute, press / , 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command b g cell phone, press b / g. The audio and then say Un-mute call. can be skipped. “ ” transfers to the vehicle. If the audio Transferring a Call does not transfer to the vehicle, 3. Say “Voice.” The system use the audio transfer feature on the responds “OK, accessing Audio can be transferred between cell phone. See your cell phone .” the Bluetooth system and the cell manufacturer's user guide for more The cell phone's normal prompt phone. information. messages will go through their cycle The cell phone must be paired and according to the phone's operating connected with the Bluetooth instructions. system before a call can be transferred. The connection process can take up to two minutes after the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (29,1)

Infotainment System 7-29

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System Other Information (DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out of The Bluetooth® word mark and The Bluetooth system can send the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it logos are owned by the Bluetooth® numbers and the numbers stored as will be retained indefinitely. This SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks name tags during a call. You can includes all saved name tags in the by General Motors is under license. use this feature when calling a phone book and phone pairing Other trademarks and trade names menu-driven phone system. information. For information on how are those of their respective owners. Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the See Radio Frequency Statement on previous section Deleting a Paired stored for use. “ page 13‑21 for information Phone” and the previous sections regarding Part 15 of the Federal Sending a Number or Name Tag on deleting name tags. During a Call Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Industry Canada 1. Press b / g. The system Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. 2. Say “Dial.” 3. Say the number or name tag to send. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (30,1)

7-30 Infotainment System

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system. Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Rear Heating System ...... 8-3 Rear Climate Control System ...... 8-4 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-6

Vehicles without Air Conditioning

1. Fan Control Temperature Control: Turn the 2. Temperature Control knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the 3. Air Delivery Mode Control temperature inside the vehicle. 9 (Fan Control): Turn the knob Air Delivery Mode Control: clockwise or counterclockwise to Turn the knob clockwise or increase or decrease the fan speed. counterclockwise to change the 9 (Off): Turns the system off. current airflow mode. H (Vent): Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

8-2 Climate Controls

) (Bi-Level): Air is divided between the instrument panel and floor outlets, with some air directed toward the windshield. 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed to the windshield and side windows. - (Defog): This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture. Outside air is directed to the floor and defroster outlets. Adjust the temperature knob for warmer or Vehicles with Air Conditioning cooler air. The air conditioning compressor might turn on in this 1. Fan Control (Air Conditioning): Cools and setting to dehumidify the air. # 2. Temperature Control dehumidifies the air inside of the 1 (Defrost): This mode clears vehicle. the windshield of fog or frost more 3. Air Delivery Mode Control V (Maximum Air Conditioning): quickly. Air is directed to the 4. Rear Window Defogger Cools the air inside the vehicle windshield, with some to the floor faster, by recirculating the inside air. outlets and front side windows. The On hot days, open the windows to air conditioning compressor might let hot inside air escape; then close Rear Window Defogger turn on in this setting to dehumidify them. This helps to reduce the time the air. needed for the vehicle to cool down For vehicles with a rear window and the system operates more defogger, a warming grid is used to Do not drive the vehicle until all the efficiently. remove fog or frost from the rear windows are clear. window. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls 8-3

It only works when the ignition is in Rear Heating System 9 (Fan): Turn the thumbwheel up ON/RUN. or down to increase or decrease the For vehicles with a rear heating amount of heated air sent to the 1 (Rear Window Defogger): system, it lets you adjust the rear-seating area. Press to turn the rear window amount of air flowing into the rear of defogger on or off. the vehicle, from the front-seating Q (High): This position supplies the The rear window defogger turns off area. This feature works with the most amount of heat to the several minutes after the button is main climate-control system in the rear-seating area. pressed. If turned on again, the vehicle. c (Medium): This position defogger will run for several more supplies half the amount of heat to minutes before turning off. The the rear‐seating area. defogger can also be turned off by R turning off the engine. (Low): This position supplies the least amount of heat to the Do not drive the vehicle until all the rear-seating area. windows are clear. 9 (Off): Turns the rear heating Notice: Do not use a razor blade system off. or sharp object to clear the inside rear window. Do not adhere anything to the defogger grid lines in the rear glass. These actions may damage the rear defogger. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. AUX: The thumbwheel for this system is located in the instrument panel switchbank below the audio system. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

8-4 Climate Controls

Rear Climate Control System When the fan knob is in the AUX position, the rear climate control For vehicles with a rear heating panel can be used to adjust the and air-conditioning system, it controls the temperature, fan speed and air climate settings in the rear delivery for the rear-seat passengers only. The front climate control panel is seating area. located in the overhead console between the driver and front passenger.

Front Climate Control Panel

1. Fan Control Use this control panel to maintain a 2. Air Delivery Mode Control separate temperature setting. Adjust the direction of the airflow or adjust 3. Temperature Control the fan speed for the rear seat passenger(s). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls 8-5

9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed in the rear-seating area. Temperature Control: Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature in the rear-seating area. The air-conditioning system on the main climate control panel must be Rear Climate Control Panel turned on to direct cooled air to the rear of the vehicle. If it is not on, then the temperature in the rear 1. Fan Control be in the AUX position. The fan of the vehicle remains at cabin speed, air delivery mode, and 2. Air Delivery Mode Control temperature. temperature can then be adjusted. 3. Temperature Control Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn AUX (Auxiliary): Turn the fan knob clockwise or counterclockwise to For vehicles with a rear climate on the front climate control panel to change the direction of the airflow in control panel, it is located AUX to let rear seat passengers use the rear seating area. overhead behind the driver and the control panel in the rear seating front passenger, centered in front of area. This disables the front control To change the current mode, select the second row. To adjust the rear panel. To return control to the front one of the following: climate control panel settings by panel, move the fan knob out (Vent): Air is directed to the a rear seat passenger, the front H of AUX. upper outlets, with some directed to climate control panel fan knob must 9 : Turns the system off. the floor outlets. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

8-6 Climate Controls

. Use of non-GM approved hood (Floor): Air is directed to the 2 Air Vents deflectors may adversely affect floor outlets. Use the outlets located near the the performance of the system. Be sure to keep the area under the center and on the sides of the . Keep the path under the front front seats clear of any objects so instrument panel to change the seats clear of objects to help that the air inside of the vehicle can direction of airflow. circulate the air inside of the circulate effectively. Operation Tips vehicle more effectively. For information on how to use the main climate control system, see . Clear away any ice, snow or Climate Control Systems on leaves from the air inlets at the page 8‑1. For information on base of the windshield that may ventilation, see Air Vents on block the flow of air into the page 8‑6. vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating 9-1

Engine Heater ...... 9-19 Ride Control Systems Driving and Retained Accessory StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-32 Operating Power (RAP) ...... 9-19 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-34 Shifting Into Park ...... 9-20 Shifting out of Park ...... 9-21 Cruise Control Driving Information Parking over Things Cruise Control ...... 9-34 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 That Burn ...... 9-21 Object Detection Systems Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-37 Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-22 Rear Vision Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Running the Vehicle While Camera (RVC) ...... 9-38 Braking ...... 9-3 Parked ...... 9-22 Steering ...... 9-4 Fuel Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Automatic Transmission Fuel ...... 9-42 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Automatic Transmission Recommended Fuel ...... 9-42 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-6 (Six Speed) ...... 9-23 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-43 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-6 Automatic Transmission California Fuel Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 (Four Speed) ...... 9-26 Requirements ...... 9-43 Winter Driving ...... 9-7 Manual Mode ...... 9-28 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-44 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-9 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-29 Fuel Additives ...... 9-44 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-10 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-45 Drive Systems Filling the Tank ...... 9-46 Starting and Operating All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-30 Filling a Portable Fuel New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-14 Container ...... 9-47 Ignition Positions ...... 9-15 Brakes Starting the Engine ...... 9-17 Antilock Brake Fast Idle System ...... 9-18 System (ABS) ...... 9-30 Parking Brake ...... 9-31 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

9-2 Driving and Operating

Towing Driving Information . Designate a front seat General Towing passenger to handle potential distractions. Information ...... 9-47 Distracted Driving Driving Characteristics and . Become familiar with vehicle Towing Tips ...... 9-48 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as Trailer Towing ...... 9-50 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio Towing Equipment ...... 9-55 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Conversions and Add-Ons judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. activities divert your attention Program all trip information into Add-On Electrical away from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to Equipment ...... 9-58 governments have enacted laws driving. regarding driver distraction. Become . Wait until the vehicle is parked familiar with the local laws in to retrieve items that have fallen your area. to the floor. To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend keep your eyes on the road, hands to children. on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Keep pets in an appropriate . Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint. demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating 9-3

careless and make mistakes. { WARNING Anticipate what they might do WARNING (Continued) and be ready. Taking your eyes off the road too Do not drink and drive or ride with long or too often could cause a . Allow enough following distance a driver who has been drinking. crash resulting in injury or death. between you and the driver in Ride home in a cab; or if you are Focus your attention on driving. front of you. with a group, designate a driver . Focus on the task of driving. who will not drink. Refer to the infotainment section for more information on using that Drunk Driving Control of a Vehicle system, including pairing and using Death and injury associated with a cell phone. drinking and driving is a global Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to tragedy. If equipped, refer to the navigation control a vehicle while driving. manual for information on that system, including pairing and using { WARNING a cell phone. Braking Drinking and then driving is Braking action involves perception Defensive Driving very dangerous. Your reflexes, time and reaction time. Deciding to perceptions, attentiveness, and push the brake pedal is perception Defensive driving means “always judgment can be affected by even time. Actually doing it is expect the unexpected. The first ” a small amount of alcohol. You reaction time. step in driving defensively is to wear can have a serious or even the safety belt. See Safety Belts on — Average driver reaction time is fatal collision if you drive after page 3‑8. — about three-quarters of a second. drinking. In that time, a vehicle moving at . Assume that other road users (Continued) 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (pedestrians, bicyclists, and (66 ft), which could be a lot of other drivers) are going to be distance in an emergency. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

9-4 Driving and Operating

Helpful braking tips to keep in mind Steering . Maintain a reasonable steady include: speed through the curve Hydraulic Power Steering . . Keep enough distance between Wait until the vehicle is out of you and the vehicle in front Your vehicle has hydraulic the curve before accelerating of you. power steering. It may require gently into the straightaway. maintenance. See Power Steering . Avoid needless heavy braking. Steering in Emergencies Fluid on page 10‑24. . Keep pace with traffic. . There are some situations when If power steering assist is lost steering around a problem may If the engine ever stops while the because the engine stops or be more effective than braking. vehicle is being driven, brake because of a system malfunction, normally but do not pump the the vehicle can be steered but may . Holding both sides of the brakes. Doing so could make the required increased effort. See your steering wheel allows you to turn pedal harder to push down. If the dealer if there is a problem. 180 degrees without removing engine stops, there will be some a hand. power brake assist but it will be If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more . Antilock Brake System (ABS) used when the brake is applied. information. allows steering while braking. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the Curve Tips brake pedal will be harder to push. . Take curves at a reasonable speed. . Reduce speed before entering a curve. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating 9-5

Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go If the vehicle starts to slide, follow straight down the roadway. these suggestions: . Ease your foot off the Loss of Control accelerator pedal and steer the Skidding way you want the vehicle to go. The vehicle may straighten out. There are three types of skids that Be ready for a second skid if it correspond to the vehicle's three occurs. control systems: . Slow down and adjust your . Braking Skid — wheels are not driving according to weather rolling. conditions. Stopping distance . Steering or Cornering Skid — can be longer and vehicle too much speed or steering in a control can be affected when curve causes tires to slip and traction is reduced by water, The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force. snow, ice, gravel, or other off the edge of a road onto the material on the road. Learn to shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much recognize warning clues — such these tips: throttle causes the driving as enough water, ice, or packed wheels to spin. snow on the road to make a 1. Ease off the accelerator and mirrored surface and slow then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids — down when you have any doubt. way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to straddles the edge of the existing conditions, and by not . Try to avoid sudden steering, pavement. overdriving those conditions. But acceleration, or braking, skids are always possible. including reducing vehicle speed 2. Turn the steering wheel about by shifting to a lower gear. Any one-eighth of a turn, until the sudden changes could cause right front tire contacts the the tires to slide. pavement edge. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

9-6 Driving and Operating

Remember: Antilock brakes help Other Rainy Weather Tips avoid only the braking skid. WARNING (Continued) Besides slowing down, other wet Driving on Wet Roads Flowing or rushing water creates weather driving tips include: strong forces. Driving through . Allow extra following distance. Rain and wet roads can reduce flowing water could cause the vehicle traction and affect your vehicle to be carried away. If this . Pass with caution. ability to stop and accelerate. happens, you and other vehicle . Keep windshield wiping Always drive slower in these types occupants could drown. Do not equipment in good shape. of driving conditions and avoid ignore police warnings and be . driving through large puddles and Keep the windshield washer fluid very cautious about trying to drive reservoir filled. deep‐standing or flowing water. through flowing water. . Have good tires with proper { WARNING tread depth. See Tires on Hydroplaning page 10‑47. Wet brakes can cause crashes. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water . Turn off cruise control. They might not work as well in a can build up under the vehicle's quick stop and could cause tires so they actually ride on the Highway Hypnosis pulling to one side. You could water. This can happen if the road is lose control of the vehicle. wet enough and you are going fast Always be alert and pay attention to enough. When the vehicle is your surroundings while driving. After driving through a large If you become tired or sleepy, find a puddle of water or a car/vehicle hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road. safe place to park the vehicle wash, lightly apply the brake and rest. pedal until the brakes work There is no hard and fast rule about Other driving tips include: normally. hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet. . (Continued) Keep the vehicle well ventilated. . Keep the interior temperature cool. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating 9-7

. Keep your eyes moving — scan . Stay in your own lane. Do not the road ahead and to the sides. WARNING (Continued) swing wide or cut across the . center of the road. Drive at Check the rearview mirror and none going down a hill. You could vehicle instruments often. speeds that let you stay in your crash. Shift down to let the engine own lane. assist the brakes on a steep Hill and Mountain Roads . Be alert on top of hills; downhill slope. something could be in your lane Driving on steep hills or through (stalled car, accident). mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for . Pay attention to special road driving in these conditions include: { WARNING signs (falling rocks area, winding roads, long grades, passing or . Keep the vehicle serviced and in Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take good shape. or with the ignition off is appropriate action. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, dangerous. The brakes will have tires, cooling system, and to do all the work of slowing down Winter Driving transmission. and they could get so hot that they would not work well. You Driving on Snow or Ice . Shift to a lower gear when going would then have poor braking or down steep or long hills. Drive carefully when there is snow even none going down a hill. or ice between the tires and the Steering may also be affected { WARNING road, creating less traction or grip. when ignition is off. You could Wet ice can occur at about 0°C If you do not shift down, the crash. Always have the engine (32°F) when freezing rain begins to brakes could get so hot that they running and the vehicle in gear fall, resulting in even less traction. would not work well. You would when going downhill. Avoid driving on wet ice or in then have poor braking or even freezing rain until roads can be treated with salt or sand. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (8,1)

9-8 Driving and Operating

Drive with caution, whatever the when the surrounding roads are condition. Accelerate gently so clear. Avoid sudden steering { WARNING traction is not lost. Accelerating too maneuvers and braking while quickly causes the wheels to spin on ice. Snow can trap engine exhaust and makes the surface under the under the vehicle. This may Turn off cruise control, if equipped, cause exhaust gases to get tires slick, so there is even less on slippery surfaces. traction. inside. Engine exhaust contains Blizzard Conditions carbon monoxide (CO) which Try not to break the fragile traction. cannot be seen or smelled. It can If you accelerate too fast, the drive Being stuck in snow can be a cause unconsciousness and even wheels will spin and polish the serious situation. Stay with the death. surface under the tires even more. vehicle unless there is help nearby. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) If possible, use the Roadside If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: on page 9‑30 improves vehicle Assistance Program (Mexico) on . Clear away snow from around stability during hard stops on a page 13‑8 or Roadside Assistance the base of your vehicle, slippery roads, but apply the brakes Program (U.S. and Canada) on especially any that is blocking sooner than when on dry pavement. page 13‑11. To get help and keep the exhaust pipe and/or the everyone in the vehicle safe: Allow greater following distance on fuel operated heater exhaust any slippery road and watch for . Turn on the hazard warning system, if equipped. If the slippery spots. Icy patches can flashers. vehicle has a diesel engine and a fuel operated heater, occur on otherwise clear roads in . Tie a red cloth to an outside see Fuel Operated Heater shaded areas. The surface of a mirror. “ curve or an overpass can remain icy (FOH)” in the diesel engine supplement. . Check again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating 9-9

off and close the window most of WARNING (Continued) the way to save heat. Repeat this { WARNING until help arrives but only when you . Open a window about 5 cm feel really uncomfortable from the If the vehicle's tires spin at high (2 in) on the side of the cold. Moving about to keep warm speed, they can explode, and you vehicle that is away from the also helps. or others could be injured. The wind to bring in fresh air. vehicle can overheat, causing an If it takes some time for help to . Fully open the air outlets on engine compartment fire or other arrive, now and then when you run damage. Spin the wheels as little or under the instrument the engine, push the accelerator as possible and avoid going panel. pedal slightly so the engine runs above 56 km/h (35 mph). . Adjust the climate control faster than the idle speed. This system to a setting that keeps the battery charged to restart circulates the air inside the the vehicle and to signal for help Rocking the Vehicle to Get vehicle and set the fan speed with the headlamps. Do this as little it Out to the highest setting. See as possible to save fuel. “Climate Control Systems” in Turn the steering wheel left and the Index. If the Vehicle Is Stuck right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction For more information about Slowly and cautiously spin the system. Shift back and forth carbon monoxide, see Engine wheels to free the vehicle when between R (Reverse) and a low Exhaust on page 9‑22. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. forward gear, spinning the wheels If stuck too severely for the traction as little as possible. To prevent Run the engine for short periods system to free the vehicle, turn the transmission wear, wait until the only as needed to keep warm, but traction system off and use the wheels stop spinning before shifting be careful. rocking method. See StabiliTrak® gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press System on page 9‑32. To save fuel, run the engine for only lightly on the accelerator pedal short periods as needed to warm when the transmission is in gear. the vehicle and then shut the engine Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (10,1)

9-10 Driving and Operating

Slowly spinning the wheels in the Tire and Loading Information forward and reverse directions { WARNING Label causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not get Do not load the vehicle any the vehicle out after a few tries, it heavier than the Gross might need to be towed out. If the Vehicle Weight Rating vehicle does need to be towed out, (GVWR), or either the see Towing the Vehicle on maximum front or rear Gross page 10‑86. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). This can cause systems to Vehicle Load Limits break and change the way the It is very important to know how vehicle handles. This could much weight the vehicle can cause loss of control and a carry. This weight is called the crash. Overloading can also vehicle capacity weight and shorten the life of the vehicle. Label Example includes the weight of all A vehicle specific Tire and occupants, cargo, and all Loading Information label is nonfactory-installed options. attached to the center pillar Two labels on the vehicle show (B-pillar). With the driver door how much weight it was open, you will find the label designed to carry, the Tire and attached below the door lock Loading Information label and post (striker). The tire and the Certification/Tire label. loading information label shows the number of occupant seating Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating 9-11

positions (1), and the maximum Steps for Determining Correct the amount of available cargo vehicle capacity weight (2) in Load Limit and luggage load capacity is kilograms and pounds. 1. Locate the statement 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) The Tire and Loading “The combined weight of = 650 lbs). Information label also shows the occupants and cargo should 5. Determine the combined size of the original equipment never exceed XXX kg or weight of luggage and cargo tires (3) and the recommended XXX lbs” on your vehicle's being loaded on the vehicle. cold tire inflation pressures (4). placard. That weight may not safely For more information on tires 2. Determine the combined exceed the available cargo and inflation see Tires on weight of the driver and and luggage load capacity page 10‑47 and Tire Pressure passengers that will be riding calculated in Step 4. on page 10‑56. in your vehicle. 6. If your vehicle will be towing There is also important loading 3. Subtract the combined a trailer, the load from your information on the vehicle weight of the driver and trailer will be transferred to Certification/Tire label. It tells passengers from XXX kg or your vehicle. Consult this you the Gross Vehicle Weight XXX lbs. manual to determine how this Rating (GVWR) and the Gross reduces the available cargo Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for 4. The resulting figure equals and luggage load capacity of the front and rear axle. See the available amount of cargo your vehicle. See Trailer and luggage load capacity. “Certification/Tire Label” later in Towing on page 9‑50 for this section. For example, if the “XXX” important information on amount equals 1400 lbs and towing a trailer, towing safety there will be five 150 lb rules and trailering tips. passengers in your vehicle, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (12,1)

9-12 Driving and Operating

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ (1,000 lbs) 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ (300 lbs) (750 lbs) 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg 3. Available Occupant and Cargo C. Available Cargo Weight = (1,000 lbs) Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs) 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs) Refer to the vehicle tire and loading information label for specific information about the vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating 9-13

The combined weight of the of the vehicle. This is called driver, passengers, and cargo Gross Vehicle Weight Rating { WARNING should never exceed the vehicle (GVWR). The GVWR includes Do not load the vehicle any capacity weight. the weight of the vehicle, all heavier than the Gross occupants, fuel, and cargo. Certification/Tire Label Vehicle Weight Rating The Certification/Tire label also (GVWR), or either the tells you the maximum weights maximum front or rear Gross for the front and rear axles, Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). called Gross Axle Weight Rating This can cause systems to (GAWR). To find out the actual break and change the way the loads on the front and rear vehicle handles. This could axles, you need to go to a weigh cause loss of control and a station and weigh the vehicle. crash. Overloading can also Your dealer can help you with shorten the life of the vehicle. this. Be sure to spread out the load equally on both sides of the centerline. A vehicle specific Certification/ Never exceed the GVWR for the Tire label is found on the rear vehicle, or the GAWR for either edge of the driver door. The the front or rear axle. label shows the size of the vehicle's original tires and the If there is a heavy load, it should inflation pressures needed to be spread out. obtain the gross weight capacity Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (14,1)

9-14 Driving and Operating

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued) Starting and Operating Things you put inside the . When you carry something vehicle can strike and injure inside the vehicle, secure New Vehicle Break-In people in a sudden stop or it whenever you can. turn, or in a crash. Notice: The vehicle does not . Do not leave a seat folded need an elaborate break-in. But it . Put things in the cargo down unless you need to. will perform better in the long run area of the vehicle. Try to if you follow these guidelines: spread the weight evenly. Add-On Equipment . Keep the vehicle speed at . Never stack heavier 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for things, like suitcases, When you carry removable the first 805 km (500 miles). inside the vehicle so that items, you may need to put a . Do not drive at any one some of them are above limit on how many people you constant speed, fast or the tops of the seats. carry inside the vehicle. Be sure slow, for the first 805 km to weigh the vehicle before you (500 miles). Do not make . Do not leave an buy and install the new full-throttle starts. Avoid unsecured child restraint equipment. downshifting to brake or in the vehicle. slow the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating 9-15

. Avoid making hard stops for Ignition Positions 1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ the first 322 km (200 miles) or OFF): When the vehicle is stopped, so. During this time the new turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ brake linings are not yet OFF to turn the engine off. Retained broken in. Hard stops with Accessory Power (RAP) will remain new linings can mean active. See Retained Accessory premature wear and earlier Power (RAP) on page 9‑19. replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every This position locks the ignition and time you get new brake transmission. linings. Do not turn the engine off when the . Do not tow a trailer during vehicle is moving. This will cause a break-in. See Trailer Towing loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable on page 9‑50 for the trailer towing capabilities of the the airbags. vehicle and more The ignition switch has four different If the vehicle must be shut off in an information. positions. emergency: Following break‐in, engine speed To shift out of P (Park), the ignition 1. Brake using a firm and steady and load can be gradually must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ pressure. Do not pump the increased. ACCESSORY and the regular brake brakes repeatedly. This may pedal applied. deplete power assist, requiring increased brake pedal force. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (16,1)

9-16 Driving and Operating

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). If the vehicle cannot be pulled diagnostics, and to verify the proper This can be done while the over, and must be shut off while operation of the malfunction vehicle is moving. After shifting driving, turn the ignition to ACC/ indicator lamp as may be required to N (Neutral), firmly apply the ACCESSORY. for emission inspection purposes. brakes and steer the vehicle to a Notice: Using a tool to force the The switch stays in this position safe location. key to turn in the ignition could when the engine is running. 3. Come to a complete stop, shift cause damage to the switch or If you leave the key in the ACC/ to P (Park), and turn the ignition break the key. Use the correct ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with key, make sure it is all the way in, with the engine off, the battery could an automatic transmission, the and turn it only with your hand. be drained. You may not be able to shift lever must be in P (Park) to If the key cannot be turned by start the vehicle if the battery is turn the ignition switch to the hand, see your dealer. allowed to drain for an extended LOCK/OFF position. 2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This is the period of time. 4. Set the parking brake. See position in which you can operate 4 (START): This is the position that Parking Brake on page 9‑31. things like the radio and the starts the engine. When the engine windshield wipers when the engine starts, release the key. The ignition { WARNING is off. switch returns to ON/RUN for 3 (ON/RUN): This position can driving. Turning off the vehicle while be used to operate the electrical A warning tone will sound when the moving may cause loss of power accessories and to display some driver door is opened, the ignition is assist in the brake and steering instrument cluster warning and in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF systems and disable the airbags. indicator lights. This position can and the key is in the ignition. While driving, only shut the also be used for service and vehicle off in an emergency. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating 9-17

Starting the Engine The vehicle has a Cranking System is disabled Computer-Controlled Cranking to prevent possible vehicle If the vehicle has a diesel engine, System. This feature assists in component damage. When see the Duramax diesel starting the engine and protects this happens, hold the ignition supplement. components. If the ignition key is switch in the START position to To place the transmission in the turned to the START position, continue engine cranking. proper gear: and then released when the Notice: Cranking the engine for engine begins cranking, the Move the shift lever to P (Park) or long periods of time, by returning engine will continue cranking the key to the START position N (Neutral). The engine will not start for a few seconds or until the in any other position. To restart the immediately after cranking has vehicle starts. If the engine does ended, can overheat and damage engine when the vehicle is already not start and the key is held in moving, use N (Neutral) only. the cranking motor, and drain the START for many seconds, battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Starting Procedure cranking will be stopped after between each try, to let the 15 seconds to prevent cranking cranking motor cool down. 1. With your foot off the accelerator motor damage. To prevent gear pedal, turn the ignition key to damage, this system also 2. If the engine does not start after START. When the engine starts, prevents cranking if the engine 5-10 seconds, especially in very let go of the key. The idle speed is already running. Engine cold weather (below −18°C or will go down as your engine gets cranking can be stopped by 0°F), it could be flooded with too warm. Do not race the engine turning the ignition switch to the much gasoline. Try pushing the immediately after starting it. ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ accelerator pedal all the way to Operate the engine and OFF position. the floor and holding it there as transmission gently to allow the you hold the key in START for oil to warm up and lubricate all When the Low Fuel warning up to 15 seconds. Wait at least moving parts. lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL 15 seconds between each try, to LOW message is displayed in allow the cranking motor to cool the Driver Information Center down. When the engine starts, (DIC), the Computer-Controlled let go of the key and accelerator. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (18,1)

9-18 Driving and Operating

If the vehicle starts briefly but This system can be used to When the fast idle is active, the then stops again, do the same increase engine idle speed Driver Information Center (DIC) will thing. This clears the extra whenever the following conditions display FAST IDLE ON. gasoline from the engine. Do not are met: One of the following actions will turn race the engine immediately . The parking brake is set. off the fast idle: after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently . The brake pedal is not pressed. . Pressing the brake. until the oil warms up and . The vehicle must not be moving . Selecting the cruise control lubricates all moving parts. and the accelerator must not be cancel button. pressed. Notice: If you add electrical parts . Releasing the parking brake. or accessories, you could change To control the fast idle: the way the engine operates. Any . Moving transmission shift lever resulting damage would not be . To enable the Fast Idle System, out of P (Park) or N (Neutral). press and release the cruise covered by the vehicle warranty. . Selecting the cruise control See Add-On Electrical Equipment control on/off button and ensure on/off button when it was on page 9‑58. that the switch indicator light previously on. is lit. . Pressing the cruise control SET . Fast Idle System Press and release the cruise button a second time. control SET button. Engine If equipped, this feature is available speed will be held at . Pressing the accelerator more only with cruise control. The manual approximately 1200 rpm. than one–quarter of the fast idle switch is operated using the way down. cruise control buttons on the left side of the steering wheel. . Turning the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating 9-19

Engine Heater compartment and is attached to The length of time the heater should the hose for the power steering remain plugged in depends on If the vehicle has a diesel engine, reservoir. several factors. Ask a dealer in the see the Duramax diesel supplement area where you will be parking the for more information. 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet. vehicle for the best advice on this. The engine coolant heater can provide easier starting and better Retained Accessory { WARNING fuel economy during engine warm‐ Power (RAP) up in cold weather conditions at or Plugging the cord into an These vehicle accessories can be below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles with an ungrounded outlet could cause an engine coolant heater should be used for up to 10 minutes after the electrical shock. Also, the wrong plugged in at least four hours before engine is turned off: kind of extension cord could starting. An internal thermostat in . Audio System the plug-end of the cord may exist overheat and cause a fire. You which will prevent engine coolant could be seriously injured. Plug . Power Windows (if equipped) heater operation at temperatures the cord into a properly grounded These features will work when above −18°C (0°F). three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. the ignition key is in ON/RUN or If the cord will not reach, use a ACC/ACCESSORY. Once the key is To Use the Engine Coolant heavy-duty three-prong extension turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, Heater cord rated for at least 15 amps. power to the radio and power 1. Turn off the engine. windows will continue to work 10 minutes or until the driver door is 2. Open the hood and unwrap the 4. Before starting the engine, be opened. electrical cord. sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it The cord for the engine away from moving engine parts coolant heater is located on and prevent damage. the driver side of the engine Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (20,1)

9-20 Driving and Operating

Shifting Into Park Then, see if you can move the shift WARNING (Continued) lever away from P (Park) without 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then first pulling it toward you. If you can, set the parking brake. It is dangerous to get out of the it means that the shift lever was not vehicle if the shift lever is not fully 2. Move the shift lever into the fully locked into P (Park). in P (Park) with the parking brake P (Park) position by pulling the Torque Lock shift lever toward you and firmly set. The vehicle can roll. moving it up as far as it will go. Do not leave the vehicle when the If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift the transmission into 3. Turn the ignition key to engine is running. If you have left P (Park) properly, the weight of LOCK/OFF. the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others the vehicle can put too much 4. Remove the key and take it with could be injured. To be sure the force on the parking pawl in the you. If you can leave the vehicle vehicle will not move, even when transmission. It might be difficult to with the ignition key in your you are on fairly level ground, pull the shift lever out of P (Park). hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). This is called torque lock. To always set the parking brake and prevent torque lock, set the parking move the shift lever to P (Park). Leaving the Vehicle with the brake and then shift into P (Park) Engine Running See Shifting Into Park on properly before you leave the driver page 9‑20. If you are towing a seat. To find out how, see Shifting { WARNING trailer, see Driving Characteristics Into Park on page 9‑20. and Towing Tips on page 9‑48. It can be dangerous to leave the When you are ready to drive, move vehicle with the engine running. the shift lever out of P (Park) before If you have to leave the vehicle with releasing the parking brake. It could overheat and catch fire. the engine running, be sure the (Continued) vehicle is in P (Park) and the If torque lock does occur, you might parking brake is firmly set. After the need to have another vehicle push shift lever is moved into P (Park), yours a little uphill to take some of hold the regular brake pedal down. the pressure from the parking pawl Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating 9-21

in the transmission. Then you . Prevent movement of the shift If you still are unable to shift out of should be able to pull the shift lever lever out of P (Park), unless the P (Park): out of P (Park). ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY and the regular 1. Ease the pressure on the shift lever. Shifting out of Park brake pedal is applied. 2. While holding down the brake The vehicle has an automatic The shift lock control system is always functional except in the case pedal, push the shift lever all the transmission shift lock control of a dead battery or low voltage way into P (Park). system. You have to fully apply the brakes before you can shift from (less than 9 V) battery. 3. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) when the ignition is in If the vehicle has an uncharged desired position. ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. battery or a battery with low voltage, If you are still having a problem See Automatic Transmission (Six try charging or jump starting the shifting, have the vehicle serviced. Speed) on page 9‑23 or Automatic battery. See Jump Starting on Transmission (Four Speed) on page 10‑83 for more information. Parking over Things page 9‑26. To shift out of P (Park) use the That Burn The shift lock control system is following: designed to do the following: 1. Apply the brake pedal. { WARNING . Prevent the ignition key from 2. Turn the ignition to ACC/ Things that can burn could touch being removed unless the shift ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. lever is in P (Park). hot exhaust parts under the 3. Move the shift lever to the vehicle and ignite. Do not park desired position. over papers, leaves, dry grass, or other things that can burn. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (22,1)

9-22 Driving and Operating

Running the Vehicle Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued) While Parked . There are holes or openings { WARNING It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move. can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑20 even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is and Engine Exhaust on page 9‑22. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: If parking on a hill and pulling a . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows trailer, see Driving Characteristics with poor ventilation (parking completely down. and Towing Tips on page 9‑48. garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired that may block underbody immediately. airflow or tail pipes). Never park the vehicle with the . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating 9-23

Automatic especially when the vehicle has a R (Reverse): Use this gear to heavy load, you might notice an back up. Transmission increase in the effort to shift out of Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under while the vehicle is moving Automatic Transmission Shifting Into Park on page 9‑20 for forward could damage the (Six Speed) more information. transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle Vehicles with a six speed automatic { WARNING warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only transmission have a shift position after the vehicle is stopped. indicator within the instrument It is dangerous to get out of the cluster. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully To rock the vehicle back and forth to in P (Park) with the parking brake get out of snow, ice, or sand without There are several different positions damaging the transmission, see If for the shift lever. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9. Do not leave the vehicle when the N (Neutral): In this position, the engine is running. If you have left engine does not connect with the the engine running, the vehicle wheels. To restart when you are can move suddenly. You or others already moving, use N (Neutral) could be injured. To be sure the only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the vehicle will not move, even when vehicle is being towed. you are on fairly level ground, See “Range Selection Mode” under always set the parking brake and Manual Mode on page 9‑28. move the shift lever to P (Park). P (Park): This position locks the See Shifting Into Park on rear wheels. It is the best position page 9‑20 and Driving to use when starting the engine Characteristics and Towing Tips because the vehicle cannot move on page 9‑48. easily. When parked on a hill, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (24,1)

9-24 Driving and Operating

D (Drive): This position is for conditions in order to reduce rapid { WARNING normal driving. It provides the best upshifts and downshifts. This shift fuel economy. If you need more stabilization feature is designed to Shifting into a drive gear while the power for passing, and you are: determine, before making an engine is running at high speed is upshift, if the engine is able to . Going less than about 55 km/h dangerous. Unless your foot is maintain vehicle speed by analyzing firmly on the brake pedal, the (35 mph), push the accelerator pedal about halfway down. things such as vehicle speed, vehicle could move very rapidly. throttle position, and vehicle load. You could lose control and hit . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or If the shift stabilization feature people or objects. Do not shift more, push the accelerator all determines that a current vehicle into a drive gear while the engine the way down. speed cannot be maintained, the is running at high speed. By doing this, the vehicle shifts transmission does not upshift and down to the next gear and has instead holds the current gear. In some cases, this could appear to Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) more power. be a delayed shift, however the or N (Neutral) with the engine D (Drive) can be used when towing transmission is operating normally. running at high speed may a trailer, carrying a heavy load or damage the transmission. The driving on steep hills. You might The transmission uses adaptive repairs would not be covered by want to shift the transmission shift controls. Adaptive shift controls the vehicle warranty. Be sure the to a lower gear selection if the continually compares key shift engine is not running at high transmission shifts too often. parameters to pre-programmed speed when shifting the vehicle. ideal shifts stored in the Downshifting the transmission in transmissions computer. The slippery road conditions could result transmission constantly makes in skidding. See “Skidding” under adjustments to improve vehicle Loss of Control on page 9‑5. performance according to how the The vehicle has a shift stabilization vehicle is being used, such as with feature that adjusts the transmission a heavy load or when temperature shifting to the current driving changes. During this adaptive shift Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating 9-25

control process, shifting might feel 3 (Third): This position is also used If you manually select 2 (Second) different as the transmission for normal driving. It reduces vehicle in an automatic transmission, determines the best settings. speed more than D (Drive) without the transmission will start in The shift quality of a new vehicle using the brakes. You might choose second gear. You can use this may not be ideal because the 3 (Third) instead of D (Drive) when feature for reducing the speed of the Adaptive Shift Control process may driving on hilly, winding roads, when rear wheels when you are trying to not have determined the best towing a trailer, so there is less start the vehicle from a stop on settings for a particular shift or shifting between gears and when slippery road surfaces. condition. Shift quality will improve going down a steep hill. See “Range 1 (First): This position reduces with continued driving. Selection Mode” under Manual vehicle speed without using the Mode on page 9‑28. When temperatures are very cold, brakes. You can use it for major/ the transmission's gear shifting 2 (Second): This position reduces severe downgrades where the could be delayed providing more vehicle speed even more than vehicle would otherwise accelerate stable shifts until the engine warms 3 (Third) without using the brakes. due to steepness of grade. When up. Shifts could be more noticeable You can use 2 (Second) on hills. you shift to 1 (First) it provides the with a cold transmission. This It can help control vehicle speed as lowest gear appropriate to current difference in shifting is normal. you go down steep mountain roads, road speed and continues to but then you would also want to use downshift as the vehicle slows, M (Manual Mode): This position the brakes off and on. See “Range eventually downshifting to 1 (First) lets drivers select the range of gears Selection Mode” under Manual gear. The transmission can be appropriate for current driving Mode on page 9‑28. held in 1 (First) gear using Range conditions. If the vehicle has this Selection Mode or the shift lever. feature, see “Range Selection See “Range Selection Mode” under Mode” under Manual Mode on Manual Mode on page 9‑28. page 9‑28. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (26,1)

9-26 Driving and Operating

Notice: Spinning the tires or To disable or enable Normal Mode holding the vehicle in one place Grade Braking within the current { WARNING on a hill using only the ignition key cycle, press and accelerator pedal may damage hold the Tow/Haul button for It is dangerous to get out of the the transmission. The repair will three seconds. A DIC message vehicle if the shift lever is not fully not be covered by the vehicle displays. See Transmission in P (Park) with the parking brake warranty. If you are stuck, do not Messages on page 5‑40. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. spin the tires. When stopping on For other forms of grade braking, Do not leave the vehicle when the a hill, use the brakes to hold the see Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑29 engine is running. If you have left vehicle in place. and Cruise Control on page 9‑34. the engine running, the vehicle Normal Mode Grade Braking can move suddenly. You or others Automatic Transmission could be injured. To be sure the Vehicles with a 6-Speed automatic (Four Speed) vehicle will not move, even when transmission have Normal Mode you are on fairly level ground, Grade Braking that is enabled when always set the parking brake the vehicle is started, but is not and move the shift lever to enabled in Range Selection Mode. It assists in maintaining desired P (Park). See Shifting Into Park vehicle speeds when driving on on page 9‑20 and Driving downhill grades by using the engine Characteristics and Towing Tips and transmission to slow the on page 9‑48. vehicle. The first time the system There are several different positions activates for each ignition key cycle, for the shift lever. Make sure the shift lever is fully in a DIC message will be displayed. P (Park) before starting the engine. See Transmission Messages on P (Park): This position locks the The vehicle has an automatic page 5‑40. rear wheels. It is the best position transmission shift lock control to use when you start the engine system. You must first press the because the vehicle cannot move easily. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating 9-27

brake pedal before you can shift the vehicle is already moving, D (Drive): This position is for from P (Park) with the ignition in use N (Neutral) only. Also, use normal driving. It provides the best ON/RUN. N (Neutral) when the vehicle is fuel economy. If you need more If you cannot shift out of P (Park), being towed. power for passing, and you are: ease pressure on the shift lever and . Going less than about 55 km/h push the shift lever all the way into { WARNING (35 mph), push the accelerator P (Park) as you maintain brake pedal about halfway down. application. Then move the shift Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or lever into another gear. See Shifting more, push the accelerator all out of Park on page 9‑21. dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal, the the way down. R (Reverse): Use this gear to vehicle could move very rapidly. You will shift down to the next back up. You could lose control and hit gear and have more power. Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) people or objects. Do not shift Downshifting the transmission in while the vehicle is moving into a drive gear while the engine slippery road conditions could result forward could damage the is running at high speed. in skidding. See “Skidding” under transmission. The repairs would Loss of Control on page 9‑5. not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) 3 (Third): This position is also used after the vehicle is stopped. or N (Neutral) with the engine for normal driving. However it running at high speed may reduces vehicle speed more than To rock the vehicle back and forth to damage the transmission. The D (Drive) without using the brakes. get out of snow, ice or sand without repairs would not be covered by You might choose 3 (Third) instead damaging the transmission, see If the vehicle warranty. Be sure the of D (Drive) when driving on hilly, the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9. engine is not running at high winding roads, when towing a trailer, N (Neutral): In this position, the speed when shifting the vehicle. so there is less shifting between engine does not connect with the gears and when going down a wheels. To restart the engine when steep hill. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (28,1)

9-28 Driving and Operating

You should use 3 (Third) (or a lower Notice: Spinning the tires or To use this feature: gear as needed) when towing a holding the vehicle in one place 1. Move the shift lever to trailer to minimize heat build-up and on a hill using only the M (Manual Mode). extend the life of the transmission. accelerator pedal may damage the transmission. The repair will 2. Press the +/− buttons on the 2 (Second): This position reduces shift lever, to select the desired vehicle speed even more than not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If you are stuck, do not range of gears for current driving 3 (Third) without using the brakes. conditions. You can use 2 (Second) on hills. spin the tires. When stopping on It can help control vehicle speed as a hill, use the brakes to hold the When M (Manual Mode) is selected you go down steep mountain roads, vehicle in place. a number displays in the DIC next to but then you would also want to use the M indicating the current gear. Manual Mode the brakes off and on. This number is the highest gear that You may use this feature for Range Selection Mode can be used. However, the vehicle reducing torque to the rear wheels can automatically shift to lower when you are trying to start the gears as it adjusts to driving vehicle from a stop on slippery road conditions. This means that all surfaces. gears below that number are available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected, 1 (First): This position reduces 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are vehicle speed even more than automatically shifted by the vehicle, 2 (Second) without using the brakes. but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until You can use it on very steep hills, The vehicle may have a Range the +/− button located on the or in deep snow or mud. If the shift Selection Mode. The Range steering column lever is used to lever is put in 1 (First) while the Selection Mode helps control the change to the gear. vehicle is moving forward, the vehicle's transmission and vehicle transmission will not shift into first speed while driving down hill or Grade Braking is not available when gear until the vehicle is going slowly towing a trailer by letting you select Range Selection Mode is active. enough. a desired range of gears. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑29. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating 9-29

While using Range Selection Mode, Tow/Haul Mode Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and Cruise Control and the Tow/Haul off by pressing the button on the Mode can be used. instrument panel. When Tow/Haul is Notice: Spinning the tires or on, a light on the instrument cluster holding the vehicle in one place will come on. on a hill using only the See Tow/Haul Mode Light on accelerator pedal may damage page 5‑23 for more information. the transmission. The repair will Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under not be covered by the vehicle Towing Equipment on page 9‑55. warranty. If you are stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking a hill, use the brakes to hold the (6-Speed Automatic vehicle in place. Transmission) Low Traction Mode Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is Vehicles with an automatic Low Traction Mode can assist in only enabled while the Tow/Haul transmission have a Tow/Haul Mode is selected and the vehicle is vehicle acceleration when road Mode. The Tow/Haul Mode conditions are slippery. While the not in the Range Selection Mode. adjusts the transmission shift See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed vehicle is at a stop, select the pattern to reduce shift cycling, second gear range using Range previously and Manual Mode on providing increased performance, page 9‑28. Tow/Haul Mode Grade Selection Mode. This will limit vehicle control, and transmission torque to the wheels after it detects Braking assists in maintaining cooling when towing or hauling desired vehicle speeds when driving wheel slip, preventing the tires from heavy loads. spinning. on downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (30,1)

9-30 Driving and Operating

To disable or enable Tow/Haul Drive Systems Brakes Grade Braking within the current ignition key cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul button for All-Wheel Drive Antilock Brake three seconds. A DIC message will If the vehicle has this feature, System (ABS) be displayed. See Transmission engine power is sent to all four This vehicle has the Antilock Brake Messages on page 5 40. ‑ wheels when extra traction is System (ABS), an advanced See Towing Equipment on needed. This is like four-wheel electronic braking system that helps page 9‑55. drive, but there is no separate lever prevent a braking skid. or switch to engage or disengage For other forms of grade braking, the front axle. It is fully automatic, When the engine is started and the see Automatic Transmission (Six and adjusts itself as needed for road vehicle begins to drive away, ABS Speed) on page 9‑23 or Automatic conditions. checks itself. A momentary motor or Transmission (Four Speed) on clicking noise might be heard while page 9‑26 and Cruise Control on this test is going on, and it might page 9‑34. even be noticed that the brake pedal moves a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑22. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating 9-31

If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always Parking Brake becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS. avoid a sudden obstacle, a computer senses that the wheels Using ABS are slowing down. If one of the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold wheels is about to stop rolling, the the brake pedal down firmly and let computer will separately work the ABS work. You might hear the ABS brakes at each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is to each wheel, as required, faster normal. than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies the driver steer around the obstacle while braking hard. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time. In many As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help To set the parking brake, hold the computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best regular brake pedal, then push on wheel speed and controls braking. down the parking brake pedal. braking pressure accordingly. If the ignition is on, the brake Remember: ABS does not change system warning light will come on. the time needed to get a foot up to To release the parking brake, hold the brake pedal or always decrease the regular brake pedal down. Pull stopping distance. If you get too the handle, located just above the close to the vehicle in front of you, parking brake pedal, with the there will not be enough time to parking brake symbol, to release the apply the brakes if that vehicle parking brake. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (32,1)

9-32 Driving and Operating

If the ignition is on when the parking Ride Control Systems The system may be heard or felt brake is released, the brake system while it is working. This is normal warning light will go off. StabiliTrak® System and does not mean there is a Notice: Driving with the parking problem with the vehicle. The brake on can overheat the brake The vehicle may have a vehicle system should initialize before the system and cause premature stability enhancement system called vehicle reaches 40 km/h (25 mph). wear or damage to brake system StabiliTrak. It is an advanced In some cases, it may take parts. Verify that the parking computer controlled system that approximately 3.2 km (2 mi) of brake is fully released and the assists the driver with directional driving before the system initializes. brake warning light is off before control of the vehicle in difficult driving. driving conditions. If you are towing a trailer and are StabiliTrak activates when the parking on a hill, see Driving computer senses a discrepancy Characteristics and Towing Tips on between the intended path and the page 9‑48. direction the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak selectively applies braking pressure at any one The Traction Control System (TCS)/ of the vehicle's brakes to assist the StabiliTrak indicator light comes on driver with keeping the vehicle on in the instrument cluster when the the intended path. system requires service. When the vehicle is started and When StabiliTrak activates, the begins to move, the system TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light performs several diagnostic checks flashes in the instrument cluster. to ensure there are no problems. This also occurs when TCS is activated. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating 9-33

See Traction Control System (TCS)/ and you want to “rock” the vehicle to StabiliTrak® Light on page 5‑24. attempt to free it. See If the Vehicle For your safety, the system can only Is Stuck on page 9‑9. be disabled when the vehicle speed StabiliTrak System Operation is less than 40 km/h (25 mph). The StabiliTrak system is normally Press and hold the StabiliTrak on, except when the system is button to turn off StabiliTrak and initializing or has been disabled with TCS. The StabiliTrak Off light the StabiliTrak button. The illuminates and the appropriate StabiliTrak system will automatically messages will be displayed in activate to assist the driver in the DIC. maintaining vehicle directional control in most driving conditions. To turn StabiliTrak and TCS back When activated, the StabiliTrak on, press the StabiliTrak button system may reduce engine power to again. StabiliTrak will automatically the wheels and apply braking to turn back on when the vehicle individual wheels as necessary to speed exceeds 40 km/h (25 mph). assist the driver with vehicle When the StabiliTrak system has directional control. If cruise control Press the StabiliTrak button on the been turned off, system noises may is being used when StabiliTrak instrument panel once to turn off the still be heard as a result of the activates, the cruise control Traction Control System (TCS). The brake-traction control coming on. automatically disengages. The appropriate message is displayed in cruise control can be re-engaged It is recommended to leave the the DIC. when road conditions allow. See system on for normal driving Cruise Control on page 9 34. conditions, but it may be necessary ‑ to turn the system off if the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (34,1)

9-34 Driving and Operating

The StabiliTrak system may also TCS may activate on dry or rough Cruise Control turn off automatically if it determines roads or under conditions such as that a problem exists with the heavy acceleration while turning or system. If the problem does not abrupt upshifts/downshifts of the { WARNING clear itself after restarting the transmission. When this reduction vehicle, see your dealer for service. in acceleration occurs, it may be Cruise control can be dangerous noticed, or a noise or vibration may where you cannot drive safely at Traction Control Operation be heard. This is normal. a steady speed. So, do not use TCS is part of the StabiliTrak the cruise control on winding Adding non-dealer accessories can roads or in heavy traffic. system. TCS limits wheel spin by affect the vehicle's performance. reducing engine power to the See Accessories and Modifications Cruise control can be dangerous wheels and by applying brakes to on page 10‑3 for more information. on slippery roads. On such roads, each individual wheel as necessary. fast changes in tire traction can If the brake-traction control system Locking Rear Axle cause excessive wheel slip, and activates constantly or if the brakes you could lose control. Do not use Vehicles with a locking rear axle can have heated up due to high speed cruise control on slippery roads. braking, the brake-traction control give more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a will be automatically disabled. The standard axle most of the time, but For vehicles with cruise control, a system will come back on after the speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) brakes have cooled. This can take when traction is low, this feature will allow the rear wheel with the most or more can be maintained up to two minutes or longer traction to move the vehicle. without keeping your foot on the depending on brake usage. accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). When the brakes are applied, cruise control is turned off. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating 9-35

If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the +RES (Resume/Accelerate): 3. Press the SET− button on the system begins to limit wheel spin, Press briefly to make the vehicle steering wheel and release it. cruise control will automatically resume to a previously set speed, ® 4. Take your foot off the disengage. See StabiliTrak System or press and hold to accelerate. accelerator. on page 9‑32. When road conditions SET− (Set/Coast): Press to set the allow the cruise control to be safely speed and activate cruise control or Resuming a Set Speed used again, it can be turned press and hold to decelerate. If the cruise control is set at a back on. [ (Cancel): Press to disengage desired speed and then the brakes cruise control without erasing the are applied, the cruise control is set speed from memory. disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory. Setting Cruise Control Once the vehicle speed reaches If the cruise button is on when not in about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, use, it could get bumped and go into press the +RES button on the cruise when not desired. Keep the steering wheel. The vehicle returns cruise control switch off when cruise to the previous set speed and stays is not being used. there. The cruise control light on the Increasing Speed While Using instrument cluster comes on after Cruise Control the cruise control has been set to If the cruise control system is the desired speed. already activated, I (On/Off): Press to turn the system on or off. The indicator light 1. Press the I button. . Press and hold the +RES button is on when cruise control is on and 2. Get up to the desired speed. on the steering wheel until the turns off when cruise control is off. desired speed is reached, then release it. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (36,1)

9-36 Driving and Operating

. To increase vehicle speed in Passing Another Vehicle While . Vehicles with a six speed small amounts, press the +RES Using Cruise Control automatic transmission have button. Each time this is done, Cruise Grade Braking to help the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h Use the accelerator pedal to maintain driver selected speed. (1 mph) faster. increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the Cruise Grade Braking is enabled Reducing Speed While Using vehicle will slow down to the when the vehicle is started and Cruise Control previous set cruise speed. Cruise Control is active. It is not enabled in Range Selection Mode. If the cruise control system is Using Cruise Control on Hills It assists in maintaining driver already activated: How well the cruise control works selected speed when driving on . Press and hold the SET– button on hills depends on the vehicle downhill grades by using the engine on the steering wheel until the speed, the load, and the steepness and transmission to slow the desired lower speed is reached, of the hills. When going up steep vehicle. then release it. hills, pressing the accelerator pedal To disable and enable Cruise . To slow down in small amounts, may be necessary to maintain Grade Braking for the current press the SET– button on the vehicle speed. ignition key cycle, press and steering wheel briefly. Each time While going downhill: hold the Tow/Haul button for this is done, the vehicle goes three seconds. A DIC message about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. . Vehicles with a four speed displays. See Transmission automatic transmission may Messages on page 5‑40. need to have the brakes applied or the transmission shifted to a When the brakes are manually lower gear to help maintain applied the cruise control is driver selected speed. disengaged. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating 9-37

Ending Cruise Control Object Detection How the System Works There are three ways to end cruise Systems URPA comes on automatically control: when the shift lever is moved into . To disengage cruise control, Ultrasonic Parking Assist R (Reverse). A single tone sounds step lightly on the brake pedal. to indicate the system is working. If available, the Ultrasonic Rear URPA operates only at speeds less . Press the [ on the steering Parking Assist (URPA) system uses than 8 km/h (5 mph). wheel. sensors on the rear bumper to An obstacle is indicated by . To turn off the cruise control, assist with parking and avoiding objects while in R (Reverse). audible beeps. The time between press I on the steering wheel. the beeps gets shorter as the vehicle approaches the obstacle. Erasing Speed Memory { WARNING A continuous tone is heard The cruise control set speed is The URPA system does not when the distance is less than 30 cm (12 in). erased from memory if I is detect children, pedestrians, pressed or if the vehicle is bicyclists, animals, or objects To be detected, objects must be at turned off. below the bumper or that are too least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground close or too far from the vehicle. and below rear door level. Objects It is not available at speeds must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To the rear bumper. This distance may prevent injury, death, or vehicle be less during warmer or humid damage, even with URPA, always weather. check the area around the vehicle and check all mirrors before backing. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (38,1)

9-38 Driving and Operating

Turning the System On and Off PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE Rear Vision OWNERS MANUAL: This The system can be disabled through message can occur under the Camera (RVC) the Driver Information Center (DIC). following conditions: If available, the Rear Vision Camera See Park Assist under Driver “ ” (RVC) system displays part of the Information Center (DIC) on . The ultrasonic sensors are not scene behind the vehicle. page 5‑26. clean. Keep the rear bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, URPA defaults to the on setting slush, and frost. The message { WARNING each time the vehicle is started. may not clear until frost or ice When the System Does Not has melted all around and inside The RVC system does not display Seem to Work Properly the sensor. children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or any other object . The following messages may be A trailer is attached to the located outside the camera's vehicle, or a bicycle or an object displayed on the DIC: field of view, below the bumper, hanging out of the rear door or under the vehicle. Perceived SERVICE PARK ASSIST: If this during the current or last drive message occurs, take the vehicle to cycle. URPA will return to normal distances may be different from your dealer for repair. operation after it is determined actual distances. Do not back the vehicle using only the RVC PARK ASSIST OFF: This message the object is removed. This occurs if the driver disables the could take a few drive cycles. screen, during longer, higher speed backing maneuvers, system or if the vehicle is driven . A tow bar is attached to the or where there could be cross above 8 km/h (5 mph) in vehicle. R (Reverse). traffic. Failure to use proper care Other conditions may affect before backing may result in system performance, such as injury, death, or vehicle damage. vibrations from a jackhammer or the Always check behind and around compression of air brakes on a very the vehicle before backing. large truck. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating 9-39

Vehicles without Navigation Turning the RVC System On or Off The delay that is received after System To turn the RVC system on or off: shifting out of R (Reverse) is approximately 10 seconds. The The RVC system displays a view of 1. Shift into P (Park). delay can be canceled by the area behind the vehicle. When performing one of the following: the vehicle is on and shifted into 2. Press MENU to enter the R (Reverse) the video image configure menu options. Turn . Pressing a hard key on the appears on the inside rearview the Multifunction knob until the navigation system. Display feature is highlighted mirror. The video image disappears . Shifting into P (Park). after the vehicle is shifted out of and press the Multifunction R (Reverse). knob. Or press the Display . Reach a vehicle speed of screen button 8 km/h (5 mph). Vehicles with Navigation 3. Select the Rear Camera Options Symbols System screen button. The Rear Camera Options screen displays. The navigation system may have a The RVC system is designed to feature that allows for viewing help the driver when backing up by 4. Select the Video screen button. parking assist symbols on the displaying a view of the area behind When the Video screen button is navigation screen while using the the vehicle. When the vehicle is highlighted the RVC RVC. The Ultrasonic Rear Park shifted into R (Reverse), the video system is on. Assist (URPA) system must not be image appears on the navigation disabled to use the caution symbols. screen. After a delay, the navigation If URPA has been disabled and the screen displays the last screen after symbols have been turned on, the the vehicle is shifted out of Rear Parking Assist Symbols R (Reverse). Unavailable error message may display. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 9‑37. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (40,1)

9-40 Driving and Operating

The symbols appear near objects Guidelines RVC Location detected by the URPA system. The The RVC system may have a symbol may cover the object when guideline overlay that can help the viewing the navigation screen. driver align the vehicle when To turn the symbols on or off: backing into a parking spot. 1. Make sure that URPA has not To turn the guidelines on or off: been disabled. 1. Make sure that URPA has not 2. Shift into P (Park). been disabled. 3. Press MENU to enter the 2. Shift into P (Park). configure menu options. Turn 3. Press MENU to enter the the Multifunction knob until the configure menu options. Turn Display feature is highlighted the Multifunction knob until the and press the Multifunction Display feature is highlighted knob. Or press the Display and press the Multifunction The camera is above the license screen button knob. Or press the Display plate. 4. Select the Rear Camera Options screen button screen button. The Rear Camera 4. Select the Rear Camera Options Options screen displays. screen button. The Rear Camera 5. Touch the Symbols screen Options screen displays. button. The screen button will be 5. Touch the Guidelines screen highlighted when on. button. The screen button will be highlighted when on. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating 9-41

This shows the field of view that the Displayed images may be further or . The back of the vehicle is in an camera provides. closer than they appear. The area accident, the position and displayed is limited and objects mounting angle of the camera which are close to either corner of can change or the camera can the bumper or under the bumper do be affected. Be sure to have the not display. camera and its position and mounting angle checked at your When the System Does Not dealer. Seem To Work Properly The RVC system display in the The RVC system might not work rearview mirror may turn off or not properly or display a clear image if: appear as expected due to one of the following conditions. If this . The RVC is turned off. See occurs the left indicator light on the “Turning the RVC System On or mirror will flash. Off” earlier in this section. . A slow flash may indicate a loss . It is dark. 1. View displayed by the camera of video signal, or no video . The sun or the beam of signal present during the reverse headlamps is shining directly cycle. into the camera lens. . A fast flash may indicate that the . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else display has been on for the builds up on the camera lens. maximum allowable time during Clean the lens, rinse it with a reverse cycle, or the display water, and wipe it with a soft has reached an Over cloth. Temperature limit.

1. View displayed by the camera 2. Corners of the rear bumper Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (42,1)

9-42 Driving and Operating

The fast flash conditions are Fuel used to protect the video device from high temperature For diesel engine vehicles, see conditions. Once conditions “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the return to normal the device will Duramax diesel supplement. reset and the green indicator will For Vehicles with gasoline engines, stop flashing. please read this. During any of these fault conditions, Gasoline the display will be blank and the indicator will flash while the vehicle Use of the recommended fuel is is in R (Reverse) or until the an important part of the proper conditions return to normal. maintenance of this vehicle. To help keep the engine clean and maintain Vehicles that have a yellow fuel optimum vehicle performance, we cap can use either unleaded recommend the use of gasoline gasoline or ethanol fuel containing advertised as TOP TIER Detergent up to 85% ethanol (E85). See Fuel Gasoline. E85 (85% Ethanol) on page 9‑45. For all other vehicles, use only the Look for the TOP TIER label on the unleaded gasoline described under fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets Recommended Fuel on page 9 42. enhanced detergency standards ‑ developed by auto companies. A list of marketers providing TOP TIER Recommended Fuel Detergent Gasoline can be found at Use regular unleaded gasoline with www.toptiergas.com. TOP TIER a posted octane rating of 87 or gasoline is only available in the U.S. higher. If the octane rating is less and Canada. than 87, an audible knocking noise, commonly referred to as spark knock, might be heard when driving. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating 9-43

If this occurs, use a gasoline rated Some gasolines that are California Fuel at 87 octane or higher as soon as not reformulated for low possible. If heavy knocking is heard emissions can contain an Requirements when using gasoline rated at octane-enhancing additive If the vehicle is certified to meet 87 octane or higher, the engine called methylcyclopentadienyl California Emissions Standards, it is needs service. manganese tricarbonyl (MMT). designed to operate on fuels that Gasolines containing oxygenates, Do not use gasolines with MMT as meet California specifications. See such as ethers and ethanol, as well they can reduce spark plug life and the underhood emission control as reformulated gasolines are affect emission control system label. If this fuel is not available in available in some cities. If these performance. The malfunction states adopting California Emissions gasolines comply with the indicator lamp may turn on. If this Standards, the vehicle will operate previousely described specification, occurs, see your dealer for service. satisfactorily on fuels meeting then they are acceptable to use. federal specifications, but emission However, E85 (85% ethanol) and Gasoline Specifications control system performance might other fuels containing more than be affected. The malfunction At a minimum, gasoline should indicator lamp could turn on and the 15% ethanol must be used only in meet ASTM specification D 4814. flex fuel vehicles. vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. Some gasolines contain an See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on octane-enhancing additive called page 5‑19. If this occurs, return to { CAUTION methylcyclopentadienyl manganese your authorized dealer for diagnosis. tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend If it is determined that the condition Do not use fuel containing against the use of gasolines is caused by the type of fuel used, methanol. It can corrode metal containing MMT. See Fuel Additives repairs might not be covered by the parts in the fuel system and also on page 9‑44. vehicle warranty. damage plastic and rubber parts. That damage would not be covered under the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (44,1)

9-44 Driving and Operating

Fuels in Foreign Environmental Protection Agency available in your area. We regulations. To help keep fuel recommend that you use these Countries injectors and intake valves clean gasolines, if they comply with the If planning to drive in countries and avoid problems due to dirty specifications described earlier. outside the U.S. or Canada, the injectors or valves, look for gasoline However, E85 (85% ethanol) and proper fuel might be hard to find. that is advertised as TOP TIER other fuels containing more than Check regional auto club or fuel Detergent Gasoline. Look for the 15% ethanol must not be used in retail brand websites for availability TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to vehicles that were not designed for in the country where driving. Never ensure gasoline meets enhanced those fuels. use leaded gasoline, fuel containing detergency standards developed by Notice: This vehicle was not methanol, or any other fuel not the auto companies. A list of designed for fuel that contains recommended. Costly repairs marketers providing TOP TIER methanol. Do not use fuel caused by use of improper fuel Detergent Gasoline can be found at containing methanol. It can would not be covered by the vehicle www.toptiergas.com. corrode metal parts in the fuel warranty. For customers who do not use TOP system and also damage plastic TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, and rubber parts. That damage Fuel Additives one bottle of GM Fuel System would not be covered under the To provide cleaner air, all gasolines Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel vehicle warranty. in the United States are now tank at every engine oil change, can Some gasolines that are required to contain additives that help clean deposits from fuel not reformulated for low help prevent engine and fuel system injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel emissions can contain an deposits from forming, allowing the System Treatment PLUS is the only octane-enhancing additive called emission control system to work gasoline additive recommended by methylcyclopentadienyl manganese properly. In most cases, nothing General Motors. It is available at tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant should have to be added to the fuel. your dealer. where you buy gasoline whether the However, some gasolines contain Gasolines containing oxygenates, fuel contains MMT. We recommend only the minimum amount of such as ethers and ethanol, and against the use of such gasolines. additive required to meet U.S. reformulated gasolines might be Fuels containing MMT can reduce Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating 9-45

spark plug life and affect emission have E85 should have a label E85 has less energy per liter control system performance. The indicating ethanol content. Do not (gallon) than gasoline, so you will malfunction indicator lamp might use the fuel if the ethanol content is need to refill the fuel tank more turn on. If this occurs, return to your greater than 85%. often when using E85 than when dealer for service. At a minimum, E85 should meet you are using gasoline. See Filling ASTM Specification D 5798 or the Tank on page 9‑46. Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling Notice: Some additives are not Vehicles that have a yellow fuel the tank with fuel mixtures that compatible with E85 fuel and can cap can use either unleaded do not meet ASTM or CGSB harm the vehicle's fuel system. gasoline or ethanol fuel containing specifications can affect driveability Do not add anything to E85. up to 85% ethanol (E85). For all and could cause the malfunction Damage caused by additives other vehicles, use only the indicator lamp to come on. As the would not be covered by the unleaded gasoline described under outside temperature approaches vehicle warranty. Recommended Fuel on page 9‑42. freezing, ethanol fuel distributors Notice: This vehicle was not should supply winter grade ethanol, We encourage the use of E85 in designed for fuel that contains the same as with unleaded methanol. Do not use fuel vehicles that are designed to use it. gasoline. The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” containing methanol. It can fuel, meaning it is made from It is best not to alternate repeatedly corrode metal parts in the fuel renewable sources such as corn between gasoline and E85. If you system and also damage plastic and other crops. do switch fuels, it is recommended and rubber parts. That damage that you add as much fuel as would not be covered under the Many service stations will not have possible — do not add less than vehicle warranty. an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. You available. The U.S. Department of should drive the vehicle immediately Energy has an alternative fuels after refueling for at least 11 km website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ (7 mi) to allow the vehicle to adapt locator/stations/) that can help you to the change in ethanol find E85 fuel. Those stations that do concentration. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (46,1)

9-46 Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not WARNING (Continued) top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished . { WARNING Fuel can spray out if the fuel pumping before removing the cap is opened too quickly. Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn nozzle. Clean fuel from painted This spray can happen if the surfaces as soon as possible. See violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is Exterior Care on page 10‑89. death. more likely in hot weather. When replacing the fuel cap, turn it . To help avoid injuries to you Open the fuel cap slowly and clockwise until it clicks. Make sure and others, read and follow wait for any hiss noise to stop the cap is fully installed. The all the instructions on the fuel then unscrew the cap all diagnostic system can determine if pump island. the way the fuel cap has been left off or . Turn off the engine when improperly installed. This would refueling. The tethered fuel cap is located allow fuel to evaporate into the behind a hinged fuel door on the atmosphere. See Malfunction . Keep sparks, flames, and driver side of the vehicle. smoking materials away Indicator Lamp on page 5‑19. from fuel. If the vehicle has E85 fuel capability, the fuel cap will be yellow and state { WARNING . Do not leave the fuel pump that E85 or gasoline can be used. unattended. See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on If a fire starts while you are . Do not reenter the vehicle page 9‑45. refueling, do not remove the while pumping fuel. To remove the fuel cap, turn it nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by . Keep children away from the slowly counterclockwise. shutting off the pump or by fuel pump and never let notifying the station attendant. While refueling, hang the tethered Leave the area immediately. children pump fuel. fuel cap from the hook on the (Continued) fuel door. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (47,1)

Driving and Operating 9-47

Notice: If you need a new fuel Towing cap, be sure to get the right type. WARNING (Continued) Your dealer can get one for you. . If you get the wrong type, it may Remove the container from General Towing not fit properly. This may cause the vehicle, trunk, or pickup Information the malfunction indicator lamp to bed before filling. Only use towing equipment that has light and may damage the fuel . Place the container on the been designed for the vehicle. tank and emissions system. See ground. Contact your dealer or trailering Malfunction Indicator Lamp on . Place the nozzle inside the fill dealer for assistance with preparing page 5 19. ‑ opening of the container the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read before dispensing fuel, and the entire section before towing a Filling a Portable Fuel keep it in contact with the fill trailer. opening until filling is Container For towing a disabled vehicle, see complete. Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑86. { WARNING . Fill the container no more For towing the vehicle behind than 95% full to allow for another vehicle such as a motor Filling a portable fuel container expansion. home, see Recreational Vehicle while it is in the vehicle can cause . Do not smoke, light matches, Towing on page 10‑87. fuel vapors that can ignite either or use lighters while by static electricity or other pumping fuel. means. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle . Avoid using cell phones or could be damaged. Always: other electronic devices. . Use approved fuel containers. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (48,1)

9-48 Driving and Operating

Driving Characteristics Towing a trailer requires a certain { WARNING amount of experience. The and Towing Tips combination you are driving is When towing a trailer, exhaust Driving with a Trailer longer and not as responsive as the gases may collect at the rear of vehicle itself. Get acquainted with When towing a trailer: the vehicle and enter if the the handling and braking of the rig . Become familiar with the state liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most before setting out for the open road. window is open. and local laws that apply to Before starting, check all trailer trailer towing. When towing a trailer: hitch parts and attachments, safety . Do not tow a trailer during the . Do not drive with the liftgate, chains, electrical connectors, lamps, first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent trunk/hatch, or rear-most tires, and mirrors. If the trailer damage to the engine, axle, window open. has electric brakes, start the or other parts. combination moving and then apply . Fully open the air outlets on the trailer brake controller by hand . Then during the first 800 km or under the instrument to be sure the brakes work. (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not panel. drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and During the trip, check occasionally . do not make starts at full throttle. Also adjust the climate to be sure that the load is secure control system to a setting and the lamps and any trailer . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). that brings in only outside air. brakes still work. Shift the transmission to a lower See “Climate Control System” gear if the transmission shifts in the Index. Following Distance too often under heavy loads and/ Stay at least twice as far behind the or hilly conditions. For more information about Carbon Monoxide, see Engine vehicle ahead as you would when Exhaust on page 9‑22. driving the vehicle without a trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking and sudden turns. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (49,1)

Driving and Operating 9-49

Passing When turning with a trailer, make The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if wider turns than normal. Do this the transmission shifts too often. More passing distance is needed so the trailer will not strike soft See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9 29. when towing a trailer. The ‑ shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, combination will not accelerate When towing at high altitude on or other objects. Avoid jerky or as quickly and is longer so it is steep uphill grades, consider the sudden maneuvers. Signal well in necessary to go much farther following: Engine coolant will boil at advance. beyond the passed vehicle before a lower temperature than at normal returning to the lane. If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn altitudes. If the engine is turned off out, the arrows on the instrument immediately after towing at high Backing Up cluster will still flash for turns. It is altitude on steep uphill grades, the Hold the bottom of the steering important to check occasionally to vehicle may show signs similar to wheel with one hand. To move the be sure the trailer bulbs are still engine overheating. To avoid this, trailer to the left, move that hand to working. let the engine run while parked, preferably on level ground, with the the left. To move the trailer to the Driving on Grades right, move your hand to the right. automatic transmission in P (Park) Always back up slowly and, Reduce speed and shift to a for a few minutes before turning the if possible, have someone lower gear before starting down a engine off. If the overheat warning guide you. long or steep downgrade. If the comes on, see Engine Overheating transmission is not shifted down, on page 10‑22. Making Turns the brakes might get hot and no Notice: Making very sharp turns longer work well. while trailering could cause the Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift trailer to come in contact with the the transmission to a lower gear if vehicle. The vehicle could be the transmission shifts too often damaged. Avoid making very under heavy loads and/or hilly sharp turns while trailering. conditions. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (50,1)

9-50 Driving and Operating

Parking on Hills 3. When the wheel chocks are in Maintenance when Trailer place, release the regular brakes Towing until the chocks absorb the load. { WARNING The vehicle needs service more 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then often when pulling a trailer. See Parking the vehicle on a hill with apply the parking brake and shift Maintenance Schedule on the trailer attached can be into P (Park). page 11‑3. Things that are dangerous. If something goes 5. Release the brake pedal. especially important in trailer wrong, the rig could start to move. operation are automatic People can be injured, and both Leaving After Parking on a Hill transmission fluid, engine oil, axle the vehicle and the trailer can be 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. lubricant, belts, cooling system, and damaged. When possible, always brake system. It is a good idea to park the rig on a flat surface. 2. Start the engine. inspect these before and during 3. Shift into a gear. the trip. If parking the rig on a hill: 4. Release the parking brake. Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight. 1. Press the brake pedal, but do 5. Let up on the brake pedal. not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into the curb if facing 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is Trailer Towing clear of the chocks. downhill or into traffic if facing If the vehicle has a diesel engine, uphill. 7. Stop and have someone pick up see the Duramax diesel 2. Have someone place chocks and store the chocks. supplement. under the trailer wheels. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (51,1)

Driving and Operating 9-51

Notice: Pulling a trailer your passengers. So please read { WARNING improperly can damage the this section carefully before pulling a vehicle and result in costly trailer. The driver can lose control when repairs not covered by the vehicle pulling a trailer if the correct warranty. To pull a trailer Weight of the Trailer equipment is not used or the correctly, follow the advice in this How heavy can a trailer safely be? vehicle is not driven properly. For section and see your dealer for It depends on how the rig is used. example, if the trailer is too important information about For example, speed, altitude, road heavy, the brakes may not work towing a trailer with the vehicle. well or even at all. The driver grades, outside temperature, and — To identify the trailering capacity of and passengers could be how much the vehicle is used to pull the vehicle, read the information in a trailer are all important. It can seriously injured. The vehicle may “Weight of the Trailer” that appears depend on any special equipment also be damaged; the resulting later in this section. on the vehicle, and the amount of repairs would not be covered by tongue weight the vehicle can carry. the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” only if all the steps in this section later in this section for more have been followed. Ask your Trailering means changes in handling, acceleration, braking, information. dealer for advice and information durability, and fuel economy. about towing a trailer with the Maximum trailer weight is calculated Successful, safe trailering takes vehicle. assuming only the driver is in the correct equipment, and it has to be tow vehicle and it has all the used properly. required trailering equipment. The The following information has many weight of additional optional time-tested, important trailering tips equipment, passengers,and cargo in and safety rules. Many of these are the tow vehicle must be subtracted important for your safety and that of from the maximum trailer weight. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (52,1)

9-52 Driving and Operating

Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options.

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* G1500 Cargo Van 2WD 4.3LV6 3.42 1 950 kg (4,300 lbs) 4 309 kg (9,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.42 3 039 kg (6,700 lbs) 5 443 kg (12,000 lbs) 3.73 H1500 Cargo Van AWD 5.3LV8 3.42 2 948 kg (6,500 lbs) 5 443 kg (12,000 lbs) G1500 Passenger Van 2WD 5.3LV8 3.42 2 812 kg (6,200 lbs) 5 443 kg (12,000 lbs) 3.73 H1500 Passenger Van AWD 5.3LV8 3.42 2 722 kg (6,000 lbs) 5 443 kg (12,000 lbs) 3.73 G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lbs) 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (53,1)

Driving and Operating 9-53

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 266 kg (7,200 lbs) 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) G2500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 039 kg (6,700 lbs) 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 445 kg (9,800 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lbs) 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 221 kg (7,100 lbs) 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 6.0LV8 3.42 4 400 kg (9,700 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (54,1)

9-54 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 6.0LV8 3.42 4 218 kg (9,300 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) *The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo equipment and conversion. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for our trailering Weight of the Trailer Tongue the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue information or advice, or write us at weight the vehicle can carry, which The tongue load (1) of any trailer is our Customer Assistance Offices. will also reduce the trailer weight an important weight to measure See Customer Assistance Offices the vehicle can tow. If towing a because it affects the total gross (U.S. and Canada) on page 13 5 or trailer, the tongue load must be ‑ weight of the vehicle. The Gross Customer Assistance Offices added to the GVW because the Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the (Mexico) on page 13 6 for more vehicle will be carrying that weight, ‑ curb weight of the vehicle, any information. too. See Vehicle Load Limits on cargo carried in it, and the people page 9 10 for more information who will be riding in the vehicle. ‑ about the vehicle's maximum load If there are a lot of options, capacity. equipment, passengers, or cargo in Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (55,1)

Driving and Operating 9-55

ball closest to the vehicle. This will Total Weight on the Vehicle's help reduce the effect of trailer Tires tongue weight on the rear axle. Be sure the vehicle tires are inflated After loading the trailer, weigh to the upper limit for cold tires. the trailer and then the tongue, These numbers can be found on the separately, to see if the weights are Certification label at the rear edge of proper. If they are not, adjustments the driver door, or see Vehicle Load might be made by moving some Limits on page 9‑10. Make sure not items around in the trailer. to go over the GVW limit for the Trailering may be limited by the vehicle, or the GAWR, including the vehicle's ability to carry tongue weight of the trailer tongue. If using weight. Tongue weight cannot cause a weight distributing hitch, make The trailer tongue weight (1) should the vehicle to exceed the GVWR sure not to go over the rear axle be 10 percent to 15 percent of the (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or limit before applying the weight total loaded trailer weight (2), up to a the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle distribution spring bars. maximum of 181 kg (400 lbs) with a Weight Rating). The effect of weight carrying hitch. The trailer additional weight may reduce the Towing Equipment tongue weight (1) should be trailering capacity more than the 10 percent to 15 percent of the total total of the additional weight. Hitches loaded trailer weight (2), up to a It is important that the vehicle It is important to have the correct maximum of 454 kg (1,000 lbs) with hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large a weight distributing hitch. does not exceed any of its ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, trucks going by and rough roads are Do not exceed the maximum Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue a few reasons why the right hitch is allowable tongue weight for the Weight. The only way to be sure it is needed. vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch not exceeding any of these ratings extension that will position the hitch is to weigh the vehicle and trailer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (56,1)

9-56 Driving and Operating

Weight-Distributing Hitches is ample room when turning to avoid If holes are made in the body, then and Weight Carrying Hitches contact between the trailer and the be sure to seal the holes later when bumper. the hitch is removed. If the holes are If the loaded trailer being pulled not sealed, deadly carbon monoxide will weigh more than 2 270 kg (CO) from the engine's exhaust can (5,000 lbs), be sure to use a get into the vehicle as well as dirt properly mounted weight-distributing and water. See “Carbon Monoxide” hitch and sway control of the proper under Engine Exhaust on size. This equipment is very page 9‑22. important for proper vehicle loading Safety Chains and good handling when driving. Always use a sway control if the Always attach chains between the trailer will weigh more than these vehicle and the trailer. Cross the limits. Ask a hitch dealer about sway safety chains under the tongue controls. of the trailer to help prevent the 1. Body to Ground Distance tongue from contacting the road if it Will any holes need to be made in becomes separated from the hitch. 2. Front of Vehicle the body of the vehicle when a Always leave just enough slack so trailer hitch is installed? When using a weight-distributing the rig can turn. Never allow safety hitch, the hitch must be adjusted so If using the wiring provided with the chains to drag on the ground. the distance (1) remains the same factory-installed trailering package, Trailer Brakes both before and after coupling the no holes need to be made in the trailer to the tow vehicle. body of the vehicle. However, if an A loaded trailer that weighs more aftermarket hitch is installed, holes than 680 kg (1,500 lbs) needs to If a step-bumper hitch will be used, may need to be made in the body. have its own brake system that is the bumper could be damaged in adequate for the weight of the sharp turns. Make sure there trailer. Be sure to read and follow Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (57,1)

Driving and Operating 9-57

the instructions for the trailer brakes The seven-wire harness connector * If the vehicle is a cutaway with so they are installed, adjusted and contains the following trailer circuits: trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse will maintained properly. be shared for both left/stop trailer . Light Green: Back-up Lamps (10A fuse)** turn and right/stop trailer turn Trailer Wiring Harness signals. However, the cutaway The optional heavy-duty trailer . White: Ground lighting connector will have a wiring package includes a wiring . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal 10 amp fuse for each signal. harness, with a seven-pin connector . ** If the vehicle is a cutaway with at the rear of the vehicle and a Dark Green: Right Rear Stop and Turn Signal* trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse will four-wire harness assembly under be shared for trailer park lamps and the driver side of the instrument . Red/Black Stripe: Battery Feed cutaway rear lighting connector park panel. The four-wire harness (30A Fuse) lamps. Also, a 10 amp fuse will be assembly comes without a . Brown: Trailer Park Lamp shared for trailer back-up lamps and connector. Supply Voltage (15A fuse)** cutaway rear lighting connector If the vehicle does not have a trailer back-up lamps. . Yellow: Left Rear Stop and Turn hitch, the seven-wire harness Signal * assembly with connector is taped Tow/Haul Mode together and located in a frame The four-wire harness (without This button is on the instrument pocket at the driver side rear left connector) contains the following panel, to the right of the steering corner of the frame. circuits: wheel. If the vehicle has a trailer hitch, the . Black: Ground Pressing this button turns on and off seven-wire harness assembly with . Red/White: Battery Feed the Tow/Haul Mode. connector is attached to a bracket on the hitch platform. In both cases, . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal the seven-wire harness has a . Light Blue: CHMSL/Stoplamp connector and includes a 30-amp Supply Voltage feed wire. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (58,1)

9-58 Driving and Operating

. When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load in stop and Conversions and go traffic. Add-Ons . When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load in busy Add-On Electrical parking lots where improved low Equipment This indicator light on the instrument speed control of the vehicle is cluster comes on when the Tow/ desired. Notice: Some electrical Haul Mode is on. equipment can damage the Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul vehicle or cause components to Tow/Haul is a feature that assists when lightly loaded or with no not work and would not be when pulling a heavy trailer or a trailer at all will not cause damage. covered by the warranty. Always large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul However, there is no benefit to the check with your dealer before Mode on page 9‑29. selection of Tow/Haul when the adding electrical equipment. vehicle is unloaded. Such a Tow/Haul is designed to be most selection when unloaded may Add-on equipment can drain the effective when the vehicle and result in unpleasant engine and vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the trailer combined weight is at least transmission driving characteristics vehicle is not operating. 75 percent of the vehicle Gross and reduced fuel economy. The vehicle has an airbag system. Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). Tow/Haul is recommended only See “Weight of the Trailer” in Trailer Before attempting to add anything when pulling a heavy trailer or a electrical to the vehicle, see Towing on page 9‑50. Tow/Haul is large or heavy load. most useful under the following Servicing the Airbag-Equipped driving conditions: Vehicle on page 3‑32 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped . When pulling a heavy trailer or a Vehicle on page 3‑33. large or heavy load through rolling terrain. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care 10-1

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-16 Headlamp Aiming Vehicle Care Cooling System ...... 10-17 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-34 Engine Coolant ...... 10-18 Engine Overheating ...... 10-22 Bulb Replacement General Information Engine Fan ...... 10-23 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 General Information ...... 10-2 Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-24 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-34 California Proposition Washer Fluid ...... 10-24 Headlamps ...... 10-35 65 Warning ...... 10-3 Brakes ...... 10-25 Front Turn Signal, California Perchlorate Brake Fluid ...... 10-26 Sidemarker, and Parking Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Battery ...... 10-28 Lamps ...... 10-36 Accessories and All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-29 Taillamps ...... 10-37 Modifications ...... 10-3 Front Axle ...... 10-29 Center High-Mounted Vehicle Checks Rear Axle ...... 10-30 Stoplamp (CHMSL) ...... 10-38 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-39 Doing Your Own Noise Control System ...... 10-31 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-40 Service Work ...... 10-4 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-32 Hood ...... 10-4 Automatic Transmission Shift Electrical System Lock Control Function Engine Compartment Electrical System Check ...... 10-32 Overview ...... 10-6 Overload ...... 10-40 Ignition Transmission Lock Engine Oil ...... 10-7 Fuses and Circuit Check ...... 10-32 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Breakers ...... 10-41 Park Brake and P (Park) Automatic Transmission Fluid Engine Compartment Fuse Mechanism Check ...... 10-33 (4-Speed Transmission) . . . 10-11 Block ...... 10-41 Wiper Blade Automatic Transmission Floor Console Fuse Replacement ...... 10-33 Fluid (6-Speed Block ...... 10-45 Transmission) ...... 10-13 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

10-2 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires Uniform Tire Quality General Information Tires ...... 10-47 Grading ...... 10-68 All-Season Tires ...... 10-48 Wheel Alignment and Tire For service and parts needs, visit Winter Tires ...... 10-48 Balance ...... 10-70 your dealer. You will receive Summer Tires ...... 10-49 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-70 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-49 Tire Chains ...... 10-71 and supported service people. Tire Designations ...... 10-52 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-71 Genuine GM parts have one of Tire Terminology and Tire Changing ...... 10-73 these marks: Definitions ...... 10-54 Secondary Latch System . . . 10-80 Tire Pressure ...... 10-56 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-82 Tire Pressure Monitor System ...... 10-58 Jump Starting Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting ...... 10-83 Operation ...... 10-59 Towing Tire Inspection ...... 10-62 Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-86 Tire Rotation ...... 10-63 Recreational Vehicle Dual Tire Rotation ...... 10-64 Towing ...... 10-87 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 10-64 Appearance Care Buying New Tires ...... 10-66 Exterior Care ...... 10-89 Different Size Tires and Interior Care ...... 10-93 Wheels ...... 10-68 Floor Mats ...... 10-96 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition Accessories and Damage to vehicle components 65 Warning Modifications resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non‐GM Most motor vehicles, including this Adding non‐dealer accessories or certified parts, including control one, contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the cause cancer and birth defects or safety, including such things as vehicle warranty and may affect other reproductive harm. Engine airbags, braking, stability, ride and remaining warranty coverage for exhaust, many parts and systems, handling, emissions systems, affected parts. many fluids, and some component aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to wear by-products contain and/or electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other emit these chemicals. brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle California Perchlorate modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories Materials Requirements malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician. by the vehicle warranty. Certain types of automotive Also, see Adding Equipment to the applications, such as airbag Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on initiators, safety belt pretensioners, page 3‑33. and lithium batteries contained in Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may be necessary. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

10-4 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system. Hood Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the To open the hood: Doing Your Own Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on Service Work page 3‑32. Keep a record with all parts receipts { WARNING and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See It can be dangerous to work on Maintenance Records on your vehicle if you do not have page 11‑15. the proper knowledge, service 1. Pull the handle with this symbol manual, tools, or parts. Always Notice: Even small amounts of on it. It is in front of the driver contamination can cause damage follow owner manual procedures side door frame near the floor. to vehicle systems. Do not allow and consult the service manual contaminants to contact the for your vehicle before doing any fluids, reservoir caps, service work. or dipsticks.

If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 13‑17. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care 10-5

If the vehicle has an underhood lamp, it will automatically come on and stay on until the hood is closed. Before closing the hood, be sure all of the filler caps are on properly. Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the hood prop. Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood and return the prop to its retainer. Let the hood down and close it firmly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle and 3. Lift the hood, release the hood lift up the secondary hood prop from its retainer, and put release, which is underneath the the hood prop into the slot in middle of the hood. the hood. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

4.3L V6 Engine Shown (4.8L V8 Engine, 5.3L V8 Engine, and 6.0L V8 Engine Similar) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care 10-7

1. Battery on page 10‑28. 9. Brake Master Cylinder . Check the engine oil level regularly and maintain the 2. Radiator Pressure Cap. See Reservoir. See Brake Fluid on page 10‑26. proper oil level. See “Checking Cooling System on page 10‑17. Engine Oil” and “When to Add 3. Coolant Recovery Tank. See 10. Windshield Washer Fluid Engine Oil” in this section. Reservoir. See Adding Washer Cooling System on page 10‑17. “ Fluid” under Washer Fluid on . Change the engine oil at the 4. Automatic Transmission Fluid page 10‑24. appropriate time. See Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking the Life System on page 10‑10. Fluid Level” under Automatic Engine Oil . Always dispose of engine oil Transmission Fluid (4-Speed For diesel engine vehicles, see properly. See “What to Do with Transmission) on page 10‑11 or Used Oil” in this section. Automatic Transmission Fluid “Engine Oil” in the Duramax diesel (6-Speed Transmission) on supplement. Checking Engine Oil page 10‑13. To ensure proper engine It is a good idea to check the engine 5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When performance and long life, careful oil level at each fuel fill. In order to to Add Engine Oil” under Engine attention must be paid to engine get an accurate reading, the vehicle Oil on page 10‑7. oil. Following these simple, but must be on level ground. The important steps will help protect 6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. your investment: See Engine Compartment Overview “Checking Engine Oil” under . on page 10 6 for the location of the Engine Oil on page 10‑7. Always use engine oil approved ‑ to the proper specification and of engine oil dipstick. 7. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on the proper viscosity grade. See page 10 16. ‑ “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” 8. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. in this section. See Power Steering Fluid on page 10‑24. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (8,1)

10-8 Vehicle Care

Obtaining an accurate oil level When to Add Engine Oil operating range, i.e., the engine reading is essential: has so much oil that the oil level 1. If the engine has been running gets above the cross-hatched recently, turn off the engine and area that shows the proper allow several minutes for the oil operating range, the engine could to drain back into the oil pan. be damaged. You should drain Checking the oil level too soon out the excess oil or limit driving after engine shutoff will not of the vehicle and seek a service provide an accurate oil level professional to remove the If the oil is below the cross-hatched excess amount of oil. reading. area at the tip of the dipstick, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil See Engine Compartment Overview { WARNING and then recheck the level. See on page 10‑6 for the location of the “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in engine oil fill cap. The engine oil dipstick handle this section for an explanation of Add enough oil to put the level may be hot; it could burn you. what kind of oil to use. For engine somewhere in the proper operating Use a towel or glove to touch the oil crankcase capacity, see range. Push the dipstick all the way dipstick handle. Capacities and Specifications on back in when through. page 12‑2. Selecting the Right Engine Oil 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it Notice: Do not add too much oil. with a paper towel or cloth, then Oil levels above or below the Selecting the right engine oil push it back in all the way. acceptable operating range depends on both the proper oil Remove it again, keeping the tip shown on the dipstick are harmful specification and viscosity grade. down, and check the level. to the engine. If you find that See Recommended Fluids and you have an oil level above the Lubricants on page 11‑12. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care 10-9

Specification Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not Use and ask for licensed engine SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity recommended and could cause oils with the dexos1® approved grade for the vehicle. Do not use engine damage not covered by the certification mark. Engine oils other viscosity grade oils such as vehicle warranty. meeting the requirements for the SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50. What to Do with Used Oil vehicle should have the dexos1 Cold Temperature Operation: In an Used engine oil contains certain approved certification mark. This area of extreme cold, where the certification mark indicates that the elements that can be unhealthy for temperature falls below −29°C your skin and could even cause oil has been approved to the dexos1 (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be specification. cancer. Do not let used oil stay on used. An oil of this viscosity grade your skin for very long. Clean your will provide easier cold starting skin and nails with soap and water, for the engine at extremely low or a good hand cleaner. Wash or temperatures. When selecting an oil properly dispose of clothing or rags of the appropriate viscosity grade, containing used engine oil. See the always select an oil of the correct manufacturer's warnings about the specification. See “Specification” use and disposal of oil products. earlier in this section for more Notice: Failure to use the information. Used oil can be a threat to the recommended engine oil or environment. If you change your equivalent can result in engine Engine Oil Additives/Engine own oil, be sure to drain all the oil damage not covered by the Oil Flushes from the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the vehicle warranty. Check with your Do not add anything to the oil. The trash or pouring it on the ground, dealer or service provider on recommended oils with the dexos into sewers, or into streams or whether the oil is approved to the specification and displaying the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking dexos1 specification. dexos certification mark are all that it to a place that collects used oil. is needed for good performance and engine protection. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (10,1)

10-10 Vehicle Care

Engine Oil Life System It is possible that, if driving under How to Reset the Engine Oil the best conditions, the oil life Life System When to Change Engine Oil system might indicate that an oil Reset the system whenever the This vehicle has a computer system change is not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must engine oil is changed so that the that indicates when to change the system can calculate the next engine oil and filter. This is based be changed at least once a year and, at this time, the system must engine oil change. To reset the on a combination of factors which system: include engine revolutions, engine be reset. Your dealer has trained temperature, and miles driven. service people who will perform this 1. Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN Based on driving conditions, the work and reset the system. It is also with the engine off. important to check the oil regularly mileage at which an oil change is 2. Fully press and release the over the course of an oil drain indicated can vary considerably. For accelerator pedal slowly three interval and keep it at the proper the oil life system to work properly, times within five seconds. the system must be reset every time level. 3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. the oil is changed. If the system is ever reset If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON When the system has calculated accidentally, the oil must be message comes back on when the that oil life has been diminished, it changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) vehicle is started, the engine oil life indicates that an oil change is since the last oil change. system has not reset. Repeat the necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE Remember to reset the oil life procedure. OIL SOON message comes on. See system whenever the oil is changed. Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑34. Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care 10-11

Automatic Transmission If not taken to the dealer, be sure to To get the right reading, the fluid follow all the instructions here or a should be at normal operating Fluid (4-Speed false reading on the dipstick could temperature, which is 82°C to 93°C Transmission) result. (180°F to 200°F). If the vehicle has a diesel engine, Notice: Too much or too Get the vehicle warmed up by see the Duramax diesel supplement little fluid can damage the driving about 24 km (15 mi) when for more information. transmission. Too much can outside temperatures are above mean that some of the fluid could 10°C (50°F). If it is colder than 10°C When to Check and Change come out and fall on hot engine (50°F), drive the vehicle in 3 (Third) Automatic Transmission Fluid parts or exhaust system parts, until the engine temperature gauge A good time to check the automatic starting a fire. Too little fluid moves and then remains steady for transmission fluid level is when the could cause the transmission to 10 minutes. engine oil is changed. overheat. Be sure to get an A cold fluid check can be made accurate reading if checking the after the vehicle has been sitting Change the fluid and filter at the transmission fluid. intervals listed in Maintenance for eight hours or more with the Schedule on page 11‑3 and be Wait at least 30 minutes before engine off, but this is used only sure to use the transmission fluid checking the transmission fluid level as a reference. Let the engine run listed in Recommended Fluids and if you have been driving: at idle for five minutes if outside temperatures are 10°C (50°F) or Lubricants on page 11‑12. . When outside temperatures are above 32°C (90°F). more. If it is colder than 10°C How to Check Automatic (50°F), the engine may have to idle Transmission Fluid . At high speed for quite a while. longer. Should the fluid level be low Because this operation can be a . In heavy traffic — especially in during this cold check, the fluid must little difficult, it may be decided to hot weather. be checked hot before adding fluid. have this done at the dealer. Checking the fluid hot will give a . While pulling a trailer. more accurate reading of the fluid level. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (12,1)

10-12 Vehicle Care

Checking the Fluid Level Prepare the vehicle as follows: 1. Park the vehicle on a level place. Keep the engine running. 2. With the parking brake applied, place the shift lever in P (Park). The transmission dipstick is 3. Check both sides of the dipstick, 3. With your foot on the brake near the center of the engine and read the lower level. The pedal, move the shift lever compartment and will be labeled fluid level must be in the COLD through each gear range, with the graphic shown. area for a cold check or in the pausing for about three seconds See Engine Compartment Overview HOT or cross-hatched area for a in each range. Then, position the on page 10‑6. hot check. Be sure to keep the shift lever in P (Park). dipstick pointed down to get an 1. Flip the handle up, pull out the accurate reading. 4. Let the engine run at idle for dipstick, and wipe it with a clean three minutes or more. rag or paper towel. 4. If the fluid level is in the acceptable range, push the Then, without shutting off the 2. Push it back in all the way, wait dipstick back in all the way; then engine, use the steps that follow. three seconds, then pull it back flip the handle down to lock the out again. dipstick in place. How to Add Automatic Transmission Fluid Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 to determine what kind of transmission fluid to use. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care 10-13

Using a funnel, add fluid down the . When the correct fluid level is Change the fluid and filter at the transmission dipstick tube only after obtained, push the dipstick back intervals listed in Maintenance checking the transmission fluid in all the way; then flip the Schedule on page 11‑3, and be sure while it is hot. A cold check is used handle down to lock the dipstick to use the transmission fluid listed in only as a reference. If the fluid level in place. Recommended Fluids and is low, add only enough of the Lubricants on page 11‑12. proper fluid to bring the level up to Automatic Transmission the HOT area for a hot check. How to Check Automatic Fluid (6-Speed Transmission Fluid It does not take much fluid, Transmission) generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). Do Because this operation can be not overfill. When to Check and Change difficult, it is recommended to have Notice: Use of the incorrect Automatic Transmission Fluid this check done at your dealer, automatic transmission fluid may which can monitor the transmission It is usually not necessary to check temperature. The transmission fluid damage the vehicle, and the the transmission fluid level. The damages may not be covered by level increases with temperature. To only reason for fluid loss is a obtain a highly accurate fluid level the vehicle warranty. Always use transmission leak or overheated the automatic transmission fluid check, the transmission temperature transmission. If a small leak is must be measured. listed in Recommended Fluids suspected, use the following and Lubricants on page 11‑12. procedures to check the fluid level. If it is decided to check the fluid . After adding fluid, recheck the However, if there is a large leak, it level, be sure to follow all the fluid level as described under may be necessary to have the instructions here, or a false reading “How to Check Automatic vehicle towed to a dealer and have on the dipstick may occur. Transmission Fluid,” earlier in it repaired before driving the vehicle this section. further. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (14,1)

10-14 Vehicle Care

Notice: Too much or too After driving under these conditions, hot will give a more accurate little fluid can damage the a hot check can be performed. The reading of the fluid level than a cold transmission. Too much can fluid should be hot, which is 71°C to check. mean that some of the fluid could 93°C (160°F to 200°F). Because the vehicle is equipped come out and fall on hot engine A cold fluid level check can be with a high-efficiency air-to-oil parts or exhaust system parts, performed after the vehicle has cooler, the transmission fluid starting a fire. Too little fluid been sitting for eight hours or more temperature may not reach the could cause the transmission to with the engine off, but this is used required hot fluid level checking overheat. Be sure to get an only as a reference. Let the engine temperature under normal lightly accurate reading if checking the run at idle for five minutes if the loaded driving vehicle conditions. transmission fluid. outside temperature is between Wait at least 30 minutes with the 15°C to 32°C (60°F to 90°F). Should Checking the Fluid Level engine off, before checking the the fluid level be low during this cold Prepare the vehicle: transmission fluid level if the vehicle check, the fluid must be checked 1. Park the vehicle on a level has been driven: warm or hot before adding fluid. place. Keep the engine running. If the outside temperature is colder . In hot weather, when outside than 15°C (60°F) or hotter than 2. With the parking brake applied, temperatures are above 32°C place the shift lever in P (Park). (90°F). 32°C (90°F), a cold check cannot be performed. 3. With a foot on the brake pedal, . The vehicle is heavily loaded. A warm fluid level check can be move the shift lever through . At high speed for quite a while in performed by driving the vehicle each gear range, pausing for hot weather. under lightly loaded conditions and about three seconds in each range. When M is reached, . In heavy traffic and hot weather. outside temperatures between 10°C to 27°C (50°F to 80°F). The vehicle move the selector from M1 . While pulling a trailer. should be driven for at least 24 km through M3. Then, position the (15 mi) before performing a warm shift lever in P (Park). check. Checking the fluid warm or Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care 10-15

4. Let the engine run at idle for 3. Check both sides of the two minutes or more. dipstick, and read the lower Then, without shutting off the level. The fluid level must be in engine, use the steps that follow. the COLD (1) range for a cold check, transmission temperature 27°C to 32°C (80°F to 90°F); 1. COLD Range between the COLD (1) and HOT (3) range for a WARM (2) 2. WARM Range check, 50°C to 60°C (122°F to 3. HOT Range 140°F); or in the HOT (3) cross-hatched range for a hot 1. Flip the handle up, pull out the check, 71°C to 93°C (160°F to The transmission dipstick is dipstick, and wipe it with a clean 200°F). Be sure to keep the near the center of the engine rag or paper towel. dipstick pointed down to get an compartment and will be labeled 2. Push it back in all the way, wait accurate reading. with the graphic shown. three seconds, and pull it back 4. If the fluid level is in the See Engine Compartment Overview out again. acceptable range, push the on page 10‑6 for more information dipstick back in all the way; then on location. flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (16,1)

10-16 Vehicle Care

How to Add Automatic driving conditions. Refer to “How to Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Transmission Fluid Check Automatic Transmission Fluid” earlier in this section for Refer to Recommended Fluids and instructions on driving to achieve Lubricants on page 11‑12 to warm or hot transmission fluid. determine what kind of transmission It does not take much fluid, fluid to use. generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). Do not overfill. Notice: Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle, and the damages may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use the automatic transmission fluid 1. WARM Range listed in Recommended Fluids The engine air cleaner/filter is 2. HOT Range and Lubricants on page 11 12. ‑ near the center of the engine Using a funnel, add fluid down the . After adding fluid, recheck the compartment. See Engine transmission dipstick tube only after fluid level as described under Compartment Overview on checking the transmission fluid “How to Check Automatic page 10‑6. while it is warm or hot. A cold check Transmission Fluid,” earlier in is used only as a reference. If the this section. fluid level is low, add only enough of . When the correct fluid level is the proper fluid to bring the level up obtained, push the dipstick back to the middle of the WARM (1) or in all the way; then flip the HOT (2) range depending on the handle down to lock the dipstick ambient temperature and prior in place. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care 10-17

When to Inspect the Engine Air 3. Clean the engine air cleaner/ Cooling System Cleaner/Filter filter housing. The cooling system allows the Inspect or replace the air cleaner/ 4. Inspect or replace the engine engine to maintain the correct filter at the scheduled maintenance air cleaner/filter. Make sure that working temperature. intervals. See Maintenance the filter fits properly into the Schedule on page 11‑3. If driving in housing. dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the 5. Reinstall the cover and fasten filter at each engine oil change. the retaining clips. How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter { WARNING To inspect the air cleaner/filter, Operating the engine with the air remove the filter from the vehicle cleaner/filter off can cause you or and lightly shake it to release loose others to be burned. The air dust and dirt. If the filter remains cleaner not only cleans the air; it covered with dirt, a new filter is helps to stop flames if the engine required. Never use compressed air backfires. Use caution when to clean the filter. 4.3L V6 Engine Shown working on the engine and do not (4.8L V8 Engine, 5.3L V8 Engine, To inspect or replace the engine air drive with the air cleaner/filter off. and 6.0L V8 Engine Similar) cleaner/filter: 1. Radiator Pressure Cap 1. Unhook the retainer clips and Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is remove the cover. off, dirt can easily get into the 2. Coolant Recovery Tank 2. Lift the filter out of the engine engine, which could damage it. 3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out air cleaner/filter housing. Care Always have the air cleaner/filter of View) should be taken to dislodge as in place when you are driving. little dirt as possible. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (18,1)

10-18 Vehicle Care

Notice: Using coolant other than What to Use { WARNING DEX-COOL® can cause premature engine, heater core, or radiator { WARNING An electric engine cooling fan can corrosion. In addition, the engine start even when the engine is not coolant could require changing Adding only plain water or some running. To avoid injury, always sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) other liquid to the cooling system keep hands, clothing, and tools or 24 months, whichever occurs can be dangerous. Plain water away from any engine first. Any repairs would not be and other liquids, can boil before cooling fan. covered by the vehicle warranty. the proper coolant mixture will. Always use DEX-COOL The coolant warning system is set (silicate-free) coolant in the for the proper coolant mixture. vehicle. { WARNING With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get too Heater and radiator hoses, and Engine Coolant hot but you would not get the other engine parts, can be very The cooling system in the vehicle is overheat warning. The engine hot. Do not touch them. If you do, filled with DEX-COOL® engine could catch fire and you or you can be burned. coolant. This coolant is designed to others could be burned. Use a Do not run the engine if there is a remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever leak. If you run the engine, it water and DEX-COOL coolant. occurs first. could lose all coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you The following explains the cooling could be burned. Get any leak system and how to check and add fixed before you drive the vehicle. coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating on page 10‑22. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care 10-19

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, coolant for the cooling system. coolant recovery tank, but be sure drinkable water and DEX-COOL See Recommended Fluids and the cooling system is cool before coolant. If using this mixture, Lubricants on page 11‑12. this is done. nothing else needs to be added. Never dispose of engine coolant This mixture: by putting it in the trash, pouring it . Gives freezing protection down on the ground, or into sewers, to −37°C (−34°F), outside streams, or bodies of water. temperature. Have the coolant changed by an authorized service center, familiar . Gives boiling protection up to 129°C (265°F), engine with legal requirements regarding The coolant recovery tank cap has temperature. used coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your this symbol on it. . Protects against rust and health. When the engine is cold, the coolant corrosion. Checking Coolant level should be at or above the . Will not damage aluminum parts. COLD FILL mark. If it is not, there The vehicle must be on a level . Helps keep the proper engine could be a leak in the cooling surface when checking the coolant system. temperature. level. If the coolant is low, add the coolant Notice: If improper coolant Check to see if coolant is visible in mixture, inhibitors, or additives or take the vehicle to a dealer for the coolant recovery tank. If the service. are used in the vehicle cooling coolant inside the coolant recovery system, the engine could tank is boiling, do not do anything overheat and be damaged. Too else until it cools down. If coolant is much water in the mixture can visible but the coolant level is not at freeze and crack engine cooling or above the COLD FILL mark, add parts. The repairs would not be a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable covered by the warranty. Use only water and DEX-COOL coolant at the the proper mixture of engine Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (20,1)

10-20 Vehicle Care

How to Add Coolant to the If coolant is needed, add the proper If coolant is needed, add the proper Recovery Tank for Gasoline DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the mixture directly to the radiator, but Engines coolant recovery tank. be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done. How to Add Coolant to the { WARNING Radiator You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts. { WARNING Coolant contains ethylene glycol Steam and scalding liquids from a and it will burn if the engine parts hot cooling system can blow out are hot enough. Do not spill and burn you badly. Never turn coolant on a hot engine. 1. Remove the radiator pressure the cap when the cooling system, cap when the cooling system, including the surge tank pressure including the radiator pressure Notice: This vehicle has a cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling cap and upper radiator hose, is specific coolant fill procedure. system and surge tank pressure no longer hot. Turn the pressure Failure to follow this procedure cap to cool. cap slowly counterclockwise could cause the engine to until it first stops. Do not press overheat and be severely down while turning the damaged. pressure cap. If a hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. A hiss means there is still some pressure left. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care 10-21

2. Keep turning the pressure cap, but now push down as you turn it. Remove the pressure cap.

4. Fill the coolant recovery tank to 6. Start the engine and let it run the COLD FILL mark. until the upper radiator hose can 5. Reinstall the cap back on the be felt getting hot. Watch out for coolant recovery tank, but leave the engine cooling fan. 3. Fill the radiator with the proper the radiator pressure cap off. 7. By this time, the coolant level DEX-COOL coolant mixture, up inside the radiator filler neck to the base of the filler neck. may be lower. If the level is See Recommended Fluids and lower, add more of the proper Lubricants on page 11‑12 for DEX-COOL coolant mixture more information about the through the filler neck until the proper coolant mixture. level reaches the base of the filler neck. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (22,1)

10-22 Vehicle Care

8. Replace the pressure cap. At If the decision is made not to lift the If Steam is Coming from the any time during this procedure if hood when this warning appears, Engine Compartment coolant begins to flow out of the but instead get service help right filler neck, reinstall the away, see Roadside Assistance { WARNING pressure cap. Program (Mexico) on page 13‑8 or Notice: If the pressure cap is not Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. Steam from an overheated engine tightly installed, coolant loss and and Canada) on page 13‑11. can burn you badly, even if you possible engine damage may If the decision is made to lift the just open the hood. Stay away occur. Be sure the cap is properly hood, make sure the vehicle is from the engine if you see or hear and tightly secured. parked on a level surface. steam coming from it. Just turn it Then check to see if the engine off and get everyone away from Engine Overheating cooling fans are running. If the the vehicle until it cools down. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, engine is overheating, the fan Wait until there is no sign of see the Duramax diesel should be running. If it is not, do not steam or coolant before you open supplement. continue to run the engine and have the hood. the vehicle serviced. The vehicle has an indicator to warn If you keep driving when the of engine overheating. See if the engine cooling fan speed engine is overheated, the liquids increases when idle speed is in it can catch fire. You or others There is an engine coolant doubled by pushing the accelerator could be badly burned. Stop the temperature gauge on the vehicle's pedal down. If it does not, the engine if it overheats, and get out instrument cluster. See Engine vehicle needs service. Turn off the of the vehicle until the engine Coolant Temperature Gauge on engine. is cool. page 5‑14. Notice: Running the engine without coolant may cause damage or a fire. Vehicle damage would not be covered by the warranty. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care 10-23

If No Steam is Coming from 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine If the decision is made not to lift the the Engine Compartment idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. hood, get service help right away. If it is safe to do so, pull off the If an engine overheat warning is road, shift to P (Park) or Engine Fan displayed but no steam can be seen N (Neutral) and let the or heard, the problem may not be engine idle. The vehicle has a clutched engine too serious. Sometimes the engine cooling fan. When the clutch is can get a little too hot when the If the engine coolant temperature engaged, the fan spins faster to vehicle: gauge is no longer in the overheat provide more air to cool the engine. zone or an overheat warning no In most everyday driving conditions, . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. longer displays, the vehicle can be the fan is spinning slower and the . Stops after high-speed driving. driven. Continue to drive the vehicle clutch is not fully engaged. This slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a . Idles for long periods in traffic. improves fuel economy and reduces safe vehicle distance from the fan noise. Under heavy vehicle . Tows a trailer. See “Driving on vehicle in front. If the warning does loading, trailer towing, and/or high Grades” under Trailer Towing on not come back on, continue to drive outside temperatures, the fan speed page 9‑50. normally. increases as the clutch more fully If the overheat warning is displayed If the warning continues, pull over, engages, so an increase in fan with no sign of steam: stop, and park the vehicle noise may be heard. This is normal and should not be mistaken as the 1. Turn the air off. right away. transmission slipping or making 2. Turn the heater on to the highest If there is still no sign of steam, extra shifts. It is merely the cooling temperature and to the highest push down the accelerator until the system functioning properly. The fan fan speed. Open the windows as engine speed is about twice as fast will slow down when additional necessary. as normal idle speed for at least cooling is not required and the three minutes while parked. If the clutch partially disengages. warning is still on, turn off the engine until it cools down. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (24,1)

10-24 Vehicle Care

This fan noise may be heard when How to Check Power Steering What to Use starting the engine. It will go away Fluid To determine what kind of fluid to as the fan clutch partially use, see Recommended Fluids and disengages. To check the power steering fluid: Lubricants on page 11 12. Always 1. Turn the key off and let the ‑ use the proper fluid. Failure to use engine compartment cool down. Power Steering Fluid the proper fluid can cause leaks and 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the damage hoses and seals. reservoir clean. 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the Washer Fluid dipstick with a clean rag. What to Use 4. Replace the cap and completely When the vehicle needs windshield tighten it. washer fluid, be sure to read the The power steering fluid reservoir is 5. Remove the cap again and look manufacturer's instructions before in the engine compartment on the at the fluid level on the dipstick. use. If operating the vehicle in an driver side of the vehicle. See area where the temperature may fall Engine Compartment Overview on The level should be at the COLD FILL mark. If necessary, add only below freezing, use a fluid that has page 10‑6 for reservoir location. enough fluid to bring the level up to sufficient protection against When to Check Power Steering the mark. freezing. Fluid To prevent contamination of brake It is not necessary to regularly fluid, never check or fill the power check power steering fluid unless steering reservoir with the brake there is a leak suspected in the master cylinder cover off. system or an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected and repaired. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care 10-25

Adding Washer Fluid . Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is { WARNING very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing The brake wear warning sound occurs, which could means that soon the brakes will damage the tank if it is not work well. That could lead to completely full. a crash. When the brake wear . Do not use engine coolant warning sound is heard, have the vehicle serviced. Open the cap with the washer (antifreeze) in the windshield symbol on it. Add washer fluid washer. It can damage the until the tank is full. See Engine windshield washer system Notice: Continuing to drive with Compartment Overview on and paint. worn-out brake pads could result page 10‑6 for reservoir location. in costly brake repair. Brakes Notice Some driving conditions or climates This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc can cause a brake squeal when the . When using concentrated brake pads have built-in wear brakes are first applied or lightly washer fluid, follow the indicators that make a high-pitched applied. This does not mean manufacturer instructions for warning sound when the brake pads something is wrong with the brakes. adding water. are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are . Do not mix water with The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake ready-to-use washer fluid. heard all the time the vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, Water can cause the solution moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and to freeze and damage the brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the washer fluid tank and other proper sequence to torque parts of the washer system. specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (26,1)

10-26 Vehicle Care

Brake linings should always be If this is not done, the brakes might There are only two reasons why the replaced as complete axle sets. not work properly. For example, brake fluid level in the reservoir installing disc brake pads that are might go down: Brake Pedal Travel wrong for the vehicle, can change . The brake fluid level goes down See your dealer if the brake pedal the balance between the front and because of normal brake lining does not return to normal height, rear brakes — for the worse. The wear. When new linings are or if there is a rapid increase in braking performance expected can installed, the fluid level goes pedal travel. This could be a sign change in many other ways if the back up. that brake service might be wrong replacement brake parts are required. installed. . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system can also cause Brake Adjustment Brake Fluid a low fluid level. Have the brake Every time the brakes are applied, hydraulic system fixed, since a with or without the vehicle moving, leak means that sooner or later the brakes adjust for wear. the brakes will not work well. Do not top off the brake fluid. Replacing Brake System Parts Adding fluid does not correct a leak. The braking system on a vehicle is If fluid is added when the linings complex. Its many parts have to be are worn, there will be too much of top quality and work well together The brake master cylinder reservoir fluid when new brake linings are if the vehicle is to have really good is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See installed. Add or remove brake fluid, braking. The vehicle was designed Engine Compartment Overview on as necessary, only when work is and tested with top-quality brake page 10‑6 for the location of the done on the brake hydraulic system. parts. When parts of the braking reservoir. system are replaced, be sure to get new, approved replacement parts. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care 10-27

Checking Brake Fluid After work is done on the brake { WARNING hydraulic system, make sure the Check brake fluid by looking at the level is above the MIN but not over brake fluid reservoir. See Engine If too much brake fluid is added, the MAX mark. it can spill on the engine and/or Compartment Overview on fuel operated heater parts, page 10‑6. What to Add if equipped. If the vehicle has a Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid diesel engine and a fuel operated from a sealed container. See heater, see “Fuel Operated Recommended Fluids and Heater (FOH)” in the diesel Lubricants on page 11‑12. engine supplement. The fluid will Always clean the brake fluid burn if the engine is hot enough. reservoir cap and the area around You or others could be burned, the cap before removing it. This and the vehicle could be helps keep dirt from entering the damaged. Add brake fluid only reservoir. when work is done on the brake hydraulic system. See “Checking { WARNING Brake Fluid” in this section. With the wrong kind of fluid in the The fluid level should be above brake hydraulic system, the Refer to the Maintenance Schedule MIN. If it is not, have the brake brakes might not work well. This to determine when to check the hydraulic system checked to see if could cause a crash. Always use brake fluid. See Maintenance there is a leak. Schedule on page 11‑3. the proper brake fluid. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (28,1)

10-28 Vehicle Care

Notice Battery Vehicle Storage . Using the wrong fluid Refer to the replacement number can badly damage brake shown on the original battery label { WARNING hydraulic system parts. For when a new battery is needed. See Batteries have acid that can burn example, just a few drops of Engine Compartment Overview on you and gas that can explode. mineral-based oil, such as page 10‑6 for battery location. engine oil, in the brake You can be badly hurt if you are hydraulic system can not careful. See Jump Starting on { WARNING damage brake hydraulic page 10‑83 for tips on working system parts so badly that Battery posts, terminals, and around a battery without they will have to be replaced. related accessories contain lead getting hurt. Do not let someone put in and lead compounds, chemicals the wrong kind of fluid. known to the State of California to Infrequent Usage: Remove the . If brake fluid is spilled on the cause cancer and reproductive black, negative (−) cable from the vehicle's painted surfaces, harm. Wash hands after handling. battery to keep the battery from the paint finish can be running down. damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid on the Extended Storage: Remove the vehicle. If you do, wash it off black, negative (−) cable from the immediately. battery or use a battery trickle charger. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care 10-29

All-Wheel Drive What to Use Transfer Case Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 to When to Check Lubricant determine what kind of lubricant to use. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often to check the lubricant. See Maintenance Front Axle Schedule on page 11‑3. When to Check and Change How to Check Lubricant Lubricant To get an accurate reading, the Refer to the Maintenance Schedule vehicle should be on a level to determine how often to check the surface. 1. Drain Plug lubricant and when to change it. 2. Fill Plug See Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑3. If the level is below the bottom of the fill plug hole, on the transfer case, some lubricant will need to be added. Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the fill plug hole. Use care not to overtighten the plug. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (30,1)

10-30 Vehicle Care

How to Check Lubricant When the differential is cold, add How to Check Lubricant To get an accurate reading, the enough lubricant to raise the level vehicle should be on a level to 10 mm (3/8 in) below the fill surface. plug hole. When the differential is at operating temperature (warm), add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the fill plug hole. What to Use Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 to determine what kind of lubricant to use. To get an accurate reading, the Rear Axle vehicle should be on a level surface. When to Check Lubricant If the level is below the bottom of If you have the 1500 Series, the the fill plug hole, some lubricant Refer to the Maintenance Schedule proper level is from 15 mm (5/8 in) to may need to be added. on page 11‑3 to determine how 40 mm (1 5/8 in) below the bottom of often to check the lubricant. the fill plug hole. The proper level for the 2500 and 3500 Series is from 0 to 6 mm (1/4 in) below the bottom of the fill plug hole. Add only enough fluid to reach the proper level. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care 10-31

What to Use Federal law prohibits the following Engine: acts or the causing thereof: Refer to Recommended Fluids and . Removal or rendering engine Lubricants on page 11‑12 to 1. The removal or rendering speed governor, if the vehicle determine what kind of lubricant inoperative by any person, has one, inoperative so as to to use. other than for purposes of allow engine speed to exceed maintenance, repair or manufacturer specifications. Noise Control System replacement, of any device or element of design incorporated Fan and Drive: The following information relates to into any new vehicle for the . Removal of fan clutch, if the compliance with federal noise purpose of noise control, prior to vehicle has one, or rendering emission standards for vehicles with its sale or delivery to the ultimate clutch inoperative. a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating purchaser or while it is in use; or (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg . Removal of the fan shroud, if the (10,000 lbs). The Maintenance 2. The use of the vehicle after such vehicle has one. device or element of design has Schedule provides information on Air Intake: maintaining the noise control system been removed or rendered to minimize degradation of the noise inoperative by any person. . Removal of the air cleaner silencer. emission control system during the Among those acts presumed to life of the vehicle. The noise control constitute tampering are the acts . Modification of the air cleaner. system warranty is given in the listed below. vehicle warranty booklet. Exhaust: Insulation: These standards apply only to . Removal of the muffler and/or vehicles sold in the United States. . Removal of the noise shields or resonator. any underhood insulation. . Removal of the exhaust pipes and exhaust pipe clamps. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (32,1)

10-32 Vehicle Care

Fuel Operated Heater (FOH) — 3. Try to start the engine in each 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. Diesel Engine: gear. The vehicle should start See Parking Brake on only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). page 9 31. . Removal of the muffler. ‑ If the vehicle starts in any other Be ready to apply the regular Starter Switch Check position, contact your dealer for brake immediately if the vehicle service. begins to move. { WARNING Automatic Transmission 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, but do not start the When you are doing this Shift Lock Control engine. Without applying the inspection, the vehicle could Function Check regular brake, try to move the move suddenly. If the vehicle shift lever out of P (Park) with moves, you or others could be { WARNING normal effort. If the shift lever injured. moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this your dealer for service. 1. Before starting this check, be inspection, the vehicle could sure there is enough room move suddenly. If the vehicle Ignition Transmission around the vehicle. moves, you or others could be Lock Check injured. 2. Firmly apply both the parking While parked, and with the parking brake and the regular brake. brake set, try to turn the ignition to See Parking Brake on 1. Before starting this check, be LOCK/OFF in each shift lever page 9‑31. sure there is enough room position. around the vehicle. It should be . Do not use the accelerator parked on a level surface. The ignition should turn to pedal, and be ready to turn off LOCK/OFF only when the shift the engine immediately if it lever is in P (Park). starts. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care 10-33

. The ignition key should come Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Wiper Blade Replacement out only in LOCK/OFF. vehicle facing downhill. Keeping Windshield wiper blades should be Contact your dealer if service is your foot on the regular brake, set inspected for wear and cracking. required. the parking brake. See Maintenance Schedule on . To check the parking brake's page 11‑3. Park Brake and P (Park) holding ability: With the engine Mechanism Check running and the transmission in Replacement blades come in N (Neutral), slowly remove foot different types and are removed pressure from the regular brake in different ways. For proper type { WARNING pedal. Do this until the vehicle is and length, see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11‑14. When you are doing this check, held by the parking brake only. the vehicle could begin to move. . To check the P (Park) Notice: Allowing the wiper arm to You or others could be injured mechanism's holding ability: touch the windshield when no and property could be damaged. With the engine running, shift wiper blade is installed could Make sure there is room in front to P (Park). Then release the damage the windshield. Any damage that occurs would not be of the vehicle in case it begins to parking brake followed by the covered by your warranty. Do not roll. Be ready to apply the regular regular brake. allow the wiper arm to touch the brake at once should the vehicle Contact your dealer if service is windshield. begin to move. required. 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (34,1)

10-34 Vehicle Care

Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, page 10‑40. the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb‐changing procedure If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact necessary, see your dealer. your dealer. 2. Push the release lever (2) to disengage the hook and push Halogen Bulbs the wiper arm (1) out of the blade assembly (3). { WARNING 3. Push the new blade assembly Halogen bulbs have pressurized securely on the wiper arm until gas inside and can burst if you the release lever clicks into drop or scratch the bulb. You or place. others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care 10-35

Headlamps Composite Headlamp

1. High-Beam Headlamp 2. Remove the two bolts from the 5. Disconnect the electrical headlamp assembly. connector. 2. Low-Beam Headlamp 3. Lift the headlamp assembly to 6. Turn the bulb counterclockwise To remove the headlamp assembly release the lower tabs from the one-quarter turn to remove it from the vehicle and access the radiator support. from the headlamp assembly. bulbs: 4. Turn the headlamp forward and 7. Install the new bulb into the 1. Open the hood. See Hood on upward to remove it from the headlamp assembly and connect page 10‑4. grille. the electrical connector. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (36,1)

10-36 Vehicle Care

8. Reverse the steps to reinstall the To replace one of these bulbs: Front Turn Signal, headlamp assembly. 1. Remove the four screws (1) from Sidemarker, and Parking To prevent headlamp vibration the headlamp retainer (2). Lamps and shortened bulb life, be sure Pull the retainer (2) out and set it to insert the headlamp assembly aside. tabs in the slots at the lower portion of the housing. 2. Pull the bulb (3) forward to gain access to the electrical Sealed-Beam Headlamp connector.

1. Front Parking and Turn Signal Lamp 2. Front Sidemarker Lamp

1. Headlamp retainer screws 3. Disconnect the electrical 2. Headlamp retainer connector (2) and remove the 3. Sealed-beam headlamp bulb headlamp bulb (1). 4. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall the headlamp. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care 10-37

To replace the front turn signal, 7. Reinstall the lamp assembly into sidemarker, and/or parking lamp the grille until the outboard clip bulb(s): snaps into place. Taillamps To replace a taillamp/turn signal lamp or back-up lamp bulb:

1. Use a small tool to unlatch the outboard clip on the lamp by pushing inboard and prying the 2. The third nut (3) is under the lamp assembly forward. applique piece (2) above the lamp. Remove the two inboard 2. Remove the lamp from the grille. applique nuts. Pull the 3. Turn the bulb socket applique (2) straight rearward counterclockwise one-quarter slightly to clear the studs. Then turn and remove it from the lamp rotate the applique (2) just far assembly. enough to gain access to the 4. Remove the bulb from the 1. Remove the two inboard nuts outer push pins (1). socket by pulling it straight out. from the inside of the taillamp 3. Carefully disconnect the push 5. Replace the bulb. assembly. pins (1) from the applique bracket. 6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise to reinstall it in the lamp 4. Remove the third nut (3) from assembly. the upper outboard side of the lamp. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (38,1)

10-38 Vehicle Care

5. Remove the taillamp assembly 7. Remove the bulb by pulling it Center High-Mounted from the vehicle. straight out. Stoplamp (CHMSL) 8. Push the new bulb into the socket. The CHMSL is above the rear doors at the center of the vehicle. 9. Reinstall the bulb socket by turning it clockwise into the lamp To replace a bulb: assembly. 10. Reverse Steps 1–5 to reinstall the taillamp assembly and applique.

6. Remove the taillamp/turn signal lamp (1) or back-up lamp (2) bulb socket by turning it counterclockwise one-quarter turn and pulling it out of the lamp 1. Remove the two screws from the assembly. CHMSL assembly. 2. Remove the CHMSL assembly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care 10-39

3. Turn the bulb socket License Plate Lamp To replace one of these bulbs: counterclockwise one-quarter 1. Remove the screws (3) that turn to remove it from the lamp secure the license plate bulb assembly. assembly (2). 4. Pull the old bulb straight out of 2. Turn the bulb socket (1) the socket and push the new counterclockwise and pull the bulb into the socket. bulb straight out of the socket. 5. Turn the bulb socket clockwise 3. Install the new bulb. one-quarter turn to install it in the lamp assembly. 4. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to reinstall the license plate bulb 6. Reinstall the CHMSL assembly assembly. and two screws. Do not block or damage the CHMSL when items are loaded on the roof 1. Bulb Socket of the vehicle. 2. License Plate Bulb Assembly 3. Screws Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (40,1)

10-40 Vehicle Care

Replacement Bulbs Bulb Exterior Lamp Electrical System Bulb Number Exterior Lamp Number Headlamps Electrical System Back-up, Rear 3157KX Composite 9005LL Overload Parking, Stoplamp, High-Beam The vehicle has fuses and circuit and Turn Headlamp breakers to protect against an Signal Lamp Composite 9006LL electrical system overload. Center 912LL Low-Beam When the current electrical load is High-Mounted Headlamp too heavy, the circuit breaker opens Stoplamp and closes, protecting the circuit Sealed Beam H6054 (CHMSL) until the current load returns to Headlamp Front Parking and 3157KX normal or the problem is fixed. This greatly reduces the chance of Turn Signal Lamp For replacement bulbs not listed circuit overload and fire caused by here, contact your dealer. Front 194LL electrical problems. Sidemarker Lamp Fuses and circuit breakers protect License 194LL power devices in the vehicle. Plate Lamp Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. If there is a problem on the road and a fuse needs to be replaced, the same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care 10-41

Headlamp Wiring If the overload is caused by an Engine Compartment electrical problem and not snow or An electrical overload may cause ice, be sure to get it fixed. Fuse Block the lamps to go on and off, or in The fuse block is located in the some cases to remain off. Have the engine compartment on the driver headlamp wiring checked right away Fuses and Circuit side of the vehicle. if the lamps go on and off or Breakers Notice: Spilling liquid on any remain off. The wiring circuits in the vehicle are electrical component on the protected from short circuits by a Windshield Wipers vehicle may damage it. Always combination of fuses and circuit keep the covers on any electrical If the wiper motor overheats due to breakers. This greatly reduces the component. heavy snow or ice, the windshield chance of fires caused by electrical wipers will stop until the motor cools problems. and will then restart. Look at the silver-colored band Although the circuit is protected inside the fuse. If the band is broken from electrical overload, overload or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure due to heavy snow or ice may you replace a bad fuse with a new cause wiper linkage damage. one of the identical size and rating. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield before using the windshield wipers. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (42,1)

10-42 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Mini Fuse Usage 3 Right Stop/Turn Trailer 4 Spare 5 Spare 6 Fuel System Control Module Ignition 7 Body Control Module 5 8 Body Control Module 7 9 Body Control Module 4 10 Instrument Panel Cluster 11 Trailer Wiring 12 Inside Rear Vision Camera Module 13 Spare Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care 10-43

Mini Fuse Usage Mini Fuse Usage Mini Fuse Usage 14 Windshield Washer 29 Steering Wheel 52 Right High-Beam Sensor Headlamp 16 Horn 30 Engine Control 53 Left Low-Beam 17 Transmission Module Ignition/ Headlamp 18 Air Conditioning Glow Plug Module 54 Right Low-Beam Compressor 31 Transmission Headlamp 19 Engine Control Control Module 55 Wiper Module Battery Ignition 56 Canister Vent 20 Spare 32 Transmission Solenoid Control Module 21 Left Stop/Turn Battery 58 Body Control Trailer Module 2 33 Rear Parking Aid 22 Spare Module 59 Body Control 23 Spare Module 1 34 Spare 24 Fuel Pump 61 Spare 35 Fuel Operated 25 Auxiliary Power Heater Module 62 Oxygen Sensor 2 Outlet (Post), EV Fan 36 Fuel System (Diesel) 26 Body Control Control Module Module 3 Battery 63 Spare 27 Special Equipment 51 Left High-Beam 64 Mass Air Flow/ Option Headlamp Canister Vent 28 Airbag Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (44,1)

10-44 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuse Usage Mini Fuse Usage J-Case Fuse Usage 65 Odd Ignition/ 75 V6 Fuel Injectors 46 Spare Injectors 76 Spare 47 Fan Lo 66 Daytime Running 77 Oxygen 74 Front Blower Lamps 2 Sensor 2 (Pre) (LOLVL-V22) (If Equipped) 78 Engine Control Relay Usage Module Powertrain 67 Daytime Running 15 Run/Crank Lamps 1 79 Even Ignition/ 37 Spare (UPLVL+V22) Injectors (If Equipped) 38 Fuel Pump 68 Auxiliary Stop J-Case Fuse Usage 39 Crank Lamps 1 ABS Motor 40 Air Conditioning Compressor 69 Trailer Stop Lamps 2 ABS Module 48 Fan High 70 Spare 41 Spare 49 Powertrain 71 Fuel Heater/Flex 42 Trailer Wiring Fuel Sensor 50 Spare 43 Fan High 72 Body Control 57 Fan Low Module 6 44 Starter Solenoid 60 Fan Control 73 Lighter/Data Link 45 Engine Control Connection Module/Powertrain Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care 10-45

Floor Console Fuse Block The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and The floor console fuse block is under the driver seat. features shown. Mini-Fuse Usage F1 Empty F2 Steering Wheel Sensor F3 Auxiliary Parking Lamps (Cut-Away) F4 Front Park Lamps F5 Trailer Park Lamps F6 Upfitter Park Lamps F7 Right Rear Park Lamp F8 Left Rear Park Lamp F9 Outside Rearview Mirror Switch F10 Airbag/Automatic Occupant Sensing Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (46,1)

10-46 Vehicle Care

Mini-Fuse Usage Mini-Fuse Usage Mini-Fuse Usage F11 OnStar® F22 Ignition Switch/ F36 Driver Door Unlock (If Equipped) Discrete Logic F37 Empty Ignition F12 Empty Sensor (PK3) F38 Empty F13 Heating, Ventilation F23 Instrument Cluster and Air J-Case Fuse Usage Conditioning 2 F25 Heating, Ventilation and Air F16 Upfitter Auxiliary 1 F14 Heating, Ventilation Conditioning and Air F24 Empty Control Conditioning 1 F28 Upfitter Auxiliary 2 F26 Auxiliary/Trailer F15 Empty Reading Lamps Backup F17 Outside Rearview F29 Rear Blower F27 Taillamps Backup Mirror Heater F30 Upfitter Courtesy F18 Rear Window Relays Usage Lamps Defogger K1 Run (High Current F31 Front Door Lock F19 Compass Micro) F32 Rear Door Lock F20 Radio/Chime/ K2 Empty (High SiriusXM Satellite F33 Cargo Door Unlock Current Micro) Radio (If Equipped) F34 Passenger Door K3 Park Lamps (High F21 Remote Function Unlock Current Micro) Actuator/Tire F35 Rear Passenger K4 Upfitter Auxiliary 2 Pressure Monitor Door Unlock (High Current Mini) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care 10-47

Relays Usage Wheels and Tires { WARNING K5 Rear Defogger (High Current Tires . Poorly maintained and Micro) Every new GM vehicle has improperly used tires are dangerous. K6 Retained high-quality tires made by a Accessory Power leading tire manufacturer. . Overloading the tires can (RAP) (High See the warranty manual for cause overheating as a Current Micro) information regarding the tire result of too much flexing. warranty and where to get There could be a blowout Circuit Usage service. For additional and a serious crash. See Breaker information refer to the tire Vehicle Load Limits on CB1 Power Seats manufacturer. page 9‑10. CB2 Power Windows . Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires. The resulting crash could cause serious injury. Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure. Tire pressure should be checked when the tires are cold. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (48,1)

10-48 Vehicle Care

identified by the last two characters WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) of this TPC code, which will be “MS.” . Overinflated tires are more center should repair, likely to be cut, punctured, replace, dismount, and Consider installing winter tires on or broken by a sudden mount the tires. the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or ice-covered roads is impact such as when — . Do not spin the tires in expected. All-season tires provide hitting a pothole. Keep excess of 56 km/h adequate performance for most tires at the recommended (35 mph) on slippery winter driving conditions, but they pressure. surfaces such as snow, may not offer the same level of . Worn or old tires can mud, ice, etc. Excessive traction or performance as winter cause a crash. If the spinning may cause the tires on snow or ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires on page 10 48. tread is badly worn, tires to explode. ‑ replace them. Winter Tires . Replace any tires that All-Season Tires This vehicle was not, originally, have been damaged by This vehicle may come with equipped with winter tires. Winter impacts with potholes, all-season tires. These tires are tires are designed for increased curbs, etc. designed to provide good overall traction on snow and ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter . Improperly repaired tires performance on most road surfaces and weather conditions. Original tires on the vehicle if frequent can cause a crash. driving on snow or ice-covered Only the dealer or an equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria roads is expected. See your dealer authorized tire service have a TPC specification code for details regarding winter tire (Continued) molded onto the sidewall. Original availability and proper tire selection. equipment all-season tires can be Also, see Buying New Tires on page 10‑66. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care 10-49

With winter tires, there may be Summer Tires decreased dry road traction, increased road noise, and shorter This vehicle may come with high tread life. After changing to winter performance summer tires. These tires, be alert for changes in vehicle tires have a special tread and handling and braking. compound that are optimized for maximum dry and wet road If using winter tires: performance. This special tread . Use tires of the same brand and and compound will decrease tread type on all four wheel performance in cold climates, and positions. on ice and snow. We recommend installing winter tires on the . Use only radial ply tires of the vehicle if frequent driving in cold same size, load range, and temperatures or on snow or ice Passenger (P-Metric) Tire speed rating as the original covered roads is expected. See equipment tires. (1) Tire Size: The tire size code Winter Tires on page 10‑48. is a combination of letters and Winter tires with the same speed numbers used to define a rating as the original equipment tires Tire Sidewall Labeling particular tire's width, height, may not be available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated tires. If winter Useful information about a tire is aspect ratio, construction type, tires with a lower speed rating are molded into the sidewall. The and service description. See the chosen, never exceed the tire's examples show a typical “Tire Size” illustration later in this maximum speed capability. passenger vehicle and light section for more detail. truck tire sidewall. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (50,1)

10-50 Vehicle Care

(2) TPC Spec (Tire DOT Tire Date of (5) Tire Ply Material: The type Performance Criteria Manufacture: The last four of cord and number of plies in Specification): Original digits of the TIN indicate the the sidewall and under the tread. equipment tires designed to tire manufactured date. The first (6) Uniform Tire Quality GM's specific tire performance two digits represent the week Grading (UTQG): Tire criteria have a TPC specification (01-52) and the last two digits, manufacturers are required to code molded onto the sidewall. the year. For example, the grade tires based on three GM's TPC specifications meet or third week of the year 2010 performance factors: treadwear, exceed all federal safety would have a four-digit DOT traction, and temperature guidelines. date of 0310. resistance. For more (3) DOT (Department of (4) Tire Identification Number information, see Uniform Tire Transportation): The (TIN): The letters and numbers Quality Grading on page 10‑68. Department of Transportation following the DOT code are (7) Maximum Cold Inflation (DOT) code indicates that the Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load the tire is in compliance (TIN). The TIN shows the that can be carried and the with the U.S. Department of manufacturer and plant code, maximum pressure needed Transportation Motor Vehicle tire size, and date the tire was to support that load. For Safety Standards. manufactured. The TIN is information on recommended molded onto both sides of the tire pressure see Tire Pressure tire, although only one side may on page 10‑56 and Vehicle Load have the date of manufacture. Limits on page 9‑10. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care 10-51

(2) TPC Spec (Tire (4) DOT (Department of Performance Criteria Transportation): The Specification): Original Department of Transportation equipment tires designed to (DOT) code indicates that GM's specific tire performance the tire is in compliance criteria have a TPC specification with the U.S. Department of code molded onto the sidewall. Transportation Motor Vehicle GM's TPC specifications meet Safety Standards. or exceed all federal safety DOT Tire Date of guidelines. This does not apply Manufacture: The last four to Goodyear LT225/75R16 digits of the TIN indicate the Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire G949 RSA and Goodyear tire manufactured date. The first LT225/75R16 G933 RSD two digits represent the week (1) Tire Size: The tire size code commercial truck tires. is a combination of letters and (01-52) and the last two digits, numbers used to define a (3) Dual Tire Maximum Load: the year. For example, the third particular tire's width, height, Maximum load that can be week of the year 2010 would aspect ratio, construction type, carried and the maximum have a four-digit DOT date and service description. See the pressure needed to support of 0310. “Tire Size” illustration later in this that load when used in a dual section for more detail. configuration. For information on recommended tire pressure see Tire Pressure on page 10‑56 and Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (52,1)

10-52 Vehicle Care

(5) Tire Identification Number Tire Designations (2) Tire Width: The three-digit (TIN): The letters and numbers number indicates the tire section following the DOT code are Tire Size width in millimeters from the Tire Identification Number The following examples show sidewall to sidewall. (TIN). The TIN shows the the different parts of a tire size. (3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit manufacturer and plant code, number that indicates the tire tire size, and date the tire was height-to-width measurements. manufactured. The TIN is For example, if the tire size molded onto both sides of the aspect ratio is 75, as shown in tire, although only one side may item 3 of the illustration, it would have the date of manufacture. mean that the tire's sidewall is (6) Tire Ply Material: The type Passenger (P-Metric) Tire 75 percent as high as it is wide. of cord and number of plies in (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: (4) Construction Code: A letter the sidewall and under the tread. The United States version of a code is used to indicate the (7) Single Tire Maximum metric tire sizing system. The type of ply construction in the Load: Maximum load that can letter P as the first character in tire. The letter R means radial be carried and the maximum the tire size means a passenger ply construction; the letter D pressure needed to support that vehicle tire engineered to means diagonal or bias ply load when used as a single. For standards set by the U.S. Tire construction; and the letter B information on recommended and Rim Association. means belted-bias ply tire pressure see Tire Pressure construction. on page 10‑56 and Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care 10-53

(5) Rim Diameter: Diameter of (2) Tire Width: The three-digit (5) Rim Diameter: Diameter of the wheel in inches. number indicates the tire section the wheel in inches. (6) Service Description: These width in millimeters from (6) Load Range: Load Range. sidewall to sidewall. characters represent the load (7) Service Description: The index and speed rating of the (3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit service description indicates the tire. The load index represents number that indicates the tire load index and speed rating of a the load carrying capacity a tire height-to-width measurements. tire. If two numbers are given as is certified to carry. The speed For example, if the tire size in the example, 120/116, then rating is the maximum speed a aspect ratio is 75, as shown this represents the load index for tire is certified to carry a load. in item 3 of the light truck single versus dual wheel usage (LT-Metric) tire illustration, it (single/dual). The speed rating is would mean that the tire's the maximum speed a tire is sidewall is 75 percent as high as certified to carry a load. This it is wide. does not apply to Goodyear (4) Construction Code: A letter LT225/75R16 G949 RSA and code is used to indicate the type Goodyear LT225/75R16 G933 Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire of ply construction in the tire. RSD commercial truck tires; see (1) Light Truck (LT-Metric) The letter R means radial ply the dual tire and single tire Tire: The United States version construction; the letter D maximum load and load range of a metric tire sizing system. means diagonal or bias ply letter designations on the tire The letters LT as the first two construction; and the letter B sidewall. characters in the tire size mean means belted-bias ply a light truck tire engineered to construction. standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (54,1)

10-54 Vehicle Care

Tire Terminology and Bead: The tire bead contains DOT Markings: A code molded Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel into the sidewall of a tire cords that hold the tire onto signifying that the tire is in Air Pressure: The amount of the rim. compliance with the U.S. air inside the tire pressing Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Department of Transportation outward on each square inch of (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety the tire. Air pressure is in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than Standards. The DOT code expressed in kPa (kilopascal) includes the Tire Identification or psi (pounds per square inch). 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Accessory Weight: The designator which can also combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure: The identify the tire manufacturer, accessories. Some examples amount of air pressure in a tire, production plant, brand, and of optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal) date of production. or psi (pounds per square inch) automatic transmission, power GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight steering, power brakes, power before a tire has built up heat from driving. See Tire Pressure Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits windows, power seats, and air on page 9‑10. conditioning. on page 10‑56. Curb Weight: The weight of a GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Aspect Ratio: The relationship Rating for the front axle. See of a tire's height to its width. motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the Vehicle Load Limits on Belt: A rubber coated layer of maximum capacity of fuel, oil, page 9‑10. cords between the plies and the and coolant, but without GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight tread. Cords may be made from passengers and cargo. Rating for the rear axle. See steel or other reinforcing Vehicle Load Limits on materials. page 9‑10. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care 10-55

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A The side of an asymmetrical tire, Weight: The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric production options weight. Recommended Inflation unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown some multipurpose passenger 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load on the tire placard. See Tire vehicles. Limits on page 9‑10. Pressure on page 10‑56 and Occupant Distribution: Vehicle Load Limits on Load Index: An assigned page 9‑10. number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions. that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: The Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at Maximum Inflation Pressure: has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a 90 degrees to the centerline of The maximum air pressure to the tread. which a cold tire can be inflated. vehicle. The side of the tire that The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears Rim: A metal support for a tire molded onto the sidewall. white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated. Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is load rating for a tire at the Sidewall: The portion of a tire higher or deeper than the same between the tread and the bead. maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall pressure for that tire. of the tire. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (56,1)

10-56 Vehicle Care

Speed Rating: An UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Vehicle Maximum Load on the alphanumeric code assigned to Grading Standards): A tire Tire: Load on an individual tire a tire indicating the maximum information system that due to curb weight, accessory speed at which a tire can provides consumers with weight, occupant weight, and operate. ratings for a tire's traction, cargo weight. Traction: The friction between temperature, and treadwear. Vehicle Placard: A label the tire and the road surface. Ratings are determined by permanently attached to a The amount of grip provided. tire manufacturers using vehicle showing the vehicle government testing procedures. capacity weight and the Tread: The portion of a tire that The ratings are molded into comes into contact with original equipment tire size the sidewall of the tire. See and recommended inflation the road. Uniform Tire Quality Grading on pressure. See “Tire and Loading page 10 68. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow ‑ Information Label” under Vehicle bands, sometimes called wear Vehicle Capacity Weight: Load Limits on page 9‑10. bars, that show across the tread The number of designated of a tire when only 1.6 mm seating positions multiplied by Tire Pressure (1/16 in) of tread remains. See 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated When It Is Time for New Tires Tires need the correct amount cargo load. See Vehicle Load of air pressure to operate on page 10‑64. Limits on page 9‑10. effectively. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care 10-57

Notice: Neither tire The Tire and Loading When to Check underinflation nor Information label on the Check the tires once a month overinflation is good. vehicle indicates the original or more. Underinflated tires, or tires equipment tires and the correct that do not have enough air, cold tire inflation pressures. The Do not forget the spare tire, can result in: recommended pressure is the if the vehicle has one. See minimum air pressure needed to Full-Size Spare Tire on . Tire overloading and support the vehicle's maximum page 10‑82 for additional overheating which could information. lead to a blowout. load carrying capacity. For additional information How to Check . Premature or irregular wear. regarding how much weight Use a good quality pocket-type the vehicle can carry, and an gauge to check tire pressure. . Poor handling. example of the Tire and Loading Proper tire inflation cannot be . Reduced fuel economy. Information label, see Vehicle determined by looking at the tire. Load Limits on page 9‑10. How Overinflated tires, or tires that Check the tire inflation pressure the vehicle is loaded affects when the tires are cold, meaning have too much air, can vehicle handling and ride result in: the vehicle has not been driven comfort. Never load the vehicle for at least three hours or no . Unusual wear. with more weight than it was more than 1.6 km (1 mi). designed to carry. . Poor handling. . Rough ride. . Needless damage from road hazards. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (58,1)

10-58 Vehicle Care

Remove the valve cap from the Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or tire valve stem. Press the tire System more of your tires is significantly gauge firmly onto the valve to under-inflated. get a pressure measurement. The Tire Pressure Monitor System Accordingly, when the low tire If the cold tire inflation pressure (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure telltale illuminates, you matches the recommended technology to check tire pressure should stop and check your tires as levels. The TPMS sensors monitor pressure on the Tire and soon as possible, and inflate them the air pressure in your tires and to the proper pressure. Driving on a Loading Information label, no transmit tire pressure readings to a further adjustment is necessary. significantly under-inflated tire receiver located in the vehicle. causes the tire to overheat and can If the inflation pressure is low, Each tire, including the spare lead to tire failure. Under-inflation add air until the recommended (if provided), should be checked also reduces fuel efficiency and tire pressure is reached. If the monthly when cold and inflated to tread life, and may affect the inflation pressure is high, press the inflation pressure recommended vehicle's handling and stopping on the metal stem in the center by the vehicle manufacturer on the ability. of the tire valve to release air. vehicle placard or tire inflation Please note that the TPMS is Re-check the tire pressure with pressure label. (If your vehicle has not a substitute for proper tire tires of a different size than the size the tire gauge. maintenance, and it is the driver's indicated on the vehicle placard or responsibility to maintain correct tire Return the valve caps on the tire inflation pressure label, you pressure, even if under-inflation has valve stems to prevent leaks should determine the proper tire not reached the level to trigger and keep out dirt and moisture. inflation pressure for those tires.) illumination of the TPMS low tire As an added safety feature, your pressure telltale. vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care 10-59

Your vehicle has also been alternate tires and wheels allow the mounted onto each tire and wheel equipped with a TPMS malfunction TPMS to continue to function assembly, excluding the spare tire indicator to indicate when the properly. and wheel assembly. The TPMS system is not operating properly. See Tire Pressure Monitor sensors monitor the air pressure The TPMS malfunction indicator is in the tires and transmit the tire Operation on page 10‑59. combined with the low tire pressure pressure readings to a receiver telltale. When the system detects a Federal Communications located in the vehicle. malfunction, the telltale will flash for Commission (FCC) Rules and approximately one minute and then with Industry Canada remain continuously illuminated. Standards This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as See Radio Frequency Statement on long as the malfunction exists. page 13‑21 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal When the malfunction indicator is Communications Commission (FCC) When a low tire pressure condition illuminated, the system may not be Rules and with Industry Canada is detected, the TPMS illuminates able to detect or signal low tire Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. pressure as intended. TPMS the low tire pressure warning light malfunctions may occur for a variety located on the instrument cluster. of reasons, including the installation Tire Pressure Monitor If the warning light comes on, stop of replacement or alternate tires or Operation as soon as possible and inflate the wheels on the vehicle that prevent This vehicle may have a Tire tires to the recommended pressure the TPMS from functioning properly. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). shown on the Tire and Loading Always check the TPMS malfunction The TPMS is designed to warn the Information label. See Vehicle Load telltale after replacing one or more driver when a low tire pressure Limits on page 9‑10. tires or wheels on your vehicle to condition exists. TPMS sensors are ensure that the replacement or Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (60,1)

10-60 Vehicle Care

A message to check the pressure A Tire and Loading Information label TPMS Malfunction Light and in a specific tire displays in the shows the size of the original Message Driver Information Center (DIC). The equipment tires and the correct low tire pressure warning light and inflation pressure for the tires when The TPMS will not function properly the DIC warning message come on they are cold. See Vehicle Load if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable. When the at each ignition cycle until the tires Limits on page 9‑10, for an example are inflated to the correct inflation of the Tire and Loading Information system detects a malfunction, the pressure. If the vehicle has DIC label and its location. Also see Tire low tire pressure warning light flashes for about one minute and buttons, tire pressure levels can be Pressure on page 10‑56. viewed. For additional information then stays on for the remainder of The TPMS can warn about a the ignition cycle. A DIC warning and details about the DIC operation low tire pressure condition but it and displays, see Driver Information message also displays. The does not replace normal tire malfunction light and DIC warning Center (DIC) on page 5‑26 and Tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection message come on at each ignition Messages on page 5‑39. on page 10‑62, Tire Rotation on cycle until the problem is corrected. The low tire pressure warning light page 10‑63 and Tires on Some of the conditions that can may come on in cool weather when page 10‑47. cause these to come on are: the vehicle is first started, and then Notice: Tire sealant materials are . turn off as the vehicle is driven. This One of the road tires has been not all the same. A non-approved replaced with the spare tire. The could be an early indicator that the tire sealant could damage the air pressure is getting low and spare tire does not have a TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor TPMS sensor. The malfunction needs to be inflated to the proper damage caused by using an pressure. light and the DIC message incorrect tire sealant is not should go off after the road tire covered by the vehicle is replaced and the sensor warranty. Always use only the matching process is performed GM-approved tire sealant successfully. See "TPMS Sensor available through your dealer or Matching Process" later in this included in the vehicle. section. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care 10-61

. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or The malfunction light and the DIC process was not done or not being near facilities using radio message should go off at the next completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the ignition cycle. The sensors are rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS matched to the tire/wheel positions, malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. using a TPMS relearn tool, in the message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning following order: driver side front tire, successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a passenger side front tire, passenger sensor matching process. See low tire condition. See your dealer side rear tire, and driver side rear. "TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction See your dealer for service or to Process" later in this section. light and DIC message come on purchase a relearn tool. . One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on. There are two minutes to match missing or damaged. The the first tire/wheel position, and malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching Process five minutes overall to match all message should go off when the four tire/wheel positions. If it takes TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique longer, the matching process stops the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification and must be restarted. performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a The TPMS sensor matching your dealer for service. new tire/wheel position after rotating process is: . Replacement tires or wheels do the vehicle’s tires or replacing one not match the original equipment or more of the TPMS sensors. 1. Set the parking brake. tires or wheels. Tires and wheels Also, the TPMS sensor matching 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with other than those recommended process should be performed after the engine off. could prevent the TPMS from replacing a spare tire with a road functioning properly. See Buying tire containing the TPMS sensor. New Tires on page 10‑66. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (62,1)

10-62 Vehicle Care

3. Press the Remote Keyless Entry the receiver is in relearn mode tire, and the TPMS sensor (RKE) transmitter's Q and K and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE matching process is no longer buttons at the same time for message displays on the DIC active. The TIRE LEARNING approximately five seconds. The screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC horn sounds twice to signal the 4. Start with the driver side display screen goes off. receiver is in relearn mode and front tire. 9. Turn the ignition switch to the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE LOCK/OFF. message displays on the DIC 5. Place the relearn tool against screen. the tire sidewall, near the valve 10. Set all four tires to the stem. Then press the button to recommended air pressure If the vehicle does not have activate the TPMS sensor. level as indicated on the Tire RKE, press the Driver A horn chirp confirms that the and Loading Information label. Information Center (DIC) vehicle sensor identification code has information button until the been matched to this tire and Tire Inspection PRESS V TO RELEARN TIRE wheel position. We recommend that the tires, POSITIONS message displays. 6. Proceed to the passenger side The horn sounds twice to signal including the spare tire, if the front tire, and repeat the vehicle has one, be inspected the receiver is in relearn mode procedure in Step 5. and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE for signs of wear or damage at message displays on the DIC 7. Proceed to the passenger side least once a month. screen. rear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 5. Replace the tire if: If the vehicle does not have RKE . or DIC buttons, press the trip 8. Proceed to the driver side rear The indicators at three or odometer reset stem on the tire, and repeat the procedure in more places around the tire instrument cluster until the Step 5. The horn sounds two can be seen. times to indicate the sensor PRESS V TO RELEARN TIRE . identification code has been There is cord or fabric POSITIONS message displays. matched to the driver side rear showing through the tire's The horn sounds twice to signal rubber. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care 10-63

. The tread or sidewall is Any time unusual wear is If the vehicle has a compact cracked, cut, or snagged noticed, rotate the tires as soon spare tire, do not include it in the deep enough to show cord or as possible and check the wheel tire rotation. fabric. alignment. Also check for Adjust the front and rear tires to . The tire has a bump, bulge, damaged tires or wheels. See the recommended inflation or split. When It Is Time for New Tires pressure on the Tire and on page 10‑64 and Wheel . The tire has a puncture, cut, Loading Information label after Replacement on page 10‑70. or other damage that cannot the tires have been rotated. See be repaired well because of Tire Pressure on page 10‑56 the size or location of the and Vehicle Load Limits on damage. page 9‑10. Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor Tire Rotation System. See Tire Pressure Tires should be rotated every Monitor Operation on 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See page 10‑59. Maintenance Schedule on Check that all wheel nuts are page 11‑3. properly tightened. See “Wheel Tires are rotated to achieve a Nut Torque” under Capacities uniform wear for all tires. The and Specifications on first rotation is the most Use this rotation pattern when page 12‑2. important. rotating the tires. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (64,1)

10-64 Vehicle Care

Dual Tire Rotation { WARNING { WARNING When the vehicle is new, Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the or whenever a wheel, wheel If the vehicle is operated with a parts to which it is fastened, can bolt, or wheel nut is replaced, tire that is underinflated, the tire make wheel nuts become loose check the wheel nut torque after can overheat. An overheated tire after time. The wheel could come 160, 1 600, and 10 000 km can lose air suddenly or catch off and cause an accident. When (100, 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving. fire. You or others could be changing a wheel, remove any For proper wheel nut tightening injured. Properly inflate all tires, rust or dirt from places where the information, see “Removing the Flat including the spare. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In Tire and Installing the Spare Tire” an emergency, a cloth or a paper under Tire Changing on page 10‑73. See Tires on page 10‑47 and Tire towel can be used; however, use Also see “Wheel Nut Torque” under Capacities and Specifications on Pressure on page 10‑56 for more a scraper or wire brush later to information on proper tire inflation. remove all rust or dirt. page 12‑2. The outer tire on a dual wheel setup When It Is Time for New generally wears faster than the Lightly coat the center of the inner tire. Tires last longer and wear Tires wheel hub with wheel bearing more evenly if they are rotated. See Factors such as maintenance, grease after a wheel change or Tire Inspection on page 10‑62 and temperatures, driving speeds, tire rotation to prevent corrosion Tire Rotation on page 10‑63. Also vehicle loading, and road conditions or rust build-up. Do not get see Maintenance Schedule on affect the wear rate of the tires. grease on the flat wheel page 11‑3. mounting surface or on the wheel nuts or bolts. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care 10-65

Some commercial truck tires, The tire manufacturer date is the including Goodyear LT225/75R16 last four digits of the DOT Tire G949 RSA and Goodyear LT225/ Identification Number (TIN) which 75R16 G933 RSD, may not have is molded into one side of the tire treadwear indicators. If the tires do sidewall. The first two digits not have treadwear indicators, represent the week (01-52) and replace the tires when the tread the last two digits, the year. For depth is down to 3.2 mm (1/8 in) for example, the third week of the year the front tires, or 1.6 mm (1/16 in) for 2010 would have a four-digit DOT the rear tires. See Tire Inspection date of 0310. on page 10‑62 and Tire Rotation on page 10‑63 for additional Vehicle Storage information. Tires age when stored normally Treadwear indicators are one way to mounted on a parked vehicle. Park tell when it is time for new tires. The rubber in tires ages over time. a vehicle that will be stored for at Treadwear indicators appear when This also applies to the spare tire, least a month in a cool, dry, clean the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) if the vehicle has one, even if it is area away from direct sunlight to or less of tread remaining. never used. Multiple factors including temperatures, loading slow aging. This area should be conditions, and inflation pressure free of grease, gasoline or other maintenance affect how fast aging substances that can deteriorate takes place. GM recommends that rubber. tires, including the spare if equipped, be replaced after six years, regardless of tread wear. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (66,1)

10-66 Vehicle Care

Parking for an extended period can GM's exclusive TPC Spec GM recommends replacing worn cause flat spots on the tires that system considers over a dozen tires in complete sets of four may result in vibrations while critical specifications that impact (six for dual rear wheels). driving. When storing a vehicle for the overall performance of the Uniform tread depth on all tires at least a month, remove the tires or vehicle, including brake system will help to maintain the raise the vehicle to reduce the weight from the tires. performance, ride and handling, performance of the vehicle. traction control, and tire Braking and handling Buying New Tires pressure monitoring performance may be adversely performance. GM's TPC Spec affected if all the tires are not GM has developed and matched number is molded onto the tire's replaced at the same time. specific tires for the vehicle. The sidewall near the tire size. If the If proper rotation and original equipment tires installed tires have an all-season tread maintenance have been done, were designed to meet General design, the TPC Spec number all four tires (six for dual rear Motors Tire Performance Criteria will be followed by MS for mud wheels) should wear out at Specification (TPC Spec) and snow. See Tire Sidewall about the same time. See Tire system rating. When Labeling on page 10‑49 for Rotation on page 10‑63 for replacement tires are needed, additional information. information on proper tire GM strongly recommends rotation. However, if it is buying tires with the same TPC necessary to replace only one Spec rating. axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle (two for single rear wheels, four for dual rear wheels). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care 10-67

If the vehicle tires must be { WARNING WARNING (Continued) replaced with a tire that does not Tires could explode during vehicle included a spare tire have a TPC Spec number, make improper service. Attempting and wheel assembly with a sure they are the same size, to mount or dismount a tire similar overall diameter as the load range, speed rating, and could cause injury or death. road tires and wheels, so it is construction (radial) as the Only your dealer or authorized all right to drive on it. The original tires. tire service center should spare tire was developed for Vehicles that have a tire mount or dismount the tires. use on this vehicle and will not pressure monitoring system affect vehicle handling. could give an inaccurate low-pressure warning if non-TPC { WARNING Spec rated tires are installed. { WARNING See Tire Pressure Monitor Mixing tires of different sizes, System on page 10‑58. brands, or types may cause Using bias-ply tires on the The Tire and Loading loss of control of the vehicle, vehicle may cause the wheel Information label indicates the resulting in a crash or other rim flanges to develop cracks original equipment tires on the vehicle damage. Use the after many miles of driving. vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits correct size, brand, and type A tire and/or wheel could fail on page 9‑10 for the label of tires on all wheels. suddenly and cause a crash. location and more information This vehicle may have a Use only radial-ply tires with about the Tire and Loading different size spare than the the wheels on the vehicle. Information label. road tires originally installed on the vehicle. When new, the (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (68,1)

10-68 Vehicle Care

Different Size Tires and (NHTSA), which grades tires WARNING (Continued) Wheels by treadwear, traction, and specific wheel and tire systems temperature performance. This If wheels or tires are installed that applies only to vehicles sold in are a different size than the original developed for the vehicle, and have them properly installed by a the United States. The grades equipment wheels and tires, vehicle are molded on the sidewalls of performance, including its braking, GM certified technician. ride and handling characteristics, most passenger car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading stability, and resistance to rollover See Buying New Tires on (UTQG) system does not apply may be affected. If the vehicle has page 10‑66 and Accessories and electronic systems such as antilock Modifications on page 10‑3. to deep tread, winter tires, brakes, rollover airbags, traction compact spare tires, tires with control, electronic stability control, Uniform Tire Quality nominal rim diameters of or All-Wheel Drive, the performance Grading 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), of these systems can also be or to some limited-production affected. Quality grades can be found tires. where applicable on the tire { WARNING sidewall between tread shoulder While the tires available on and maximum section width. For General Motors passenger cars If different sized wheels are used, example: and light trucks may vary with there may not be an acceptable respect to these grades, they level of performance and safety if Treadwear 200 Traction AA must also conform to federal tires not recommended for those Temperature A safety requirements and wheels are selected. This The following information relates additional General Motors Tire increases the chance of a crash Performance Criteria (TPC) and serious injury. Only use GM to the system developed by the United States National Highway standards. (Continued) Traffic Safety Administration Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care 10-69

All Passenger Car Tires Must Traction – AA, A, B, C conditions on a specified Conform to Federal Safety The traction grades, from indoor laboratory test wheel. Requirements In Addition To highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, Sustained high temperature can These Grades. and C. Those grades represent cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, Treadwear the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under and excessive temperature can The treadwear grade is a controlled conditions on lead to sudden tire failure. The comparative rating based on the specified government test grade C corresponds to a level wear rate of the tire when tested surfaces of asphalt and of performance which all under controlled conditions on a concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet specified government test have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety course. For example, a tire Warning: The traction grade Standard No. 109. Grades B and graded 150 would wear one and assigned to this tire is based on A represent higher levels of one-half (1½) times as well on straight-ahead braking traction performance on the laboratory the government course as a tire tests, and does not include test wheel than the minimum graded 100. The relative acceleration, cornering, required by law. Warning: The performance of tires depends hydroplaning, or peak traction temperature grade for this tire is upon the actual conditions of characteristics. established for a tire that is their use, however, and may properly inflated and not depart significantly from the Temperature – A, B, C overloaded. Excessive speed, norm due to variations in The temperature grades are underinflation, or excessive driving habits, service practices A (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in and differences in road representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat characteristics and climate. to the generation of heat and buildup and possible tire failure. its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (70,1)

10-70 Vehicle Care

Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of Notice: The wrong wheel can Balance wheel that is needed. also cause problems with bearing Each new wheel should have the life, brake cooling, speedometer The tires and wheels were aligned same load-carrying capacity, or odometer calibration, and balanced at the factory to diameter, width, offset, and be headlamp aim, bumper height, provide the longest tire life and best mounted the same way as the one it vehicle ground clearance, and tire overall performance. Adjustments to replaces. or tire chain clearance to the wheel alignment and tire balancing body and chassis. will not be necessary on a regular Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel basis. However, check the nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels alignment if there is unusual tire System (TPMS) sensors with new wear or if the vehicle is pulling to GM original equipment parts. { WARNING one side or the other. If the vehicle vibrates when driving on a smooth { WARNING Replacing a wheel with a used road, the tires and wheels might one is dangerous. How it has need to be rebalanced. See your Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been dealer for proper diagnosis. wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel driven may be unknown. It could nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. Wheel Replacement affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment Replace any wheel that is bent, and cause loss of control, causing wheel. cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming a crash. Always use the correct loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel wheel nuts should be replaced. nuts for replacement. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care 10-71

Tire Chains securely fastened. Drive If a Tire Goes Flat slowly and follow the chain manufacturer's instructions. It is unusual for a tire to blow out { WARNING If you can hear the chains while driving, especially if the tires are maintained properly. See Tires Tire chains used on a vehicle contacting the vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the contact on page 10‑47. If air goes out of a without the proper amount of continues, slow down until it tire, it is much more likely to leak clearance can cause damage to stops. Driving too fast or out slowly. But if there ever is a the brakes, suspension, or other spinning the wheels with chains blowout, here are a few tips about vehicle parts. The area damaged on will damage the vehicle. what to expect and what to do: by the tire chains could cause you If a front tire fails, the flat tire to lose control of the vehicle and For Cutaway models with LT245/ creates a drag that pulls the vehicle you or others may be injured in a 75R16, LT225/75R16 or LT215/ 85R16 size single or dual rear tires, toward that side. Take your foot off crash. To help avoid damage to the accelerator pedal and grip the the vehicle, drive slowly, readjust, use Low Profile Z-Chain or SAE Class S cables. steering wheel firmly. Steer to or remove the device if it is maintain lane position, and then contacting the vehicle. Do not For Cargo or Passenger models gently brake to a stop, well off the spin the vehicle's tires. Follow the with P245/70R17, LT225/75R16 or road, if possible. manufacturer's instructions. LT245/75R16 size tires, use Low Profile Z-Chain cables. SAE Class S A rear blowout, particularly on a chains are not recommended. curve, acts much like a skid and Notice: Use tire chains only may require the same correction as where legal and only when you If the vehicle has dual rear tires, do used in a skid. Stop pressing the must. Use chains that are the not use individual tire chains. Use accelerator pedal and steer to proper size for the tires. Install tire chains that fit across both dual straighten the vehicle. It may be them on the tires of the rear axle. tires. very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake Do not use chains on the tires of to a stop, well off the road, the front axle. Tighten them as if possible. tightly as possible with the ends Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (72,1)

10-72 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING { WARNING { WARNING

Driving on a flat tire will cause Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be permanent damage to the tire. it to do maintenance or repairs dangerous. The vehicle can slip Re-inflating a tire after it has been is dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall driven on while severely appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a underinflated or flat may cause a training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To blowout and a serious crash. the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from Never attempt to re-inflate a tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: that has been driven on while anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. severely underinflated or flat. be badly injured or killed if the Have your dealer or an authorized vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic tire service center repair or is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a replace the flat tire as soon as use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in possible. 1 (First) or R (Reverse). 3. Turn off the engine and do If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire not restart while the vehicle and wheel damage by driving slowly is raised. to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle. Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. 5. Place wheel blocks on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care 10-73

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), Tire Changing Equipment needed for a use the following example as a 15-passenger seating arrangement guide to assist in the placement of Removing the Spare Tire and is secured on the rear floor on the the wheel blocks (1). Tools passenger side of the vehicle. Equipment needed for a cargo van or a passenger van is in the passenger side rear corner of the vehicle.

1. Wheel Block 2. Flat Tire The following information explains how to repair or change a tire. Remove the retaining wing bolt and lift it out of the mounting bracket to access the equipment.

Remove the retaining wing bolt and lift it off of the mounting bracket. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (74,1)

10-74 Vehicle Care

To lower the spare tire from the vehicle:

1. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) to the hoist handle and the extension(s) (6). Insert the extension end through the hole in the rear bumper.

The tools you will be using include: 2. Be sure the extension end connects to the hoist shaft. The 1. Jack chiseled end of the extension is 2. Hoist Handle 1. Spare Tire used to lower the spare tire. 3. Extension(s) 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer 3. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the 4. Wheel Wrench 3. Hoist Cable spare tire to the ground. 5. Jack Handle 4. Hoist Assembly Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can The spare tire is mounted in the rear 5. Hoist Shaft be pulled out from under the underbody of the vehicle. 6. Hoist Handle and Extension(s) vehicle. Use the hoist handle, extension(s), 7. Wheel Wrench If the spare tire does not lower to and the wheel wrench to remove the the ground, the secondary latch underbody-mounted spare tire. is engaged causing the tire not to lower. See Secondary Latch System on page 10‑80. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care 10-75

Removing the Flat Tire and 3. Extension(s) Installing the Spare Tire 4. Wheel Wrench If the vehicle has plastic wheel nut 5. Jack Handle caps, loosen them by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. 1. Do a safety check before The wheel nut caps are designed to proceeding. See If a Tire Goes remain with the center cap. Remove Flat on page 10‑71. the center cap. 2. Loosen all the wheel nuts with 4. When the tire has been lowered, If the wheel has a smooth center the wheel wrench. Do not pull it closer to reach the tire piece, place the chisel end of the remove them yet. retainer and pull it up through wheel wrench in the slot on the 3. Assemble the jack and tools: the wheel opening. wheel and gently pry it out. Front Flat: Assemble the For a vehicle that was jack (1) together with the jack completed from a cab and handle (5), one or two chassis, refer to the information extension(s) (3), and the wheel from the body supplier/installer. wrench (4). The spare tire is a full-size tire, Rear Flat: Assemble the jack (1) like the other tires on the together with the jack handle (5), vehicle. two extensions (3), and the 5. Put the spare tire near the wheel wrench (4). flat tire.

1. Jack 2. Hoist Handle Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (76,1)

10-76 Vehicle Care

4. Position the jack under the vehicle, as shown. The front position jacking point is on the frame. The rear position jacking point is on the rear axle. If the exhaust system interferes with the jack location in the rear axle, such as in Diesel vehicles, place the jack (1) on the rear axle between the axle housing and the shock absorber bracket in order to avoid any Front Position Rear Position interference with the exhaust pipe (2).

{ WARNING

Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

Front Position Rear Alternative Position (Diesel Vehicles) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care 10-77

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

Raising the vehicle with the jack wheel attaches to the vehicle. In improperly positioned can an emergency, a cloth or a paper damage the vehicle and even towel can be used; however, use make the vehicle fall. To help a scraper or wire brush later to avoid personal injury and vehicle remove all rust or dirt. damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

5. Turn the wheel wrench 6. Remove all the wheel nuts. clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off 7. Take the flat tire off of the the ground so there is enough mounting surface. room for the spare tire to fit. { WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the off and cause an accident. When wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, changing a wheel, remove any and spare wheel. rust or dirt from places where the (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (78,1)

10-78 Vehicle Care

10. Turn the jack handle { WARNING counterclockwise to lower the WARNING (Continued) vehicle. Lower the jack Never use oil or grease on bolts completely. If any stud is damaged because or nuts because the nuts might of a loose-running wheel, it come loose. The vehicle's wheel { WARNING could be that all of the studs are could fall off, causing a crash. damaged. To be sure, replace all Wheel nuts that are not tight can studs on the wheel. If the stud work loose. If all the nuts on a holes in a wheel have become wheel come off, the wheel can larger, the wheel could collapse in come off the vehicle, causing a operation. Replace any wheel if crash. All wheel nuts must be its stud holes have become larger properly tightened. Follow the or distorted in any way. Inspect rules in this section to be sure hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for they are. damage. Because of loose running wheels, piloting pad damage may occur and require replacement of the entire hub, for { WARNING proper centering of the wheels. If wheel studs are damaged, they When replacing studs, hubs, can break. If all the studs on a wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to 9. Put the wheel nuts back on with use GM original equipment parts. the rounded end of the nuts wheel broke, the wheel could toward the wheel. Tighten each come off and cause a crash. wheel nut by hand until the (Continued) wheel is held against the hub. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care 10-79

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire { WARNING and Tools Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause { WARNING the wheels to become loose or Storing a jack, a tire, or other come off. The wheel nuts should equipment in the passenger be tightened with a torque wrench compartment of the vehicle could to the proper torque specification cause injury. In a sudden stop or after replacing. Follow the torque 11. Use the wheel wrench to collision, loose equipment could specification supplied by the tighten the nuts firmly. Turn the strike someone. Store all these in aftermarket manufacturer when wheel wrench clockwise and in the proper place. using accessory locking wheel a crisscross sequence, as nuts. See Capacities and shown. Specifications on page 12 2 for 1. Put the tire on the ground at the ‑ 12. Put the wheel cover or the rear of the vehicle with the valve original equipment wheel nut center cap and plastic wheel stem pointed down. torque specifications. nut caps back on. Remove any wheel blocks. Notice: Improperly tightened Have a technician check the wheel nuts can lead to brake wheel nut tightness of all pulsation and rotor damage. To wheels with a torque wrench avoid expensive brake repairs, after the first 160 km (100 mi) evenly tighten the wheel nuts in and then 1 600 km (1,000 mi) the proper sequence and to the after that. Repeat this service proper torque specification. See whenever a tire is removed or Capacities and Specifications on serviced. See Capacities and page 12‑2 for the wheel nut Specifications on page 12‑2 for torque specification. more information. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (80,1)

10-80 Vehicle Care

Secondary Latch System This vehicle has an underbody-mounted tire hoist assembly equipped with a secondary latch system. It is designed to stop the spare tire from suddenly falling off the vehicle if the cable holding the spare tire is 2. Pull the retaining bar through the damaged. For the secondary latch center of the wheel, making sure to work, the tire must be stowed it is properly attached. with the valve stem pointing down. 3. Pull the wheel toward the rear of 6. Make sure the tire is stored See “Storing a Flat or Spare Tire the vehicle, keeping the cable securely. Push, pull (1), and then and Tools” under Tire Changing on tight. try to turn (2) the tire. If the tire page 10‑73 for instructions on storing the spare tire correctly. 4. Put the chisel end of the hoist moves, use the wheel wrench to tighten the cable. extension on an angle through { WARNING the hole in the rear door frame, Two clicks mean the tire is up all above the bumper. the way. Before beginning this procedure 5. Raise the tire fully against the 7. Return the jacking equipment to read all the instructions. Failure to underside of the vehicle. the proper location. Secure the read and follow the instructions Continue turning the wheel items and replace the jack cover. could damage the hoist assembly wrench until the tire is secure and you and others could get and the cable is tight. The spare hurt. Read and follow the tire hoist cannot be instructions listed next. overtightened. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care 10-81

To release the spare tire from the secondary latch:

{ WARNING

Someone standing too close during the procedure could be 3. Attach the jack handle/jack injured by the jack. If the spare handle extension and wheel tire does not slide off the jack wrench to the jack. completely, make sure no one is behind you or on either side of you as you pull the jack out from under the spare. If the cable is not visible, start this procedure at Step 6. 1. Check under the vehicle to see if 2. Turn the hoist extension the cable end is visible. counterclockwise until approximately 15 cm (6 in) of cable is exposed.

4. Place the jack under the vehicle, ahead of the rear bumper. Position the center lift point of the jack under the center of the spare tire and turn the handle clockwise to raise the jack until it lifts the secondary latch spring. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (82,1)

10-82 Vehicle Care

5. Keep raising the jack until the Turn the wheel wrench To continue changing the flat tire, spare tire stops moving upward counterclockwise to lower the return to Step 4 of “Storing a Flat or and is held firmly in place. This spare the rest of the way. Spare Tire and Tools” under Tire lets you know that the secondary 8. Tilt the retainer at the end of the Changing on page 10‑73. latch has released. The spare cable and pull it through the tire is now balancing on the jack. wheel opening. Pull the tire out Full-Size Spare Tire 6. Lower the jack by turning the from under the vehicle. If this vehicle came with a full-size wheel wrench counterclockwise. Notice: If you drive away before spare tire, it was fully inflated when Keep lowering the jack until the the spare tire or secondary new, however, it can lose air over spare tire slides off the jack or is latch system cable has been time. Check the inflation pressure hanging by the cable. reinstalled, you could damage the regularly. See Tire Pressure on 7. Disconnect the jack handle from vehicle. Always reinstall this page 10‑56 and Vehicle Load Limits the jack and carefully remove cable before driving the vehicle. on page 9‑10. For instructions on the jack. Use one hand to push how to remove, install, or store a 9. If the cable is hanging under the spare tire, see Tire Changing on against the spare while firmly vehicle, turn the wheel wrench page 10‑73. pulling the jack out from under in the hoist shaft hole in the the spare tire with the bumper clockwise to raise the After installing the spare tire on other hand. cable back up. the vehicle, stop as soon as possible and check that the spare is If the spare tire is hanging from Have the hoist assembly inspected the cable, assembly the wheel correctly inflated. The spare tire is as soon as you can. You will not be made to perform well at speeds wrench onto the hoist extension able to store a spare or flat tire and insert the chisel end of the up to 112 km/h (70 mph) at the using the hoist assembly until it has recommended inflation pressure, so hoist extension into the hoist been repaired or replaced. shaft hole above the bumper. you can finish your trip. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care 10-83

Have the damaged or flat road tire Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps repaired or replaced back onto the could result in costly damage to vehicle, as soon as possible, so the For more information about the the vehicle that would not be spare tire will be available in case it vehicle battery, see Battery on covered by the warranty. page 10 28. is needed again. ‑ Trying to start the vehicle by Do not mix tires and wheels of If the vehicle battery has run down, pushing or pulling it will not different sizes, because they will not you may want to use another work, and it could damage the fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel vehicle and some jumper cables to vehicle. start your vehicle. Be sure to use together. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must the following steps to do it safely. have a 12-volt battery with a negative ground system. { WARNING Notice: Only use a vehicle that Batteries can hurt you. They can has a 12-volt system with a be dangerous because: negative ground for jump starting. If the other vehicle does . They contain acid that can not have a 12-volt system with a burn you. negative ground, both vehicles . They contain gas that can can be damaged. explode or ignite. 2. Get the vehicles close enough . They contain enough so the jumper cables can reach, electricity to burn you. but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other. If they If you do not follow these steps are, it could cause a ground exactly, some or all of these connection you do not want. things can hurt you. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (84,1)

10-84 Vehicle Care

You would not be able to start needed. This will avoid sparks your vehicle, and the bad and help save both batteries. WARNING (Continued) grounding could damage the And it could save the radio! electrical systems. add water to take care of that 4. Open the hoods and locate the first. If you do not, explosive gas To avoid the possibility of the positive (+) and negative (−) could be present. vehicles rolling, set the parking terminal locations of the other brake firmly on both vehicles vehicle. Battery fluid contains acid that involved in the jump start can burn you. Do not get it on On your van, use the unpainted you. If you accidentally get it in procedure. Put an automatic radio antenna bracket as a your eyes or on your skin, flush transmission in P (Park) or a remote negative (−) terminal. manual transmission in Neutral the place with water and get before setting the parking brake. medical help immediately. { WARNING Notice: If any accessories are left on or plugged in during the jump Using an open flame near a starting procedure, they could battery can cause battery gas to { WARNING be damaged. The repairs would explode. People have been hurt not be covered by the vehicle doing this, and some have been Fans or other moving engine warranty. Whenever possible, blinded. Use a flashlight if you parts can injure you badly. Keep turn off or unplug all accessories need more light. your hands away from moving on either vehicle when jump parts once the engine is running. starting the vehicle. Be sure the battery has enough water. You do not need to add 3. Turn off the ignition on both water to the battery installed in vehicles. Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the your new vehicle. But if a battery cigarette lighter or the accessory has filler caps, be sure the right power outlet. Turn off the radio amount of fluid is there. If it is low, and all lamps that are not (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (85,1)

Vehicle Care 10-85

5. Check that the jumper cables do 7. Now connect the black not have loose or missing negative (−) cable to the insulation. If they do, you could negative (−) terminal of the get a shock. The vehicles could good battery. Use a remote be damaged too. negative (−) terminal if the Before you connect the cables, vehicle has one. here are some basic things you Do not let the other end touch should know. Positive (+) will go anything until the next step. The to positive (+) or to a remote other end of the negative (−) positive (+) terminal if the vehicle cable does not go to the dead has one. Negative (−) will go to battery. It goes to a heavy, an unpainted metal part or to a unpainted metal engine part or remote negative (−) terminal if 6. Connect the red positive (+) to a remote negative (−) terminal the vehicle has one. On your cable to the positive (+) terminal on the vehicle with the dead van, use the unpainted radio of the dead battery. Use a battery. On your van, use the antenna bracket as a remote remote positive (+) terminal if the unpainted radio antenna bracket negative (−) terminal. vehicle has one. Do not let the as a remote negative (−) Do not connect positive (+) to other end touch metal. Connect terminal. negative (−) or you will get a it to the positive (+) terminal of short that would damage the the good battery. Use a remote battery and maybe other parts positive (+) terminal if the vehicle too. And do not connect the has one. negative (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (86,1)

10-86 Vehicle Care

either of these could damage Towing your vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by the warranty. Towing the Vehicle 9. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine Notice: Incorrectly towing a for a while. disabled vehicle may cause damage. The damage would not 10. Try to start the vehicle that had be covered by the vehicle the dead battery. If it will not warranty. start after a few tries, it probably needs service. Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. Notice: If the jumper cables are If a wheel lift tow truck is used, the 8. Connect the other end of the connected or removed in the drive wheels cannot contact the negative (−) cable to the wrong order, electrical shorting road while the vehicle is being negative (−) terminal location on may occur and damage the towed. A wheel dolly must be used the vehicle with the dead battery. vehicle. The repairs would not be to lift all drive wheels off the ground. On your van, use the unpainted covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the Consult your dealer or a radio antenna bracket as a professional towing service if the remote negative (−) terminal. jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the disabled vehicle must be towed. Notice: Your vehicle uses the cables do not touch each other or To tow the vehicle behind another unpainted radio antenna bracket other metal. vehicle for recreational purposes, as a remote negative (−) terminal. such as behind a motor home, see Move the antenna coax cable out Jumper Cable Removal “Recreational Vehicle Towing” of the way before clamping the Reverse the sequence exactly when following. negative jumper cable to the fixed removing the jumper cables. antenna bracket. Avoid touching the negative cable clamp to the air conditioning line. Failure to do Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (87,1)

Vehicle Care 10-87

Recreational Vehicle . What is the distance that will be Dinghy Towing travelled? Some vehicles have Towing restrictions on how far and how Recreational vehicle towing means long they can tow. towing the vehicle behind another . Is the proper towing equipment vehicle, such as behind a motor going to be used? See your home. The two most common types dealer or trailering professional of recreational vehicle towing are for additional advice and known as dinghy towing and dolly equipment recommendations. towing. Dinghy towing is towing the . vehicle with all four wheels on the Is the vehicle ready to be ground. Dolly towing is towing the towed? Just as preparing the vehicle with two wheels on the vehicle for a long trip, make sure ground and two wheels up on a the vehicle is prepared to be device known as a dolly. towed. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Here are some important things to Notice: If the vehicle is consider before recreational vehicle towed with all four wheels towing: on the ground, the drivetrain . What is the towing capacity components could be damaged. of the towing vehicle? Be The repairs would not be covered sure to read the tow by the vehicle warranty. Do not vehicle manufacturer's tow the vehicle with all four recommendations. wheels on the ground. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (88,1)

10-88 Vehicle Care

Two-wheel-drive vehicles should Dolly Towing 3. Firmly set the parking brake. not be towed with all four wheels See Parking Brake on page 9‑31 on the ground. Two-wheel-drive Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the for more information. Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive transmissions have no provisions 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). for internal lubrication while being Vehicles towed. 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer's All-Wheel-Drive Vehicles instructions. The vehicle was not designed to be 6. Use an adequate clamping towed with all four wheels on the device designed for towing to ground. To properly tow these ensure that the front wheels are vehicles, they should be placed on locked into the straight position. a platform trailer with all four wheels off the ground. 7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Notice: Towing an all-wheel-drive If the tow vehicle will not be vehicle with all four wheels on the started or driven for six weeks or ground, or even with only two of more, remove the battery cable its wheels on the ground, will from the negative terminal (post) damage drivetrain components. Use the following procedure to tow of the battery to prevent the Do not tow an all-wheel-drive the vehicle from the rear: battery from draining while vehicle with any of its wheels on 1. Attach the dolly to the tow towing. the ground. vehicle following the dolly manufacturer's instructions. 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the dolly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (89,1)

Vehicle Care 10-89

Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the Notice: Towing an all-wheel-drive Appearance Care Ground) – All-Wheel-Drive vehicle with all four wheels on the Vehicles ground, or even with only two of its wheels on the ground, will Exterior Care damage drivetrain components. Locks Do not tow an all-wheel-drive vehicle with any of its wheels on Locks are lubricated at the factory. the ground. Use a de-icing agent only when absolutely necessary, and have the locks greased after using. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants. Washing the Vehicle To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it often and out of direct The vehicle was not designed to be sunlight. towed with two wheels on the ground. To properly tow these vehicles, they should be placed on a platform trailer with all four wheels off the ground. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (90,1)

10-90 Vehicle Care

Notice: Do not use Dry the finish with a soft, clean Occasional hand waxing or mild petroleum-based, acidic, chamois or an all-cotton towel to polishing should be done to remove or abrasive cleaning agents as avoid surface scratches and water residue from the paint finish. See they can damage the vehicle's spotting. your dealer for approved cleaning paint, metal, or plastic parts. products. Finish Care If damage occurs, it would not be Do not apply waxes or polishes to covered by the vehicle's warranty. Application of aftermarket clearcoat uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, Approved cleaning products can sealant/wax materials is not decals, simulated wood, or flat paint be obtained from your dealer. recommended. If painted surfaces as damage can occur. Follow all manufacturer are damaged, see your dealer to directions regarding correct have the damage assessed and Notice: Machine compounding product usage, necessary safety repaired. Foreign materials such as or aggressive polishing on a precautions, and appropriate calcium chloride and other salts, ice basecoat/clearcoat paint finish disposal of any vehicle care melting agents, road oil and tar, tree may damage it. Use only product. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat/ Notice: Avoid using industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they clearcoat paint finish on the high-pressure washes closer than vehicle. 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the remain on painted surfaces. Wash vehicle. Use of power washers the vehicle as soon as possible. To keep the paint finish looking exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) If necessary, use non-abrasive new, keep the vehicle garaged or can result in damage or removal cleaners that are marked safe for covered whenever possible. of paint and decals. painted surfaces to remove foreign matter. Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and after, to remove all cleaning agents completely. If they are allowed to dry on the surface, they could stain. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (91,1)

Vehicle Care 10-91

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Windshield and Wiper Blades Weatherstrips Parts Clean the outside of the windshield Apply silicone grease on Regularly clean bright metal parts with glass cleaner. weatherstrips to make them last with water or chrome polish on Clean rubber blades using a lint-free longer, seal better, and not stick or chrome or stainless steel trim, cloth or paper towel soaked with squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips if necessary. windshield washer fluid or a mild once a year. Black marks from For aluminum, never use auto or detergent. Wash the windshield rubber material on painted surfaces chrome polish, steam, or caustic thoroughly when cleaning the can be removed by rubbing with a soap to clean. A coating of wax, blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and clean cloth. See Recommended rubbed to a high polish, is a buildup of vehicle wash/wax Fluids and Lubricants on recommended for all bright metal treatments may cause wiper page 11‑12. parts. streaking. Tires Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ Replace the wiper blades if they Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to Lenses and Emblems are worn or damaged. Damage clean the tires. can be caused by extreme dusty Use only lukewarm or cold water, a conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, Notice: Using petroleum-based soft cloth, and a car washing soap snow, and ice. tire dressing products on the to clean exterior lamps, lenses and vehicle may damage the paint emblems. Follow instructions under finish and/or tires. When applying "Washing the Vehicle" in this a tire dressing, always wipe off section. any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (92,1)

10-92 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum Notice: To avoid surface Body Component Lubrication damage, do not use strong soaps, or Chrome Lubricate all key lock cylinders, chemicals, abrasive polishes, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the Use a soft, clean cloth with mild cleaners, brushes, or cleaners steel fuel door hinge unless the soap and water to clean the wheels. that contain acid on aluminum or components are plastic. Applying After rinsing thoroughly with clean chrome-plated wheels. Use only silicone grease on weatherstrips water, dry with a soft, clean towel. approved cleaners. Also, never with a clean cloth will make them A wax may then be applied. drive a vehicle with aluminum or last longer, seal better, and not stick Notice: Chrome wheels and other chrome-plated wheels through an or squeak. chrome trim may be damaged if automatic car wash that uses the vehicle is not washed after silicone carbide tire cleaning Underbody Maintenance driving on roads that have been brushes. Damage could occur sprayed with magnesium, and the repairs would not be Use plain water to flush dirt and calcium, or sodium chloride. covered by the vehicle warranty. debris from the vehicle's underbody. These chlorides are used on Your dealer or an underbody car roads for conditions such as Steering, Suspension, and washing system can do this. If not ice and dust. Always wash the Chassis Components removed, rust and corrosion can develop. chrome with soap and water after Visually inspect the front and rear exposure. suspension and steering system for Sheet Metal Damage damaged, loose, or missing parts or If the vehicle is damaged and signs of wear. Inspect the power requires sheet metal repair or steering for proper hook-up, binding, replacement, make sure the body leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually repair shop applies anti-corrosion check constant velocity joints, material to parts repaired or rubber boots, and axle seals for replaced to restore corrosion leaks. protection. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (93,1)

Vehicle Care 10-93

Original manufacturer replacement Note that newspapers or dark Cleaners may contain solvents that parts will provide the corrosion garments that can transfer color to can become concentrated in the protection while maintaining the home furnishings can also interior. Before using cleaners, vehicle warranty. permanently transfer color to the read and adhere to all safety vehicle's interior. instructions on the label. While Finish Damage Use a soft bristle brush to remove cleaning the interior, maintain Quickly repair minor chips and dust from knobs and crevices on the adequate ventilation by opening the scratches with touch-up materials instrument cluster. Using a mild doors and windows. available from your dealer to avoid soap solution, immediately remove To prevent damage, do not clean corrosion. Larger areas of finish hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect the interior using the following damage can be corrected in your repellent from all interior surfaces or cleaners or techniques: dealer's body and paint shop. permanent damage may result. . Never use a razor or any other Chemical Paint Spotting Your dealer may have products for sharp object to remove a soil Airborne pollutants can fall upon cleaning the interior. Use cleaners from any interior surface. specifically designed for the and attack painted vehicle surfaces . Never use a brush with stiff causing blotchy, ring-shaped surfaces being cleaned to prevent bristles. discolorations, and small, irregular permanent damage. Apply all . Never rub any surface dark spots etched into the paint cleaners directly to the cleaning aggressively or with excessive surface. cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly on any switches or controls. pressure. Interior Care Cleaners should be removed quickly. Never allow cleaners to To prevent dirt particle abrasions, remain on the surface being regularly clean the vehicle's interior. cleaned for extended periods Immediately remove any soils. of time. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (94,1)

10-94 Vehicle Care

. Do not use laundry detergents Notice: To prevent scratching, Fabric/Carpet/Suede or dishwashing soaps with never use abrasive cleaners on Start by vacuuming the surface degreasers. For liquid cleaners, automotive glass. Abrasive using a soft brush attachment. If a use approximately 20 drops cleaners or aggressive cleaning rotating brush attachment is being per 3.78 L (1 gal) of water. may damage the rear window used during vacuuming, only use it A concentrated soap solution will defogger. leave a residue that creates on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, streaks and attracts dirt. Do not Notice: Cleaning the windshield gently remove as much of the soil use solutions that contain strong with water during the first three to as possible using one of the or caustic soap. six months of ownership will following techniques: reduce tendency to fog. . Do not heavily saturate the . Gently blot liquids with a paper upholstery when cleaning. Speaker Covers towel. Continue blotting until no more soil can be removed. . Do not use solvents or cleaners Vacuum around a speaker cover containing solvents. gently, so that the speaker will not . For solid soils, remove as much be damaged. Clean spots with just as possible prior to vacuuming. Interior Glass water and mild soap. To clean: To clean, use a terry cloth fabric Coated Moldings 1. Saturate a clean lint-free dampened with water. Wipe droplets colorfast cloth with water or club left behind with a clean dry cloth. Coated moldings should be cleaned. soda. Microfiber cloth is Commercial glass cleaners may be . When lightly soiled, wipe with a recommended to prevent lint used, if necessary, after cleaning sponge or soft lint-free cloth transfer to the fabric or carpet. the interior glass with plain water. dampened with water. 2. Remove excess moisture by . When heavily soiled, use warm gently wringing until water does soapy water. not drip from the cleaning cloth. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (95,1)

Vehicle Care 10-95

3. Start on the outside edge of the Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather, soil and gently rub toward the and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, & Other Plastic Surfaces center. Rotate the cleaning cloth Radio Displays to a clean area frequently to Use a soft microfiber cloth prevent forcing the soil in to the For vehicles with high gloss dampened with water to remove fabric. surfaces or vehicle displays, use a dust and loose dirt. For a more microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. thorough cleaning, use a soft 4. Continue gently rubbing the Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth dampened with a soiled area until there is no microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle mild soap solution. longer any color transfer from brush to remove dirt that could the soil to the cleaning cloth. Notice: Soaking or saturating scratch the surface. Then use the leather, especially perforated 5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to leather, as well as other interior removed, use a mild soap clean. Never use window cleaners surfaces, may cause permanent solution followed only by club or solvents. Periodically hand wash damage. Wipe excess moisture soda or plain water. the microfiber cloth separately, from these surfaces after using mild soap. Do not use bleach If the soil is not completely cleaning and allow them to dry or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly naturally. Never use heat, steam, removed, it may be necessary to and air dry before next use. use a commercial upholstery spot lifters, or spot removers. Do cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Notice: Do not attach a device not use cleaners that contain hidden area for colorfastness before with a suction cup to the display. silicone or wax-based products. using a commercial upholstery This may cause damage and Cleaners containing these cleaner or spot lifter. If ring would not be covered by the solvents can permanently change formation occurs, clean the entire warranty. the appearance and feel of leather fabric or carpet. or soft trim and are not recommended. Following the cleaning process, a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (96,1)

10-96 Vehicle Care

Do not use cleaners that increase Use the following guidelines for gloss, especially on the instrument WARNING (Continued) proper floor mat usage. panel. Reflected glare can decrease provide adequate protection. . The original equipment floor visibility through the windshield mats were designed for the under certain conditions. Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water. vehicle. If the floor mats need Notice: Use of air fresheners may replacing, it is recommended cause permanent damage to that GM certified floor mats be plastics and painted surfaces. Floor Mats purchased. Non-GM floor mats If an air freshener comes in may not fit properly and may contact with any plastic or { WARNING interfere with the pedals. Always painted surface in the vehicle, check that the floor mats do not blot immediately and clean with a If a floor mat is the wrong size or interfere with the pedals. soft cloth dampened with a mild is not properly installed, it can . Use the floor mat with the soap solution. Damage caused by interfere with the pedals. correct side up. Do not turn air fresheners would not be Interference with the pedals can it over. covered by the vehicle warranty. cause unintended acceleration . Do not place anything on top of Care of Safety Belts and/or increased stopping the driver side floor mat. distance which can cause a crash Keep belts clean and dry. and injury. Make sure the floor . Use only a single floor mat on mat does not interfere with the the driver side. { WARNING pedals. . Do not place one floor mat on top of another. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. It may severely weaken them. In a crash, they might not be able to (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-1

General Information transportation, and online Service and scheduling to assist with service Maintenance This maintenance section applies to needs. vehicles with a gasoline engine. For Your dealer recognizes the diesel engine vehicles, see the importance of providing maintenance schedule section in General Information competitively priced maintenance the Duramax diesel supplement. General Information ...... 11-1 and repair services. With trained Your vehicle is an important Maintenance Schedule technicians, the dealer is the place investment. This section describes for routine maintenance such as oil Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 the required maintenance for the changes and tire rotations and Special Application Services vehicle. Follow this schedule to additional maintenance items like Special Application help protect against major repair tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Services ...... 11-8 expenses resulting from neglect or blades. inadequate maintenance. It may Notice: Damage caused by Additional Maintenance also help to maintain the value of improper maintenance can lead to and Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the costly repairs and may not be Additional Maintenance responsibility of the owner to have covered by the vehicle warranty. and Care ...... 11-8 all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks, Recommended Fluids Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids, Recommended Fluids and who can perform required and lubricants are important to Lubricants ...... 11-12 maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working Maintenance Replacement replacement parts. They have condition. Parts ...... 11-14 up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many Maintenance Records dealers have extended evening and Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 Saturday hours, courtesy Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

11-2 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and Required . Use the recommended fuel. Refer to the information in the Services are the responsibility of the See Recommended Fuel on Maintenance Schedule Additional vehicle owner. It is recommended to page 9‑42. Required Services - Severe chart. have your dealer perform these Refer to the information in the services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Maintenance Schedule Additional { WARNING Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Required Services - Normal chart. keep the vehicle in good working Performing maintenance work The Additional Required Services - condition, improves fuel economy, can be dangerous and can Severe are for vehicles that are: and reduces vehicle emissions. cause serious injury. Perform . Because of the way people use Mainly driven in heavy city traffic maintenance work only if the vehicles, maintenance needs vary. in hot weather. required information, proper tools, There may need to be more . Mainly driven in hilly or and equipment are available. frequent checks and services. The mountainous terrain. If they are not, see your dealer to Additional Required Services - have a trained technician do the . Frequently towing a trailer. Normal are for vehicles that: work. See Doing Your Own . Used for high speed or . Carry passengers and cargo Service Work on page 10‑4. competitive driving. within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information . Used for taxi, police, or delivery label. See Vehicle Load Limits service. on page 9‑10. . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-3

Maintenance Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required Schedule When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Services Every 12 000 km/ SOON message displays, have the 7,500 mi Owner Checks and Services engine oil and filter changed within Rotate the tires, if recommended the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven for the vehicle, and perform the At Each Fuel Stop under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire . Check the engine oil level. See engine oil life system might not Rotation on page 10‑63. Engine Oil on page 10‑7. indicate the need for vehicle service for more than a year. The engine oil . Check engine oil level and oil Once a Month and filter must be changed at least life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and . Check the tire inflation once a year and the oil life system reset oil life system. See Engine pressures. See Tire Pressure on must be reset. Your trained dealer Oil on page 10‑7 and Engine Oil page 10‑56. technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset Life System on page 10‑10. . Inspect the tires for wear. See accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See Tire Inspection on page 10‑62. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. . Check the windshield washer last service. Reset the oil life . Check windshield washer fluid fluid level. See Washer Fluid on system when the oil is changed. level. See Washer Fluid on page 10‑24. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑24. page 10‑10. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

11-4 Service and Maintenance

. Visually inspect windshield . Visually inspect steering, . Check automatic transmission wiper blades for wear, cracking, suspension, and chassis shift lock control function. See or contamination. See Exterior components for damaged, loose, Automatic Transmission Shift Care on page 10‑89. Replace or missing parts or signs of Lock Control Function Check on worn or damaged wiper blades. wear. See Exterior Care on page 10‑32. See Wiper Blade Replacement page 10 89. ‑ . Check ignition transmission lock. on page 10 33. ‑ . Check restraint system See Ignition Transmission Lock . Check tire inflation pressures. components. See Safety System Check on page 10‑32. See Tire Pressure on Check on page 3 16. ‑ . Check parking brake and page 10 56. ‑ . Visually inspect fuel system for automatic transmission park . Inspect tire wear. See Tire damage or leaks. mechanism. See Park Brake and Inspection on page 10 62. P (Park) Mechanism Check on ‑ . Visually inspect exhaust system page 10 33. . Visually check for fluid leaks. and nearby heat shields for ‑ loose or damaged parts. . Check accelerator pedal for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. damage, high effort, or binding. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on . Lubricate body components. See Replace if needed. page 10‑16. Exterior Care on page 10‑89. . Visually inspect gas strut for . Inspect brake system. . Check starter switch. See Starter signs of wear, cracks, or other Switch Check on page 10‑32. damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. See your dealer if service is required. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-5 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

11-6 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance (3) Do not directly power wash the (5) Or every 10 years, whichever Schedule Additional Required transfer case output seals. High comes first. Services — Normal pressure water can overcome the (6) Inspect for fraying, excessive (1) Check all fuel and vapor lines seals and contaminate the transfer cracking, or damage; replace, and hoses for proper hook-up, case fluid. Contaminated fluid will if needed. routing, and condition. Check that decrease the life of the transfer the purge valve, if the vehicle has case and should be replaced. one, works properly. Replace as (4) Or every five years, whichever needed. comes first. See Cooling System on (2) Or every four years, whichever page 10‑17. comes first. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-7 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (8,1)

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance Special Application Additional Schedule Additional Required Services — Severe Services Maintenance and Care (1) Check all fuel and vapor lines . Vehicles with Dual Wheels: Your vehicle is an important and hoses for proper hook-up, Check dual wheel nut torque at investment and caring for it routing, and condition. Check that 160 km/100 mi, 1 600 km/ properly may help to avoid the purge valve, if the vehicle has 1,000 mi and 9 700 km/6,000 mi. future costly repairs. To maintain one, works properly. Replace as vehicle performance, additional . Severe Commercial Use needed. Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis maintenance services may be (2) Or every four years, whichever components every 5 000 km/ required. It is recommended comes first. 3,000 mi. that your dealer perform these services — their trained dealer (3) Do not directly power wash the . Have underbody flushing service technicians know your vehicle best. transfer case output seals. High performed once a year. Your dealer can also perform a pressure water can overcome the thorough assessment with a seals and contaminate the transfer multi-point inspection to recommend case fluid. Contaminated fluid will when your vehicle may need decrease the life of the transfer attention. The following list is case and should be replaced. intended to explain the services and (4) Or every five years, whichever conditions to look for that may comes first. See Cooling System on indicate services are required. page 10‑17. (5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. (5) Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Battery Brakes Hoses The battery supplies power to Brakes stop the vehicle and are Hoses transport fluids and should start the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. be regularly inspected to ensure additional electrical accessories. that there are no cracks or leaks. . Signs of brake wear may include With a multi-point inspection, your . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. dealer can inspect the hoses and battery with full cranking power. advise if replacement is needed. . Trained dealer technicians have . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment Lamps the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps, the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts taillamps, and brake lamps are connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. important to see and be seen on corrosion-free. Fluids the road. . Belts Proper fluid levels and approved Signs that the headlamps need attention include dimming, failure . Belts may need replacing if fluids protect the vehicle’s they squeak or show signs of systems and components. See to light, cracking, or damage. cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and The brake lamps need to be checked periodically to ensure Lubricants on page 11‑12 for GM . Trained dealer technicians have that they light when braking. access to tools and equipment approved fluids. . With a multi-point inspection, to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be your dealer can check the lamps replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill. and note any concerns. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (10,1)

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Shocks and Struts Tires . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and recommend the Shocks and struts help aid in control Tires need to be properly inflated, right tires. Your dealer can also for a smoother ride. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining provide tire/wheel balancing the tires can save money, fuel, and . Signs of wear may include services to ensure smooth steering wheel vibration, bounce/ can reduce the risk of tire failure. vehicle operation at all speeds. sway while braking, longer . Signs that the tires need to be Your dealer sells and services stopping distance, or uneven replaced include three or more name brand tires. tire wear. visible treadwear indicators; cord Vehicle Care or fabric showing through the . As part of the multi-point To help keep the vehicle looking like inspection, trained dealer rubber; cracks or cuts in the new, vehicle care products are technicians can visually inspect tread or sidewall; or a bulge or available from your dealer. For the shocks and struts for split in the tire. information on how to clean and signs of leaking, blown seals, protect the vehicle s interior and or damage, and can advise ’ exterior, see Interior Care on when service is needed. page 10‑93 and Exterior Care on page 10‑89. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Wheel Alignment Windshield Wiper Blades Wheel alignment is critical for For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned ensuring that the tires deliver best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to optimal wear and performance. clean and clear. provide a clear view. . Signs that the alignment may . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking, need to be adjusted include scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield, pulling, improper vehicle and worn or split rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can handling, or unusual tire wear. inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can . Your dealer has the required recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and equipment to ensure proper if needed. replace them when needed. wheel alignment. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (12,1)

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Recommended Fluids Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the maintenance schedule section in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑7. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 12377967, in Canada 89021320). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Parking Brake Cable Guides Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021184, in Canada 89021186). Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (13,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-13

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Front Wheel Bearings Wheel bearing lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category GC or GC-LB (GM Part No. 1051344, in Canada 993037). Front and Rear Axle SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, in Canada 89021678). Transfer Case DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Hood Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481). Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Canada 10953437). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (14,1)

11-14 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Replacement Parts If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 15950115 A3097C Engine Oil Filter 4.3L V6 25010792 PF47 4.8L V8; 5.3L V8; 6.0L V8 89017524 PF48 Spark Plugs 4.3L V6 12568387 41-101 4.8L V8; 5.3L V8; 6.0L V8 12621258 41-110 Wiper Blades – 56.0 cm (22 in) 25949887 — Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (15,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-15

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (16,1)

11-16 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (17,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-17

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (18,1)

11-18 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN Vehicle Identification is the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, on the rear edge of the passenger side front door, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This legal identifier is in the front . Model designation. corner of the instrument panel, on . Paint information. the left side of the vehicle. It can be . seen through the windshield from Production options and special outside. The VIN also appears on equipment. the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle. and registration. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System without Rear Heat 4.3L V6 9.5 L 10.0 qt 4.8L V8, 5.3L V8 11.8 L 12.4 qt 6.0L V8 13.1 L 13.8 qt Cooling System with Rear Heat 4.3L V6 12.3 L 13.0 qt 4.8L V8, 5.3L V8 14.6 L 15.4 qt 6.0L V8 16.1 L 17.0 qt Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data 12-3

Capacities Application Metric English Engine Oil with Filter 4.3L V6 4.3 L 4.5 qt 4.8L V8, 5.3L V8, 6.0L V8 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank Cutaway (Optional Tank)* 215.7 L 57.0 gal Cutaway (Standard Tank) 124.9 L 33.0 gal Passenger and Cargo 117.3 L 31.0 gal * 4 039 mm (159 inch) wheelbase or 4 496 mm (177 inch) wheelbase only Transmission Fluid (Pan Removal and Filter Replacement) 4-SPD 4L60-E 4.7 L 5.0 qt 6-SPD 6L90 6.0 L 6.3 qt Transfer Case Fluid 1.4 L 1.5 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 ft lb All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 4.3L V6 X Automatic 1.52 mm (0.060 in) 4.8L V8 A Automatic 1.02 mm (0.040 in) 5.3L V8 4 Automatic 1.02 mm (0.040 in) 6.0L V8 G Automatic 1.02 mm (0.040 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information.

V8 Engines V6 Engines Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information 13-1

Customer GM Mobility Reimbursement Reporting Safety Defects Program (U.S. and Reporting Safety Defects to Information Canada) ...... 13-7 the United States Roadside Assistance Program Government ...... 13-18 (Mexico) ...... 13-8 Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Information Roadside Assistance the Canadian Customer Satisfaction Program (U.S. and Government ...... 13-19 Procedure (Mexico) ...... 13-2 Canada) ...... 13-11 Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction Scheduling Service General Motors ...... 13-19 Procedure (U.S. and Appointments (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-3 Canada) ...... 13-13 Vehicle Data Recording and Customer Assistance Offices Courtesy Transportation Privacy (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-5 Program (U.S. and Vehicle Data Recording . . . . 13-20 Customer Assistance Offices Canada) ...... 13-13 OnStar® ...... 13-21 (Mexico) ...... 13-6 Collision Damage Repair Navigation System ...... 13-21 Customer Assistance for Text (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-15 Radio Frequency Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. Service Publications Identification (RFID) ...... 13-21 and Canada) ...... 13-6 Ordering Information ...... 13-17 Radio Frequency Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Statement ...... 13-21 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

13-2 Customer Information

Customer Information Normally, any problem with the STEP TWO transaction, sale, or usage of the If you are not satisfied, please Customer Satisfaction vehicle must be handled by your contact the general manager or your dealer sales or service departments. dealership owner to ask for their Procedure (Mexico) However, we recognize that help. If they are not able to resolve despite the good intentions of all your case, ask them to contact the parties involved, sometimes a right people at General Motors for misunderstanding may occur. support, if needed. If you have a problem that has not been satisfactorily handled through STEP THREE the normal means, we suggest the If your case is not resolved in a following steps: reasonable amount of time by your dealer, please call the General Did you get the Warranty Extension STEP ONE Plan? This plan is recommended by Motors Customer Assistance General Motors to supplement the Explain your case to your dealer Center (CAC) and provide the warranty included with the new service agent, service manager, following information: dealer sales agent, or sales vehicle purchase. . Name manager, depending on your case. See your dealer for details. . Address Make sure that they have all Customer Assistance necessary information. They are . Phone number Procedure interested in your continual . Model year satisfaction. Owner satisfaction and goodwill are . Brand very important to your dealer and General Motors. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information 13-3

. Vehicle Identification however, despite the best intentions We encourage you to call the Number (VIN) of all concerned, misunderstandings toll-free number in order to give your . Mileage can occur. If your concern has not inquiry prompt attention. Have the been resolved to your satisfaction, following information available to . Delivery date the following steps should be taken: give the Customer Assistance . Description of the problem STEP ONE: Discuss your concern representative: . Dealership name with a member of dealership . Vehicle Identification management. Normally, concerns Number (VIN). This is available . Dealership address can be quickly resolved at that level. from the vehicle registration or See Customer Assistance Offices If the matter has already been title, or the plate at the top left of (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or reviewed with the sales, service, the instrument panel and visible Customer Assistance Offices or parts manager, contact the owner through the windshield. (Mexico) on page 13‑6. of your dealership or the general . Dealership name and location. manager. Customer Satisfaction . Vehicle delivery date and STEP TWO: If after contacting a present mileage. Procedure (U.S. and member of dealership management, Canada) it appears your concern cannot be When contacting Chevrolet, resolved by your dealership without remember that your concern will Your satisfaction and goodwill are further help, in the U.S., call the likely be resolved at a dealer's important to your dealer and to Chevrolet Customer Assistance facility. That is why we suggest Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns Center at 1-800-222-1020. In following Step One first. with the sales transaction or the Canada, call General Motors of operation of the vehicle will be Canada Customer Care Centre at resolved by your dealer's sales or 1-800-263-3777 (English), service departments. Sometimes, or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

13-4 Customer Information

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: may reject it and proceed with any STEP THREE — Canadian Both General Motors and your other venue for relief available Owners: In the event that you do dealer are committed to making to you. not feel your concerns have been sure you are completely satisfied You may contact the BBB Auto addressed after following the with your new vehicle. However, Line Program using the toll-free procedure outlined in Steps One if you continue to remain unsatisfied telephone number or write them at and Two, General Motors of Canada after following the procedure the following address: Limited wants you to be aware outlined in Steps One and Two, you of its participation in a no-charge can file with the Better Business BBB Auto Line Program Mediation/Arbitration Program. Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Council of Better Business General Motors of Canada Limited to enforce your rights. Bureaus, Inc. has committed to binding arbitration 4200 Wilson Boulevard The BBB Auto Line Program is an of owner disputes involving Suite 800 factory-related vehicle service out-of-court program administered Arlington, VA 22203-1838 by the Council of Better Business claims. The program provides for Bureaus to settle automotive Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 the review of the facts involved by disputes regarding vehicle repairs or www.dr.bbb.org/goauto an impartial third party arbiter, and the interpretation of the New Vehicle may include an informal hearing This program is available in all before the arbiter. The program is Limited Warranty. Although you may 50 states and the District of be required to resort to this informal designed so that the entire dispute Columbia. Eligibility is limited by settlement process, from the time dispute resolution program prior to vehicle age, mileage, and other filing a court action, use of the you file your complaint to the final factors. General Motors reserves decision, should be completed in program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility case will generally be heard within about 70 days. We believe our limitations and/or discontinue its impartial program offers advantages 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program. decision given in your case, you over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information 13-5

For further information concerning Customer Assistance Canada eligibility in the Canadian Motor General Motors of Canada Limited Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Offices (U.S. and Canada) Customer Care Centre, call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers Mail Code: CA1-163-005 the General Motors Customer Care to call the toll-free number for 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, www.gm.ca or write to: the letter should be addressed to: 1-800-263-3777 (English) The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico 1-800-263-7854 (French) c/o Customer Care Centre 1-800-263-3830 (For Text General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Motor Division Telephone devices (TTYs)) Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Chevrolet Customer Assistance Roadside Assistance: 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Center 1-800-268-6800 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33170 Detroit, MI 48232-5170 Overseas Your inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com by the Vehicle Identification Please contact the local General 1-800-222-1020 Number (VIN). Motors Business Unit. 1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices (TTYs)) Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872 From U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

13-6 Customer Information

Customer Assistance Guatemala Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in 1-800-999-5252 Offices (Mexico) Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. To contact the Customer Assistance Panama Center (CAC), use the phone Online Owner Center numbers listed in this section. 00-800-052-0001 Customer assistance is available Dominican Republic Online Owner Experience Monday through Friday, 08:00 to (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com 1-888-751-5301 20:00 hours, and Saturdays from The Chevrolet online owner 08:00 to 15:00 hours. El Salvador experience is a one-stop resource All e-mail inquiries to the Customer 800-6273 that allows interaction with Assistance Center (CAC) should be Chevrolet and keeps important sent to: [email protected]. Honduras vehicle-specific information in one place. Mexico 800-0122-6101 Membership Benefits From Mexico City Customer Assistance for E (Vehicle Information): 5329-0811 Text Telephone (TTY) Download owner manuals and view From Other Mexico Locations Users (U.S. and Canada) vehicle-specific how-to videos. G 01-800-466-0811 To assist customers who are deaf, (Maintenance Information): hard of hearing, or speech-impaired View maintenance schedules, United States and Canada and who use Text Telephones required alerts, OnStar onboard 1-866-466-8190 (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY vehicle diagnostic information, and equipment available at its Customer schedule service appointments. Costa Rica Assistance Center. Any TTY user in 00-800-052-1005 the U.S. can communicate with Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information 13-7

I (Service History): View Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility printable dealer-recorded service (Canada) chevroletowner.ca Reimbursement Program records and self-recorded service Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner (U.S. and Canada) records. Centre: D (Preferred Dealer . Chat live with online help Information): Select a preferred representatives. dealer and view dealer location, maps, phone numbers, and hours. . Use the Vehicle Tools section. J (Warranty Tracking . Access third party enthusiast Information): Track the vehicle’s sites and social media networks. warranty information. . Locate owner resources such This program is available to J (Recall Information): View as lease-end, financing, and qualified applicants for cost active recalls or search by Vehicle warranty information. reimbursement of eligible Identification Number (VIN). See . Retrieve your favorite articles, aftermarket adaptive equipment Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) quizzes, tips, and multimedia required for the vehicle, such as on page 12‑1. galleries organized into the hand controls or a wheelchair/ H (Other Account Information): Features and Auto Care scooter lift for the vehicle. View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite Sections. For more information on the limited radio, and OnStar account . Download the owner manual for offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or information. your vehicle, quickly and easily. call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text F (Live Chat Support): Chat live . Find the with online help representatives. Telephone (TTY) users, call Chevrolet-recommended 1-800-833-9935. Visit my.chevrolet.com to register maintenance services for your your vehicle. vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (8,1)

13-8 Customer Information

General Motors of Canada also Services are subject to the This service is limited to the has a Mobility Program. Call limitations described in the following transfer of the vehicle to the 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) pages. Program coverage varies by repair facility. for details. TTY users call country. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: 1-800-263-3830. Roadside Assistance is available Delivery of enough fuel for the 24 hours a day, 365 days of vehicle to get to the nearest Roadside Assistance the year. service station. Program (Mexico) This program expires two years . Lock-Out Service: Service to As a new owner, your vehicle is from the date of the invoice for the unlock the vehicle if you are automatically enrolled in the vehicle, regardless of vehicle locked out. mileage and changes in vehicle Roadside Assistance program. The . Battery Jump Start: Service to services are available at no cost ownership. jump start a dead battery. under the terms and conditions For more information about the . *Emergency Messages: of the program. The Roadside renewal of this program at the end Assistance program is not part Transmission of urgent phone of its term, contact the Chevrolet messages. of, or included, in the coverage Customer Assistance Center at provided by the New Vehicle Limited 01-800-466-0800. . *Emergency Calls: Call for Warranty. emergency services. Services Provided Roadside Assistance provides . *Dealership Location assistance to the driver and . Flat Tire Change: If unable to Assistance: Information passengers while driving the change a flat tire, Roadside regarding addresses and vehicle within your city of residence Assistance will provide towing telephone numbers for Chevrolet or on any passable road in Mexico, service to the nearest authorized dealers. the United States, and Canada. Chevrolet dealership. It is the owner's responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information 13-9

. Emergency Towing: Tow to the vehicle moved to a different . *Trip Interruption: This service the nearest dealer for warranty dealer, you will be asked to is provided if you are prevented service if the vehicle cannot be cover the difference in cost at from further usage of your driven. the time of the move. vehicle while traveling and it is not possible for the nearest If the vehicle is involved in an If the vehicle cannot be received accident during the commission Chevrolet dealership to repair by the nearest Chevrolet dealer the vehicle the same day, of a crime, administrative due to scheduling conflicts, the violation, or breach of traffic requiring the vehicle to stay at vehicle will be taken to a safe the dealership for a night or regulations, Roadside place where it will remain for up Assistance will not provide more. If this happens, in addition to 48 hours until it can be taken to the previously listed services service. When the vehicle is to the dealer. If the storage costs not accessible to be towed, all and prior to confirmation by the exceed the amount authorized, dealership, you are entitled to maneuvers required to access it the owner is responsible to pay will be at the owner's expense. choose one of the following the difference at the time of alternatives, within the limits of If the vehicle is in another city service. Contact Roadside existing Roadside Assistance outside of your residence, Assistance for more information program guidelines. If the costs Roadside Assistance is limited on authorized amounts. exceed the amount authorized to moving the vehicle to the for these services, you must pay nearest dealer. If you would like the difference at the time of service. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (10,1)

13-10 Customer Information

Roadside Assistance If you are on the road, taxi Services Not Included in Roadside will coordinate hotel service to the nearest bus Assistance accommodations for all vehicle station or airport will be Roadside Assistance does not travelers for up to two nights. provided. cover or reimburse services for the A rental car will be provided for . *Complimentary following: up to two days and the vehicle Transportation for Vehicle Pick . Events caused by fraud or bad must be returned to its original Up: Transportation to pick up faith by the driver. destination, excluding vehicles your vehicle after repairs are with a carrying capacity greater complete. Once the dealer has . Vehicle immobilization than 3.5 tons. reported that the vehicle has situations due to a major force or unforeseen circumstances, Complimentary Transportation: If been repaired, Roadside Assistance will provide bus or such as natural phenomena you prefer to continue your trip of an extraordinary nature, to the intended destination commercial airline one-way service (subject to availability) earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, or return to your place of and other cyclonic storms. residence, and the trip requires for the person designated by you more than eight hours driving on to collect your vehicle at the . Vehicle immobilization situations the road, transportation for the dealership's location if you or the arising from car accidents driver and passengers by first designated person are not in the caused by the driver of the class bus or coach commercial same town or city as the vehicle or third parties. This airline will be provided to a dealership. means any occurrence that location chosen by Roadside *These services are not provided causes physical injury to the Assistance, depending on for U.S. or Canada residents. All occupants and/or the vehicle availability at the chosen services provided in the U.S. and caused by external forces. destination. Restrictions apply Canada are at the owner's expense . Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar, based on vehicle specifications. and will be reimbursed by Roadside armed forces or police actions Assistance. which prevent timely delivery of assistance services. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information 13-11

. Food service, beverages, Contacting Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance telephone calls, or other extra costs. Accommodation costs Roadside Assistance services Program (U.S. and apply only to Mexico per the are of no cost to you and available Canada) terms and conditions of the 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Roadside Assistance program. Costs are only incurred in situations For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call that exceed the limits of the 1-800-243-8872; (Text Telephone . Any damage to the vehicle program, some of which are listed (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). without intent, derived from the previously in this section. services provided. For Canadian-purchased vehicles, To contact Roadside Assistance by call 1-800-268-6800. . Cost of towing a trailer when phone, use the following numbers: choosing a Chevrolet dealer that Service is available 24 hours a day, is nearest to the temporary Mexico 365 days a year. storage facility for the disabled 01-800-466-0800 Calling for Assistance vehicle. United States When calling Roadside Assistance, . Cost of all maneuvers required have the following information 1-866-466-8901 to access the vehicle when it is ready: not available to be towed. Canada . Your name, home address, and . Cost of fuel provided. 1-800-268-6800 home telephone number. Routine vehicle repair costs are E-mail . Telephone number of your not covered by the Roadside location. Assistance program. For more [email protected] . Location of the vehicle. information, see your new vehicle Chevrolet reserves the right to make warranty. any changes or discontinue the . Model, year, color, and license Roadside Assistance program at plate number of the vehicle. any time without notification. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (12,1)

13-12 Customer Information

. Odometer reading, Vehicle claims are made too often, or the . Flat Tire Change: Service to Identification Number (VIN), and same type of claim is made many change a flat tire with the spare delivery date of the vehicle. times. tire. The spare tire, if equipped, must be in good condition and . Description of the problem. Services Provided properly inflated. It is the owner's Coverage . Emergency Fuel Delivery: responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not Services are provided up to Delivery of enough fuel for the covered by the warranty. 5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi), vehicle to get to the nearest whichever comes first. service station. . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery. In the U.S., anyone driving the . Lock-Out Service: Service to vehicle is covered. In Canada, a unlock the vehicle if you are Services Not Included in person driving the vehicle without locked out. A remote unlock may Roadside Assistance permission from the owner is not be available if you have OnStar. covered. For security reasons, the driver . Impound towing caused by must present identification violation of any laws. Roadside Assistance is not a part of before this service is given. the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. . Legal fines. Chevrolet and General Motors of . Emergency Tow from a Public . Mounting, dismounting, Canada Limited reserve the right to Road or Highway: Tow to the or changing of snow tires, make any changes or discontinue nearest Chevrolet dealer for chains, or other traction devices. the Roadside Assistance program at warranty service, or if the vehicle . Towing or services for vehicles any time without notification. was in a crash and cannot be driven. Assistance is also given driven on a non-public road or Chevrolet and General Motors of when the vehicle is stuck in the highway. Canada Limited reserve the right to sand, mud, or snow. limit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information 13-13

Services Specific to . Alternative Service: If If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Canadian-Purchased Vehicles assistance cannot be provided into the service department right away, the Roadside immediately, keep driving it until it . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement Assistance advisor may give can be scheduled for service, is approximately $5 Canadian. permission to get local unless, of course, the problem is Diesel fuel delivery may be emergency road service. safety related. If it is, please call restricted. Propane and other You will receive payment, up to your dealership, let them know this, fuels are not provided through $100, after sending the original and ask for instructions. this service. receipt to Roadside Assistance. Mechanical failures may be If your dealer requests you to bring . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle the vehicle for service, you are registration is required. covered, however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not urged to do so as early in the work . Trip Interruption Benefits and covered by the warranty are the day as possible to allow for Assistance: Must be over owner responsibility. same-day repair. 250 kilometers from where your trip was started to Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation qualify. General Motors of Program (U.S. and Canada Limited requires Appointments (U.S. and pre-authorization, original Canada) Canada) detailed receipts, and a copy When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership of the repair orders. Once experience, we and our participating authorization has been received, service, contact your dealer and request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy the Roadside Assistance advisor Transportation, a customer support will help to make arrangements scheduling a service appointment and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the and explain how to receive Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty payment. of your transportation needs, your dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada), inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the U.S. and Canada. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (14,1)

13-14 Customer Information

The Courtesy Transportation Depending on the circumstances, In addition, for U.S. customers, program is no longer available for your dealer can offer one of the should you arrange transportation cutaway vehicles. following: through a friend or relative, limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel Several Courtesy Transportation Shuttle Service options are available to assist in expenses may be available. Claim reducing inconvenience when Shuttle service is the preferred amounts should reflect actual costs warranty repairs are required. means of offering Courtesy and be supported by original Transportation. Dealers may provide receipts. See your dealer for Courtesy Transportation is not a shuttle service to get you to your information regarding the allowance part of the New Vehicle Limited destination with minimal interruption amounts for reimbursement of fuel Warranty. A separate booklet of your daily schedule. This includes or other transportation costs. entitled “Limited Warranty and one-way or round-trip shuttle service Owner Assistance Information” within reasonable time and distance Courtesy Rental Vehicle furnished with each new vehicle parameters of your dealer's area. Your dealer may arrange to provide provides detailed warranty coverage you with a courtesy rental vehicle or information. Public Transportation or Fuel reimburse you for a rental vehicle Reimbursement Transportation Options that you obtain if the vehicle is kept If the vehicle requires overnight for an overnight warranty repair. Warranty service can generally warranty repairs, and public Rental reimbursement will be limited be completed while you wait. transportation is used instead of and must be supported by original However, if you are unable your dealer's shuttle service, the receipts. This requires that you sign to wait, GM helps to minimize expense must be supported by and complete a rental agreement inconvenience by providing original receipts and can only and meet state/provincial, local, and several transportation options. be up to the maximum amount rental vehicle provider requirements. allowed by GM for shuttle service. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information 13-15

Requirements vary and may include resolve all questions of claim appearance, durability, and safety minimum age requirements, eligibility pursuant to the terms and are preserved. The use of Genuine insurance coverage, credit card, conditions described herein at its GM parts can help maintain the GM etc. You are responsible for fuel sole discretion. New Vehicle Limited Warranty. usage charges and may also be Recycled original equipment parts responsible for taxes, levies, usage Collision Damage Repair may also be used for repair. These fees, excessive mileage, or rental (U.S. and Canada) parts are typically removed from usage beyond the completion of the vehicles that were total losses in If the vehicle is involved in a repair. prior crashes. In most cases, the collision and it is damaged, have It may not be possible to provide a parts being recycled are from the damage repaired by a qualified like vehicle as a courtesy rental. undamaged sections of the vehicle. technician using the proper A recycled original equipment GM equipment and quality replacement Additional Program part may be an acceptable choice to parts. Poorly performed collision Information maintain the vehicle's originally repairs diminish the vehicle resale designed appearance and safety All program options, such as shuttle value, and safety performance can performance; however, the history of service, may not be available at be compromised in subsequent these parts is not known. Such parts every dealer. Please contact your collisions. dealer for specific information are not covered by the GM New about availability. All Courtesy Collision Parts Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any Transportation arrangements will be related failures are not covered by Genuine GM Collision parts are new that warranty. administered by appropriate dealer parts made with the same materials personnel. and construction methods as the Aftermarket collision parts are also General Motors reserves the parts with which the vehicle was available. These are made by right to unilaterally modify, originally built. Genuine GM companies other than GM and may change, or discontinue Courtesy Collision parts are the best choice to not have been tested for the vehicle. Transportation at any time and to ensure that the vehicle's designed Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (16,1)

13-16 Customer Information

As a result, these parts may fit quality of coverage afforded by If a Crash Occurs poorly, exhibit premature durability/ various insurance policy terms. If there has been an injury, call corrosion problems, and may not Many insurance policies provide emergency services for help. Do not perform properly in subsequent reduced protection to the GM leave the scene of a crash until all collisions. Aftermarket parts are not vehicle by limiting compensation for matters have been taken care of. covered by the GM New Vehicle damage repairs through the use of Move the vehicle only if its position Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some puts you in danger, or you are failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not instructed to move it by a police covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts. officer. When purchasing insurance, we Repair Facility recommend that you ensure that the Give only the necessary information GM also recommends that you vehicle will be repaired with GM to police and other parties involved choose a collision repair facility that original equipment collision parts. in the crash. meets your needs before you ever If such insurance coverage is not For emergency towing see need collision repairs. Your dealer available from your current Roadside Assistance Program insurance carrier, consider switching may have a collision repair center (Mexico) on page 13‑8 or Roadside with GM-trained technicians and to another insurance carrier. Assistance Program (U.S. and state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Canada) on page 13‑11. able to recommend a collision repair company may require you to have Gather the following information: center that has GM-trained insurance that ensures repairs with technicians and comparable Genuine GM Original Equipment . Driver name, address, and equipment. Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number. Insuring the Vehicle Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Driver license number. parts. Read the lease carefully, as Protect your investment in the GM you may be charged at the end of . Owner name, address, and vehicle with comprehensive and the lease for poor quality repairs. telephone number. collision insurance coverage. There . Vehicle license plate number. are significant differences in the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (17,1)

Customer Information 13-17

. Vehicle make, model, and Specify to the facility that any policy repair limits, as you have no model year. required replacement collision parts contractual limits with that company. . Vehicle Identification be original equipment parts, either In such cases, you can have control Number (VIN). new Genuine GM parts or recycled of the repair and parts choices original GM parts. Remember, as long as the cost stays within . Insurance company and policy recycled parts will not be covered by reasonable limits. number. the GM vehicle warranty. . General description of the Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Publications damage to the other vehicle. but you must live with the repair. Ordering Information Choose a reputable repair facility Depending on your policy limits, that uses quality replacement parts. your insurance company may Service Manuals See “Collision Parts” earlier in this initially value the repair using Service Manuals have the diagnosis section. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with and repair information on the the repair professional, and insist on If the airbag has inflated, see What engines, transmission, axle, Genuine GM parts. Remember, Will You See after an Airbag suspension, brakes, electrical, if the vehicle is leased, you may Inflates? on page 3 23. steering, body, etc. ‑ be obligated to have the vehicle Managing the Vehicle Damage repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins Repair Process even if your insurance coverage Service Bulletins give additional does not pay the full cost. In the event that the vehicle requires technical service information damage repairs, GM recommends If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service that you take an active role in its company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks. repair. If you have a pre-determined you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions repair facility of choice, take the repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and vehicle there, or have it towed there. insurance company's collision service of the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (18,1)

13-18 Customer Information

Owner Information Current and Past Models Reporting Safety Owner publications are written Technical Service Bulletins and Defects specifically for owners and intended Manuals are available for current to provide basic operational and past model GM vehicles. Reporting Safety Defects information about the vehicle. ORDER TOLL FREE: The Owner Manual includes the to the United States 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Maintenance Schedule for all 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government models. For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see has a defect which could cause Owner Manual, and Warranty Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Manual. a crash or could cause injury or Or write to: death, you should immediately RETAIL SELL PRICE: Helm, Incorporated inform the National Highway $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Traffic Safety Administration shipping fees. Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Without Portfolio: Owner Plymouth, MI 48170 General Motors. Manual only. Prices are subject to change without If NHTSA receives similar RETAIL SELL PRICE: notice and without incurring complaints, it may open an $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and obligation. Allow ample time for shipping fees. investigation, and if it finds delivery. that a safety defect exists in a All listed prices are quoted in U.S. group of vehicles, it may order a funds. Make checks payable in U.S. recall and remedy campaign. funds. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (19,1)

Customer Information 13-19

However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects become involved in individual to the Canadian to General Motors problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation like To contact NHTSA, you may If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a this, notify General Motors. call the Vehicle Safety Hotline safety defect, notify Transport Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Canada immediately, and notify Chevrolet Motor Division (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to General Motors of Canada Limited. Chevrolet Customer http://www.safercar.gov; or Call Transport Canada at Assistance Center write to: 1-800-333-0510 or write to: P.O. Box 33170 Administrator, NHTSA Transport Canada Detroit, MI 48232-5170 Road Safety Branch 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 80 rue Noel Washington, D.C. 20590 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 You can also obtain other (French), or write: information about motor General Motors of Canada Limited vehicle safety from Customer Care Centre, http://www.safercar.gov. Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (20,1)

13-20 Customer Information

Vehicle Data . If and how far the driver was To read recorded data, special pressing the accelerator and/or equipment is required, and access Recording and brake pedal. to the vehicle or the module is Privacy . How fast the vehicle was needed. In addition to the vehicle traveling. manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the Vehicle Data Recording This data could provide an special equipment, can read the understanding of the circumstances This vehicle may be equipped with a information if they have access to in which crashes and injuries occur. the vehicle or the module. module that records data in certain Data could be recorded by the crash or near crash-like situations, vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM will not access this data or such as when an air bag deploys or situation occurs; no data are share it with others except: with the the vehicle hits a road obstacle. recorded under normal driving consent of the vehicle owner or, This data could help provide a conditions and no personal data are if the vehicle is leased, with the better understanding of the recorded. However, other parties, consent of the lessee; in response circumstances in which crashes and such as law enforcement, could to an official request by police or injuries occur. Some data may be combine recorded data with the similar government office; as part of related to the vehicle dynamics and type of personally identifying data GM's defense of litigation through safety systems operation. The data routinely acquired during a crash the discovery process; or, as may show: investigation. required by law. Data that GM . How various systems in the collects or receives may also be vehicle were operating. used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for . Whether or not the driver and research purposes, where a need is passenger safety belts were shown and the data is not tied to a buckled/fastened. specific vehicle or vehicle owner. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (21,1)

Customer Information 13-21

OnStar® See the navigation manual for Radio Frequency information on stored data and for If the vehicle is equipped with Statement ® deletion instructions. OnStar and has an active This vehicle has systems that subscription, additional data may Radio Frequency operate on a radio frequency that be collected through the OnStar Identification (RFID) comply with Part 15 of the Federal system. This includes information Communications Commission (FCC) about the vehicle’s operation; about RFID technology is used in some rules and with Industry Canada collisions involving the vehicle; the vehicles for functions such as tire Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310. use of the vehicle and its features; pressure monitoring and ignition Operation is subject to the following and, in certain situations, the system security, as well as in two conditions: location and approximate GPS connection with conveniences such speed of the vehicle. Refer to the as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 1. The device may not cause OnStar Terms and Conditions and transmitters for remote door locking/ harmful interference. Privacy Statement on the OnStar unlocking and starting, and website. 2. The device must accept any in-vehicle transmitters for garage interference received, including door openers. RFID technology in interference that may cause Navigation System GM vehicles does not use or record undesired operation of the If the vehicle is equipped with a personal information or link with any device. navigation system, use of the other GM system containing personal information. Changes or modifications to any of system may result in the storage of these systems by other than an destinations, addresses, telephone authorized service facility could void numbers, and other trip information. authorization to use this equipment. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (22,1)

13-22 Customer Information

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

OnStar 14-1

OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is OnStar next to the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 . Flashing Green: On a call. OnStar Services . Red: Indicates a problem. Emergency ...... 14-2 Security ...... 14-2 Press Q, or call 1-888-4ONSTAR Navigation ...... 14-2 (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Connections ...... 14-4 Advisor. Diagnostics ...... 14-5 Press X or = to: OnStar Additional Information . Make a call, end a call, OnStar Additional or answer an incoming call. Information ...... 14-5 . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling The vehicle will have one of these voice commands. sets of buttons. . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn If equipped, this vehicle has a Navigation voice commands. comprehensive, in-vehicle system Requires the available Directions that can connect to a live Advisor and Connections service plan. for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connection, and Diagnostic Services. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

14-2 OnStar

Press Q to connect to a live OnStar Services equipped with automatic door locks, Advisor to: and can help police locate the vehicle if it is stolen. . Verify account information or Emergency update contact information. With Automatic Crash Response, Navigation . Get driving directions. Requires the built-in system can automatically OnStar navigation requires the the available Directions and connect to help in most crashes, Directions and Connections Connections service plan. even if help cannot be requested. service plan. . Receive On-Demand Press ] or > to connect to PressQ to receive directions or Diagnostics for a check of the an Emergency Advisor. GPS have them sent to the vehicle vehicle’s key operating systems. technology is used to identify the navigation screen, if equipped. . vehicle location and can provide Receive Roadside Assistance. Destinations can also be forwarded critical information to emergency to the vehicle from MapQuest.com. Press the OnStar Emergency personnel. The Advisor is also The OnStar mapping database is button, ] or >, to get a priority trained to offer critical assistance in continuously updated. For coverage connection to an Emergency emergency situations before first maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.), Advisor available 24/7 to: responders arrive. www.onstar.ca (Canada). . Get help for an emergency. Security Turn-by-Turn Navigation . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an AMBER Alert. OnStar provides services like Stolen 1. PressQ to connect to a live Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition . Get crisis assistance and Advisor. Block, and Roadside Assistance, evacuation routes. if the vehicle is equipped with these 2. Request directions. services. OnStar can unlock the 3. Directions are downloaded to the vehicle doors remotely, if it is vehicle. 4. Follow the voice-guided commands. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

OnStar 14-3

Using Voice Commands Repeat Other Navigation Services During a Planned Route Available from OnStar 1. PressX or =. System Cancel Route responds: “OnStar ready,” then OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers a tone. to send destinations from 1. PressX or =. System MapQuest.com to their Turn-by-Turn 2. Say Repeat. System responds responds: “OnStar ready,” then “ ” Navigation or screen-based with the last direction given, then a tone. Say “Cancel route.” navigation system. When ready, the responds with OnStar ready, System responds: “Do you want “ ” directions will be downloaded to the then a tone. to cancel directions?” vehicle. 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice commands. Destination Download: Press Q, “OK, request completed, thank then request the Advisor to you, goodbye.” Get My Destination download directions to the Route Preview 1. PressX or =. System navigation system in the vehicle. After the call ends, press the Go responds: OnStar ready, then “ ” 1. PressX or =. System “ ” button on the navigation screen to a tone. responds: “OnStar ready,” then begin driving directions. a tone. 2. Say Get my destination. “ ” Destinations can also be System responds with address 2. Say “Route preview.” System downloaded on the go. For and the distance to the responds with the next three information about eNav, Destination destination, then responds with maneuvers. Download, and coverage maps, “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice see www.onstar.com (U.S.), commands. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice www.onstar.ca (Canada). commands. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

14-4 OnStar

Connections 2. Say “Call.” System responds 3. Say the entire number without “Please say the name or number pausing. System responds: OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows to call.” “Please say the name tag.” calls to be made and received from the vehicle. The vehicle can also be 3. Say “911” without pausing. 4. Pick a name tag. System controlled from a cell phone through System responds “911.” responds: “About to store . Does that sound OK? the OnStar RemoteLink mobile app. 4. Say “Call.” System responds ” For coverage maps, see “OK, dialing 911.” 5. Say “Yes” or “No” to try again. www.onstar.com (U.S.), System responds: “OK, storing www.onstar.ca (Canada). Retrieve My Number .” X Hands-Free Calling 1. Press or = . System Place a Call Using a Stored responds: “OnStar ready.” 1. Press X or = . System Number 2. Say “My number.” System responds: “OnStar ready.” 1. Press X or = . System responds: “Your OnStar 2. Say “Call.” System responds: Hands-Free Calling number is.” responds: “OnStar ready.” “Please say the name or number 2. Say Call . System End a Call “ ” to call.” responds: “OK, calling 3. Say the entire number without Press X or = . System responds: .” pausing, including a “1” and the “Call ended.” Verify Minutes and Expiration area code. System responds: Store a Name Tag for Speed “OK calling.” Press X or = and say “Minutes” Dialing Calling 911 Emergency then “Verify” to check how many 1. Press X or = . System minutes remain and their X expiration date. 1. Press or = . System responds: “OnStar ready.” responds “OnStar Ready,” followed by a tone. 2. Say “Store.” System responds: “Please say the number you would like to store.” Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

OnStar 14-5

OnStar Mobile App OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works Download the OnStar RemoteLink Information Automatic Crash Response, mobile app to select iPhone, Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, Android and Blackberry devices to Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle check vehicle fuel level, oil life, Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, or tire pressure; to start the vehicle Press Q to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn (if equipped) or unlock it; or to eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling connect to an OnStar Advisor. For can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not OnStar RemoteLink information and account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available compatibility, see www.onstar.com receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For (U.S.), www.onstar.ca (Canada). ownership has changed, OnStar more information, a full description may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system Diagnostics vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms and information. conditions: OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will perform a vehicle check every Reactivation for Subsequent . In the U.S. see www.onstar.com month. It will check the engine, Owners (U.S.) or call 1.888.4.ONSTAR. transmission, antilock brakes, and (1.888.466.7827). Press Q and follow the prompts to major vehicle systems. It also . In Canada see www.onstar.ca checks the tire pressures, if the speak to an Advisor as soon as (Canada) or call vehicle is equipped with the Tire possible after acquiring the vehicle. 1.888.4.ONSTAR. Pressure Monitoring System. If a The Advisor will update vehicle (1.888.466.7827). diagnostics check is needed records and will explain the OnStar service offers and options available. . between e-mails, press Q, and an Press Q to speak with an Advisor can run a check. Advisor. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

14-6 OnStar

OnStar services require a vehicle service such as hills, tall buildings, TTY Users electrical system, wireless service, tunnels, weather, electrical system OnStar has the ability to and GPS satellite technologies to be design and architecture of the communicate to the deaf, available and operating for features vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired to function properly. These systems crash, or wireless phone network customers while in the vehicle. The may not operate if the battery is congestion or jamming. available dealer-installed TTY discharged or disconnected. See Radio Frequency Statement on system can provide in-vehicle OnStar service cannot work unless page 13‑21 for information access to all of the OnStar services, your vehicle is in a place where regarding Part 15 of the Federal except Virtual Advisor and OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a Communications Commission (FCC) Turn-by-Turn Navigation. wireless service provider for service rules and Industry Canada in that area, and the wireless Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca service provider has coverage, (Canada) network capacity, reception, and Services for People with Disabilities The website provides access to technology compatible with OnStar account information, allows service. Service involving location Advisors provide services to help management of the OnStar information about the vehicle cannot subscribers with physical disabilities subscription, and viewing of videos work unless GPS signals are and medical conditions. of each service. Get subscription available, unobstructed, and Q plan pricing and sign up for OnStar compatible with the OnStar Press for help with: Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the hardware. OnStar service may not . Locating a gas station with an “My Account” tab on the home work if the OnStar equipment is not attendant to pump gas. page. The website navigation and properly installed or it has not been services provided may vary by . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., properly maintained. If equipment or country. software is added, connected, that meets accessibility needs. or modified, OnStar service may not . Providing directions to the work. Other problems beyond the closest hospital or pharmacy in control of OnStar may prevent urgent situations. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (7,1)

OnStar 14-7

OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues . In emergency situations, OnStar Number (PIN) can use the last stored GPS Some OnStar services are disabled location to send to emergency A PIN is needed to access some of after five days. OnStar cannot responders. the OnStar services, like Remote perform Remote Door Unlock or . Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the A temporary loss of GPS can Assistance. You will be prompted to vehicle has been off continuously cause loss of the ability to send change the PIN the first time when for five days. After five days, OnStar a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. speaking with an Advisor. To can contact Roadside Assistance The Advisor may give a verbal change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar and a locksmith to help gain access route or may ask for a call back and provide the Advisor with the to the vehicle. after the vehicle is driven into an current number. open area. Global Positioning Warranty System (GPS) Cellular and GPS Antennas Avoid placing items over or near the OnStar equipment may be . Obstruction of the GPS can warranted as part of the New occur in a large city with tall antenna to prevent blocking cellular Vehicle Limited Warranty. The buildings; in parking garages; and GPS signal reception. Cellular manufacturer of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels, reception is required for OnStar to furnishes detailed warranty underpasses, or parking send remote signals to the vehicle. information. garages; or in an area with very Unable to Connect to OnStar dense trees. If GPS signals are Message Languages not available, the OnStar system The vehicle can be programmed to should still operate to call If there is limited cellular coverage respond in French or Spanish. OnStar. However, OnStar could or the cellular network has reached Q have difficulty identifying the maximum capacity, this message Press and ask an Advisor. Q Advisors can speak French or exact location. may come on. Press to try the Spanish. call again or try again after driving a few miles into another cellular area. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (8,1)

14-8 OnStar

Vehicle and Power Issues Privacy OnStar services require a vehicle The complete OnStar Privacy electrical system, wireless service, Statement may be found at and GPS satellite technologies to be www.onstar.com (U.S.), available and operating for features or www.onstar.ca (Canada). to function properly. These systems Privacy-sensitive users of wireless may not operate if the battery is communications are cautioned that discharged or disconnected. the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications Add-on Electrical Equipment cannot be assured. Third parties The OnStar system is integrated may unlawfully intercept or into the electrical architecture of the access transmissions and private vehicle. Do not add any electrical communications without consent. equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment on page 9‑58. Added electrical equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not operate. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (1,1)

INDEX i-1

A Airbags Audio System Adding Equipment to the Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . 7-11, 7-12 Accessories and Vehicle ...... 3-33 Radio Reception ...... 7-11 Modifications ...... 10-3 Light On-Off ...... 5-16 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Accessory Power ...... 9-19 On-Off Light ...... 5-16 Automatic Add-On Electrical On-Off Switch ...... 3-25 Door Locks ...... 2-7 Equipment ...... 9-58 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-18 Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Additional Information Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Transmission ...... 9-23, 9-26 OnStar® ...... 14-5 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Transmission Fluid . . 10-11, 10-13 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-16 Vehicles ...... 3-32 Automatic Transmission Air Vents ...... 8-6 System Check ...... 3-17 Manual Mode ...... 9-28 Airbag System All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-29, 9-30 Shift Lock Control Check ...... 3-34 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 Function Check ...... 10-32 How Does an Airbag Antilock Brake Auxiliary Restrain? ...... 3-23 System (ABS) ...... 9-30 Devices ...... 7-17 Passenger Sensing Warning Light ...... 5-22 Axle, Front ...... 10-29 System ...... 3-28 Appearance Care Axle, Rear ...... 10-30 What Makes an Airbag Exterior ...... 10-89 Inflate? ...... 3-22 Interior ...... 10-93 What Will You See after an B Ashtrays ...... 5-9 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-23 Battery ...... 10-28 Assistance Program, When Should an Airbag Jump Starting ...... 10-83 Roadside ...... 13-8, 13-11 Inflate? ...... 3-21 Load Management ...... 6-7 Audio Players ...... 7-12 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-19 Power Protection ...... 6-7 CD ...... 7-12 Voltage and Charging Messages ...... 5-32 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (2,1)

i-2 INDEX

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-33 C Check Bluetooth ...... 7-22 Engine Light ...... 5-19 Calibration ...... 5-4 Brake Ignition California System Warning Light ...... 5-22 Transmission Lock ...... 10-32 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-43 Brakes ...... 10-25 Child Restraints Perchlorate Materials Antilock ...... 9-30 Infants and Young Requirements ...... 10-3 Fluid ...... 10-26 Children ...... 3-37 Warning ...... 10-3 Parking ...... 9-31 Lower Anchors and Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-38 System Messages ...... 5-32 Tethers for Children ...... 3-43 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Braking ...... 9-3 Older Children ...... 3-35 Capacities and Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-14 Securing ...... 3-50, 3-52, 3-55 Specifications ...... 12-2 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-40 Systems ...... 3-40 Carbon Monoxide Center High-Mounted Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-8 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-22 Stoplamp (CHMSL) ...... 10-38 Circuit Breakers ...... 10-41 Winter Driving ...... 9-7 Front Turn Signal, Cleaning Cargo Door Relocking ...... 2-7 Sidemarker, and Exterior Care ...... 10-89 Cautions, Danger, and Parking Lamps ...... 10-36 Interior Care ...... 10-93 Warnings ...... iv Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-34 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 CD Player ...... 7-12 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-34 Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 Center High-Mounted Heating ...... 8-1 Headlamps ...... 10-34, 10-35 Stoplamp (CHMSL) ...... 10-38 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-39 Rear ...... 8-4 Chains, Tire ...... 10-71 Taillamps ...... 10-37 Rear Heating System ...... 8-3 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Buying New Tires ...... 10-66 Clock ...... 5-6 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-10 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-15 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (3,1)

INDEX i-3

Compass ...... 5-4 D Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Messages ...... 5-32 Drive Systems Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-15 Connections All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-29, 9-30 Danger, Warnings, and OnStar® ...... 14-4 Driver Information Cautions ...... iv Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Center (DIC) ...... 5-26 Daytime Running Convex Mirrors ...... 2-13 Driving Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Coolant Characteristics and Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Engine ...... 10-18 Towing Tips ...... 9-48 Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Engine Temperature Defensive ...... 9-3 Devices Gauge ...... 5-14 Drunk ...... 9-3 Auxiliary ...... 7-17 Cooling System ...... 10-17 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-19 Diagnostics Engine Messages ...... 5-33 ® Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-6 OnStar ...... 14-5 Courtesy Transportation Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Program ...... 13-13 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-9 Dome Lamps ...... 6-6 Cruise Control ...... 9-34 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Door Light ...... 5-26 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Ajar Messages ...... 5-33 Customer Assistance ...... 13-6 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-10 Cargo Door Relocking ...... 2-7 Offices ...... 13-5, 13-6 Wet Roads ...... 9-6 Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Text Telephone (TTY) Winter ...... 9-7 Locks ...... 2-6 Users ...... 13-6 Dual Tire Power Locks ...... 2-7 Customer Information Rotation ...... 10-64 Rear Doors ...... 2-10 Service Publications Side ...... 2-8 Ordering Information ...... 13-17 Sliding ...... 2-9 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 13-2, 13-3 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (4,1)

i-4 INDEX

E Engine (cont'd) Flat Tire ...... 10-71 Heater ...... 9-19 Changing ...... 10-73 E85 Fuel ...... 9-45 Oil Life System ...... 10-10 Floor Mats ...... 10-96 Electrical Equipment, Oil Messages ...... 5-34 Fluid Add-On ...... 9-58 Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 5-13 Automatic Electrical System Overheating ...... 10-22 Transmission ...... 10-11, 10-13 Engine Compartment Power Messages ...... 5-35 Brakes ...... 10-26 Fuse Block ...... 10-41 Pressure Light ...... 5-25 Power Steering ...... 10-24 Floor Console Fuse Block . . 10-45 Running While Parked ...... 9-22 Washer ...... 10-24 Fuses and Circuit Starting ...... 9-17 Front Axle ...... 10-29 Breakers ...... 10-41 Enhanced Technology Front Seats Overload ...... 10-40 Glass ...... 2-17 Adjustment ...... 3-2 Emergency ® Entry/Exit Lighting ...... 6-7 Front Storage ...... 4-1 OnStar ...... 14-2 Equipment, Towing ...... 9-55 Front Turn Signal Engine Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-16 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-16 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Fuel ...... 9-42 Check and Service Engine Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2 Additives ...... 9-44 Soon Light ...... 5-19 E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-45 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Economy Driving ...... 1-19 Coolant ...... 10-18 F Filling a Portable Fuel Coolant Temperature Fan Container ...... 9-47 Gauge ...... 5-14 Engine ...... 10-23 Filling the Tank ...... 9-46 Cooling System ...... 10-17 Fast Idle System ...... 9-18 Foreign Countries ...... 9-44 Cooling System Messages . . .5-33 Filter, Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-43 Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-16 Gauge ...... 5-12 Exhaust ...... 9-22 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-25 Fan ...... 10-23 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-4 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (5,1)

INDEX i-5

Fuel (cont'd) General Information Heater Recommended ...... 9-42 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Engine ...... 9-19 Requirements, California . . . . .9-43 Towing ...... 9-47 Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1 System Messages ...... 5-35 Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-26 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-82 Glass, Enhanced Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-6 Fuses Technology ...... 2-17 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 Engine Compartment GM Mobility Reimbursement Hood ...... 10-4 Fuse Block ...... 10-41 Program ...... 13-7 Horn ...... 5-3 Floor Console Fuse Block . . 10-45 How to Wear Safety Belts Fuses and Circuit H Properly ...... 3-10 Breakers ...... 10-41 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-34 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-4 I G Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Idle System Gasoline Headlamps ...... 10-35 Fast ...... 9-18 Specifications ...... 9-43 Aiming ...... 10-34 Ignition Positions ...... 9-15 Gauges Automatic ...... 6-3 Ignition Transmission Lock Engine Coolant Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Check ...... 10-32 Temperature ...... 5-14 Daytime Running Immobilizer ...... 2-11 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-13 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Infants and Young Children, Fuel ...... 5-12 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Restraints ...... 3-37 Odometer ...... 5-11 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-26 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Speedometer ...... 5-11 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-10 Trip Odometer ...... 5-11 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-14 Introduction ...... iii Voltmeter ...... 5-14 Warning Lights and Indicators ...... 5-9 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (6,1)

i-6 INDEX

J Lamps, Bulb Replacement . . . . 10-36 Lights (cont'd) Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-11 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-25 Jump Starting ...... 10-83 LATCH System Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-15 Replacing Parts after a Security ...... 5-25 K Crash ...... 3-49 StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-23 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-35 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tire Pressure ...... 5-24 Keyless Entry Tethers for Children ...... 3-43 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 5-23 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-2 Lighter, Cigarette ...... 5-8 Traction Control System Keys ...... 2-1 Lighting (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 5-24 Entry/Exit ...... 6-7 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-34 L Illumination Control ...... 6-5 Locks Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-49 Lights Automatic Door ...... 2-7 Lamps Airbag On-Off ...... 5-16 Cargo Door Relocking ...... 2-7 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-3 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-16 Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Dome ...... 6-6 Antilock Brake System Door ...... 2-6 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-22 Lockout Protection ...... 2-7 Exterior Lamps Off Brake System Warning ...... 5-22 Power Door ...... 2-7 Reminder ...... 6-2 Charging System ...... 5-18 Safety ...... 2-8 License Plate ...... 10-39 Cruise Control ...... 5-26 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-19 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-25 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-25 Messages ...... 5-35 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Lower Anchors and Tethers Reading ...... 6-6 High-Beam On ...... 5-26 for Children (LATCH Taillamps ...... 10-37 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 System) ...... 3-43 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (7,1)

INDEX i-7

M Messages (cont'd) O Service Vehicle ...... 5-38 Maintenance Object Detection System Tire ...... 5-39 Records ...... 11-15 Messages ...... 5-36 Transmission ...... 5-40 Maintenance Schedule Odometer ...... 5-11 Vehicle ...... 5-32 Recommended Fluids Trip ...... 5-11 Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-40 and Lubricants ...... 11-12 Off-Road Mirrors Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-19 Recovery ...... 9-5 Convex ...... 2-13 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-13 Oil Heated ...... 2-14 Manual Mode ...... 9-28 Engine ...... 10-7 Manual ...... 2-13 Manual Windows ...... 2-15 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Manual Rearview ...... 2-14 Messages Engine Oil Pressure Power ...... 2-14 Airbag System ...... 5-38 Gauge ...... 5-13 Trailer Tow ...... 2-13 Battery Voltage and Messages ...... 5-34 Monitor System, Tire Charging ...... 5-32 Pressure Light ...... 5-25 Pressure ...... 10-58 Brake System ...... 5-32 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-35 Compass ...... 5-32 Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Door Ajar ...... 5-33 N OnStar® Engine Cooling System ...... 5-33 Navigation System, In Brief ...... 1-20 Engine Oil ...... 5-34 OnStar® ...... 14-2 OnStar® Additional Engine Power ...... 5-35 Vehicle Data Recording Information ...... 14-5 Fuel System ...... 5-35 and Privacy ...... 13-21 OnStar® Connections ...... 14-4 Key and Lock ...... 5-35 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-14 OnStar® Diagnostics ...... 14-5 Lamp ...... 5-35 Noise Control System ...... 10-31 OnStar® Emergency ...... 14-2 Object Detection System . . . . .5-36 OnStar® Navigation ...... 14-2 Ride Control System ...... 5-36 OnStar® Overview ...... 14-1 Security ...... 5-38 OnStar® Security ...... 14-2 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (8,1)

i-8 INDEX

Operation, Infotainment Personalization R System ...... 7-6 Vehicle ...... 5-41 Radio Frequency Ordering Phone Identification (RFID) ...... 13-21 Service Publications ...... 13-17 Bluetooth ...... 7-22 Statement ...... 13-21 Outlets Power Radios Power ...... 5-7 Door Locks ...... 2-7 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-22 Mirrors ...... 2-14 Reception ...... 7-11 Overview, Infotainment Outlets ...... 5-7 Satellite ...... 7-9 System ...... 7-3, 7-4 Protection, Battery ...... 6-7 Reading Lamps ...... 6-6 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-19 Rear Axle ...... 10-30 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 P Locking ...... 9-34 Steering Fluid ...... 10-24 Park Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-4 Windows ...... 2-15 Shifting Into ...... 9-20 Rear Doors ...... 2-10 Pregnancy, Using Safety Shifting Out of ...... 9-21 Rear Heating System ...... 8-3 Belts ...... 3-15 Parking Rear Seats ...... 3-5 Privacy Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-37 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-38 Radio Frequency Brake ...... 9-31 Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-14 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-21 Brake and P (Park) Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-3 Program Mechanism Check ...... 10-33 Recommended Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-13 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-21 Fuel ...... 9-42 Proposition 65 Warning, Passenger Airbag Status Recommended Fluids and California ...... 10-3 Indicator ...... 5-18 Lubricants ...... 11-12 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-28 Recording Perchlorate Materials Vehicle Data ...... 13-20 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (9,1)

INDEX i-9

Records Retained Accessory Safety Defects Reporting Maintenance ...... 11-15 Power (RAP) ...... 9-19 Canadian Government ...... 13-19 Recreational Vehicle Ride Control Systems General Motors ...... 13-19 Towing ...... 10-87 Messages ...... 5-36 U.S. Government ...... 13-18 Reimbursement Program, Roads Safety Locks ...... 2-8 GM Mobility ...... 13-7 Driving, Wet ...... 9-6 Safety System Check ...... 3-16 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roadside Assistance Satellite Radio ...... 7-9 System ...... 2-2 Program ...... 13-8, 13-11 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-13 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-4 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-63 Seats Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-40 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-2 Replacement Parts Running the Vehicle While Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Airbags ...... 3-34 Parked ...... 9-22 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Maintenance ...... 11-14 Rear ...... 3-5 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-34 S Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-3 Replacing LATCH System Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Secondary Latch System . . . . . 10-80 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-49 Care ...... 3-16 Securing Child Replacing Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-16 Restraints ...... 3-50, 3-52, 3-55 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-17 How to Wear Safety Belts Security Reporting Safety Defects Properly ...... 3-10 Light ...... 5-25 Canadian Government ...... 13-19 Messages ...... 5-38 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-11 ® General Motors ...... 13-19 Reminders ...... 5-15 OnStar ...... 14-2 U.S. Government ...... 13-18 Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-17 Vehicle ...... 2-11 Restraints Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-15 Where to Put ...... 3-41 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (10,1)

i-10 INDEX

Service Specifications and T Accessories and Capacities ...... 12-2 Taillamps ...... 10-37 Modifications ...... 10-3 Speedometer ...... 5-11 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 StabiliTrak Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-11 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-19 OFF Light ...... 5-23 Immobilizer ...... 2-11 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 System ...... 9-32 Time ...... 5-6 Maintenance, General Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-4 Tires Information ...... 11-1 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-32 Buying New Tires ...... 10-66 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Starting the Engine ...... 9-17 Chains ...... 10-71 Publications Ordering Steering ...... 9-4 Changing ...... 10-73 Information ...... 13-17 Fluid, Power ...... 10-24 Designations ...... 10-52 Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-13 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Different Size ...... 10-68 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-38 Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Dual Rotation ...... 10-64 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-32 Storage Areas Full-Size Spare ...... 10-82 Shift Lock Control Function Front ...... 4-1 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-71 Check, Automatic Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-9 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-59 Transmission ...... 10-32 Sun Visors ...... 2-17 Inspection ...... 10-62 Shifting Swing-out Windows ...... 2-16 Messages ...... 5-39 Into Park ...... 9-20 Switches Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Airbag On-Off ...... 3-25 Out of Park ...... 9-21 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-58 Side Door ...... 2-8 Symbols ...... iv Rotation ...... 10-63 Sidemarker System Secondary Latch System . . . 10-80 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-49 Signals, Turn and Noise Control ...... 10-31 Terminology and Lane-Change ...... 6-5 Definitions ...... 10-54 Sliding Door ...... 2-9 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (11,1)

INDEX i-11

Tires (cont'd) Transmission Vehicle (cont'd) Uniform Tire Quality Automatic ...... 9-23, 9-26 Messages ...... 5-32 Grading ...... 10-68 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . 10-11, 10-13 Personalization ...... 5-41 Wheel Alignment and Tire Messages ...... 5-40 Reminder Messages ...... 5-40 Balance ...... 10-70 Transportation Program, Remote Start ...... 2-4 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-70 Courtesy ...... 13-13 Security ...... 2-11 When It Is Time for New Trip Odometer ...... 5-11 Towing ...... 10-86 Tires ...... 10-64 Turn and Lane-Change Vehicle Care Winter ...... 10-48 Signals ...... 6-5 Tire Pressure ...... 10-56 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-29 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 13-20 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-23 U Ventilation, Air ...... 8-6 Towing Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-37 Visors ...... 2-17 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-48 Uniform Tire Quality Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-14 Equipment ...... 9-55 Grading ...... 10-68 General Information ...... 9-47 Using This Manual ...... iv W Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-87 Warning Trailer ...... 9-50 V Brake System Light ...... 5-22 Vehicle ...... 10-86 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Vehicle Canadian Owners ...... iii Indicators ...... 5-9 Control System (TCS)/ Warnings ...... iv ® Control ...... 9-3 StabiliTrak Light ...... 5-24 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Trailer Identification Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-4 Tow Mirrors ...... 2-13 Washer Fluid ...... 10-24 Towing ...... 9-50 Load Limits ...... 9-10 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 10/9/12 Black plate (12,1)

i-12 INDEX

Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 10-70 Different Size ...... 10-68 Replacement ...... 10-70 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 10-64 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-41 Windows ...... 2-15 Enhanced Technology Glass ...... 2-17 Manual ...... 2-15 Power ...... 2-15 Swing-out Windows ...... 2-16 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 5-4 Winter Driving ...... 9-7 Winter Tires ...... 10-48 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-33